Best restaurants in Shropshire: where to eat and drink in this lush gastronomic county
A lush expanse of fertile farmland, rolling hills and historic market towns, Shropshire is both scenic and gastronomic gem, where good food abounds thanks to the energetic efforts of local farmers, artisan makers and chefs
Looking for the best places to eat in Shropshire? Expert Tony Naylor has shared his must-visit recommendations, from spruce country pubs in Hodnet to micro-seasonal restaurants. For more exciting restaurants and weekend ideas for food lovers, check out our best UK city breaks, best pubs with rooms and foodie day trips from London by train. Also discover more of the best restaurants in Cambridge, best restaurants in Cornwall and best restaurants in Bristol. Best places to eat and drink in Shropshire CSONS, Ludlow Strike it lucky and you may see salmon leaping Dinham Weir from CSONS’ riverside terrace. It is a remarkable sight, one of many in this green nook beneath Ludlow Castle. A café-restaurant and takeaway kiosk, CSONS itself offers vivid entertainment. Mains are colourful, globally inspired mixed plates. Various sides, salads and sauces orbit star ingredients, such as Ludlow lamb barbecoa or a Spanish adobo treatment of Shropshire pork. Two more CSONS are located in Shrewsbury and Hereford. csons.uk Mortimers, Ludlow One of the country’s most handsome dining rooms, this wood-panelled hideaway is the kind of restaurant where, once you step over the threshold, real life happily melts away, as pleasure takes precedence. It is a precious quality which chef-owner Wayne Smith ensures with his deftly executed, broadly modern British dishes of, say, salmon with baby beets and horseradish crème fraîche, or beef with confit onion mash, shallots and baby leeks. mortimersludlow.co.uk The Pheasant, Neenton This community-owned country pub has quite the foodie rep. Its sharing Sunday roast platters of local meats with all the trimmings are one highlight. Elsewhere, key staples (steak frites, beer-battered haddock) anchor fast-changing, seasonal menus closely inspired by Shropshire’s abundant larder. Inventive takes (lamb and spiced tomato lasagne, for example) nestle among classic dishes. The stewards of this success, chef Mark Harris and manager Sarah Cowley, also run Bouldon’s The Tally Ho Inn. pheasantatneenton.co.uk The Beefy Boys, Shrewsbury Particular about your patty? Then the name Beefy Boys may well be familiar. In the past decade this outfit has picked up multiple awards for its 21-day-aged Hereford beef burgers. Notably, the Boys’ burgers can be customised by choosing between four different patty options, including Cali-inspired mustard fried and hip Oklahoma-style smashed onion patties. thebeefyboys.com The Walrus, Shrewsbury Head upstairs for classy cocktails and snacks (dressed crab and sriracha mayo; bone marrow with homemade bread and pickles) or into the modish restaurant. There chefs Ben Hall and Carla Ernst create impressive modern British plates such as olive oil poached cod, cabbage, lemon gnocchi and brown shrimp with a parsley velouté, or Herefordshire beef with crispy potato, braised cheek and peppercorn cream sauce. the-walrus.co.uk Saxtons Deli, Church Stretton Nicknamed ‘Little Switzerland’, Church Stretton, a small valley town in the Shropshire Hills, is one of the region’s prettiest walking spots. But before you yomp up Long Mynd’s peaks or explore Carding Mill Valley, stock up at Saxtons Deli. Its sausage rolls, stellar quiches and sandwiches will amply reward your exercise. As will its glazed lemon tart or fidget pie, Saxtons’ update of Shropshire’s traditional deep-filled ham, apple and potato pie. saxtonsdeli.com Embers, Ironbridge Located in the Coalbrookdale woodlands, live-fire cooking expert Adam Purnell’s indoor-outdoor café-restaurant and cook school celebrates barbecue in all its forms, from low ’n’ slow smoking to firebowl feasts. Expect fire-cooked full breakfasts, lunch dishes of, for example, pulled pork hash or smoky mushroom birria tacos, and steak extravaganzas on Friday and Saturday nights. If visiting Telford, swing by spin-off Emburgers, and note the Embers Fire Festival (Ironbridge, May). emberscafe.co.uk Docket, Whitchurch Stuart and Fran Collins travelled the world in hospitality before opening smart, comfortable Docket. Stuart, who has worked under such rigorous legends as chefs Gary Rhodes, Gordon Ramsay and, during his time at Gidleigh Park, Michael Caines, draws on all that experience across a tasting menu of accomplished, contemporary dishes. These might range from panisse-style chickpea chips dressed with chicken salt, black garlic and edible flowers (from Docket’s kitchen garden) to a classical-leaning duck with morels and green asparagus. docketrestaurant.com Bobby's Tacos, Shrewsbury As a destination, Shrewsbury is steeped in history. But the Dough & Oil team are busy bringing its food scene bang up to date, both at D&O – home of A1 sourdough pizza – and at the similarly convivial Bobby’s Tacos. Bobby’s concise menu majors on fresh masa (corn dough) tacos topped with, for example, slow-cooked chilli lamb, pickled cabbage, jalapeños and pineapple and lime salsa. At weekends it also serves brunch burritos. bobbystacos.com Wild Shropshire, Whitchurch A Michelin Green Star holder for its sustainability initiatives, this micro-seasonal restaurant wants to make diners think. Guests are only given menus at the end of their meal, so chef James Sherwin’s modern, innovative cooking is judged on flavour alone. Fans adore the impact achieved in dishes such as crumpets, birch syrup and burnt cream, or sweetbread, parsley and koji. These draw heavily on produce from the restaurant’s one-acre farm and its fermentation lab. wildshropshire.net The Bear Inn, Hodnet Relaunched in 2021 after a thorough makeover, this 16th-century coaching inn is now a spruce country pub of real charisma. Its 12 bedrooms were individually styled by interiors ace, Octavia Dickinson, while chef Joe Andrews’ food is creating a similar wow factor. Expect dishes such as pork wellington with sage, apple, carrot and a cider jus, or ox cheek, mash, quince, roscoff onions and a corn crumb. The kitchen draws on vegetables grown in nearby Hodnet Hall’s 200-year-old walled garden. thebearinnhodnet.com Fraiche, near Oswestry Chef Marc Wilkinson likes to showcase his ambitious food in intimate, distinctive settings. The original Fraiche on Merseyside was a magical, Michelin-starred cocoon. Its Shropshire successor seats eight in a chic space that has been created at Marc’s home. He is chef, server and host at each memorable service. Expect tasting menu teasers such as turbot, smoked eel and grilled leek to manifest as visually stunning, highly imaginative dishes. BYO wine. restaurantfraiche.com Foodie neighbourhood spotlight Ludlow In the 00s, Ludlow was home, remarkably, to three Michelin starred restaurants. Those venues are no more but the town’s focus on local, seasonal shopping and eating remains strong. From ace sandwich shop, Vaughans, to fine dining at Mortimers, good food is at the heart of Ludlow life. Explore around Castle Street’s main square (home to the bimonthly Local to Ludlow Producers’ Market) and you will find some incredible indie shops. Highlight include The Mousetrap for artisan cheese; butcher DW Wall & Son; Harp Lane Deli (and its new next door eatery, No 3 Church Street); and seafood bar and fishmonger The Fish House. Just outside town, the polished Ludlow Farmshop similarly reflects the rich food culture of The Marches. That scene is celebrated every September at the Ludlow Food Festival, a regular since 1995. If visiting its beer focused spin-off, May’s Spring Festival, explore Ludlow Brewing Co’s tap bar, and cosy pubs such as The Unicorn, The Church Inn and The Blood Bay. The riverside The Charlton Arms is a good shout for Sunday lunch and dishes such as its sharing duck wellington with port jus. Elsewhere, visit enduringly good Indian eatery Golden Moments, or popular CSONS. More UK restaurant guides Best restaurants in Birmingham Best restaurants in St Albans Best restaurants in Bristol Best restaurants in Edinburgh Best restaurants in York Best restaurants in Whitstable Best restaurants in Oxford Best restaurants in Cambridge Best restaurants in Margate Best restaurants in Manchester Best restaurants in Glasgow Best restaurants in the Lake District
Best London hotels for a stay in the heart of the city's action
Lounge in a freestanding bath tub, take your pick from a pillow menu and tuck into Moroccan eggs with labneh at London’s best hotels
Looking for the best hotels in London? Want to know where to stay in central London? Our guide to London’s best boutique hotels… For more hotel inspiration, discover the best UK spa hotels for food lovers, the most romantic hotels in the UK and the best UK country house hotels. Check out some of our London food guides, including the best restaurants in Fitzrovia, best restaurants in Battersea and best restaurants in Chelsea. Four Seasons Hotel Tower Bridge – for an impressive location Doubles from £562, check availability at fourseasons.com or booking.com On the banks of the Thames, Four Seasons Tower Bridge is as rich and colourful as its historic location. The sweeping beaux-arts building at 10 Trinity Square opened in 1922 as home to the Port of London Authority, and the dramatic architectural legacy of this former centre of trade is felt the moment you step into its marble lobby. At its heart is the Rotunda Bar, topped with a striking glass dome that echoes St Paul's Cathedral. Despite the rich heritage, the interior is thoroughly modern – elegant contemporary furnishings, marble bathrooms and warm wall panelling. Rooms are spacious, cocooned and built for comfort and convenience: we loved that the stereo system extended into the bathroom too. There's a steak restaurant, Cooper's Cut, but we dined at Mei Ume, the contemporary Chinese and Japanese restaurant. The big, bold menu balances crowd-pleasers – whole peking duck, spring rolls, egg fried rice – with more ambitious dishes like slow-cooked Australian abalone, hot stone wagyu beef and roasted black cod, plus an extensive sushi menu spanning futomaki, uramaki, temaki, nigiri and sashimi. A playful dessert of Mei Miao, a yuzu chocolate cat filled with banana sponge and miso mousse, feels perfectly at home in the ornate, high-ceilinged dining room. Breakfast is served in-room or at Rotunda – porridge with treacle and salted butter, a York ham and Neal's Yard Dairy cheddar omelette, bubble and squeak with black pudding, and fluffy pancakes with clotted cream among the standout choices. There is also a gym, spa and serene pool in the basement for guests who want an oasis of calm in the heart of the city. Doubles from £562, check availability at fourseasons.com or booking.com The Hari, Belgravia – for a stylish hotel in the heart of the action Doubles from £387, check availability at booking.com Tucked on smart a Belgravia terrace, this low-key and stylish hotel is bang in the heart of the London action. Its mid-century aesthetic – glossy marble, chic lighting, vintage-leaning furniture – is designer-sharp but warm feeling, and the team strikes a similar balance: relaxed, friendly and focussed. The food action centres on Il Pampero, a handsome Italian dining room with leather booths and mood lighting. The kitchen deals in big-flavour comfort: zingy tartare di tonno, creamy burrata with bitter radicchio and hazelnuts, and pici cacio e pepe spun theatrically through a whole wheel of cheese. There’s a tidy list of Italian wines, classic cocktails at the bar and a small roof terrace for a pre-dinner spritz. Rooms stay faithful to the hotel’s retro-modern polish. Our eighth-floor space framed a wide sweep of London, while the bathroom – clad in all-round marble – held a deep bath built into a bay-style window. Modern artwork, a well-chosen minibar, a slate board of macaroons and truffles on arrival, and sustainable toiletries from Jo Loves added to the thoughtful touches. Breakfast returns to Il Pampero, where a help-yourself counter heaving with smoothies, pastries and fruit sits beside a menu of cooked dishes. Speciality eggs, healthy plates and a reliable full English mean most bases are covered. It’s relaxed, plentiful and exactly what you want before a day exploring the capital. Doubles from £387, check availability at booking.com The Laslett, Notting Hill – for period luxury with modern design From £350 per night, check availability at booking.com Set across a row of Victorian townhouses off Notting Hill Gate, The Laslett is a boutique hotel with heart. It’s polished but unfussy, with clean period detail offset by sharp modern design. Food is served from the informal Henderson Bar & Kitchen. Named after Russ Henderson, one of the founders of the Notting Hill Carnival, it runs a short all-day menu: padrón peppers, gazpacho and prawn croquetas as small plates; chicken milanese, lobster roll or stone bass with fregola for larger options. Ingredients are sourced from London suppliers like HG Walter and Natoora. Desserts include basque cheesecake or warmed chocolate brownie, while the bar serves local beers and classic cocktails. A small terrace for observing the west London street bustle comes into its own in summer. The vibrant rooms make use of airy floor-to-ceiling windows and bold interior design. Penguin Classics, vintage record players with hand-picked vinyl, and antiques from local dealers lend eccentric local character. Breakfast includes full english alongside pancakes, smoothie bowls, granola and the hotel’s signature bagel. Rooms start from £350 a night. Rooms start from £350 per night. Check availability at living-rooms.co.uk or booking.com Beaverbrook Townhouse, Sloane Square – for colourful luxury From £580 per night, check availability at booking.com Sloane Square’s Beaverbrook Townhouse is the city output of the original Surrey hotel, and is just as opulent. Behind the neat, period facade is a riot of art deco splendour and heritage nods. Hotel rooms are all named after London theatres and take interior design to giddy heights, with plushness, pastels, geometrics, florals, terrazzo and more, all thrown together harmoniously – an eccentric British aesthetic that feels very old school London. Unique touches include an epic bathroom with a waterfall shower decked in iridescent emerald tiles, a retractable and rotating TV, and velvety soft furnishings. The hotel’s restaurant is a true hidden gem – The Fuji Grill offers a highly polished Japanese dining experience centred around ‘Tapasu’, a take on tapas-style design that blends classic technique with a communal, small plates spirit. There’s a flawless sushi selection, including signature temaki alongside dishes cooked on a bincho charcoal grill, like sake kombu hispi cabbage, caramel ponzu long aubergine and yuzu miso black cod. The drinks menu, served from the cosily lit Sir Frank’s Bar, is vast and includes inventive cocktails and non-alcoholic versions, plus speciality sake and plenty of Japanese whisky. Service is attentive, friendly and relaxed. Breakfast is also served in the Fuji Grill restaurant, meaning it’s an ambient affair. Dishes include granola with Beaverbrook estate honey, homemade yogurt and peach compote, truffled eggs, full English and spinach scramble. Where to eat and drink nearby Sloane Square is at the heart of central-west London action and is close to Belgravia, Chelsea and Kensington. You’ll find plenty of pubs with great food, including Ganymede, The Pig’s Ear and The Orange, plus special occasion restaurants like Cornus. Rooms start from £580 per night inclusive of breakfast and taxes for two guests in a Deluxe Room. Check availability at Beaverbook Townhouse or booking.com The Hoxton, Southwark – for a buzzy bar and Mediterranean vibe From £189, check availability at booking.com The Hoxton Southwark is a buzzy, 192-bedroom hotel that’s home to a low-key neighbourhood dining spot and a separate rooftop restaurant. Choose from five bedroom sizes with the smallest, Shoebox, offering a king-size bed and wall-to-wall windows, and the most spacious, Biggy, offering a super king-bed, a lounge area and a large bathroom. No matter what the size, you can expect mid-century furniture with vintage touches – pale-green panelled walls, red velvet headboards, dial-up telephones, cream Roberts radios and brass light switches to name a few. Those who want to wallow over a long soak will be disappointed (there are no baths) but spacious rainfall showers feel luxurious, with teal tiles and marble. Albie – the downstairs restaurant, bar and lounge – serves Italian and French-influenced plates, with on-trend terrazzo tables, wicker chairs and flickering tealights matching the Mediterranean design vibe. Take a seat at the marble bar, or sink into a velvet armchair, for a pre-dinner drink. The extensive cocktail menu features Hox classics, imaginatively named tipples with a twist, plus an impressive selection of no-alcohol brews, wines and spirits<. When it comes to food, the squidgy focaccia is a must-order, with a choice of French or Italian olive oil (we go for the former, and it’s got rich, grassy notes and a lusciously thick texture). Over half the menu is veggie; think goats cheese-stuffed courgette flower and burrata with slices of juicy white peach. Mains are on the lighter, so it’s worth opting for one of the heartier plates, such as creamy crab linguine, if you’re very hungry. Desserts steal the show; crème brûlée spiked with fragrant lavender and a tower of crisp, cocoa-dusted mille-feuille sandwiched with praline cream and hazelnuts – think posh Kinder Bueno. For more decadent dining, ride the lift up to Seabird, the hotel’s striking rooftop restaurant, to try something from London’s longest oyster list, or other fresh seafood dishes, against a backdrop of panoramic city views. In the morning, wake up to a light breakfast bag filled with fruit, a granola bar and a zesty juice shot (ginger, lemon, turmeric and apple on our visit), or head downstairs if you want something more substantial. Greenwich-based Paul Rhodes Bakery makes the hotel’s must-try pastries, from flaky pain au chocolat to almond swirls filled with lemony-marzipan, or order wedges of fluffy cinnamon-spiced brioche French toast. Where to eat and drink nearby The thoughtful in-room map and area guide gives guests a top 10 list of things to do south of the river. Among them a trip to the Bermondsey Beer Mile for craft breweries, Borough Market for top-notch food traders and The Blackfriar if you’re in search of a local boozer. Check out our guide to eating in London Bridge for more suggestions. From £189, check availability at booking.com Treehouse London – for a sustainable hotel with skyline views Doubles from £457, check availability at booking.com Treehouse London is a fun – and sustainable – central London hotel with skyline views and child-friendly touches. Treehouse Hotels was founded on the playfulness and sense of adventure that inspire children to want to build treehouses, so it's little surprise that bedrooms here come with handmade, child-friendly details (think sloth teddy bears on the beds and coloured anoraks hanging in wardrobes). Depending on your budget (and need for space) there will almost certainly be a bedroom that suits, from the Lookout Twin, with views of The Shard, to the Skyline King, which overlooks the London Eye. Each room comes with rain showers, digital newspapers and bedside USB outlets. Not to mention cosy window nooks where you can rest and read. Decor is pared-back, with grey walls, white linen and exposed lightbulbs for reading lights, while the hotel's sleek bathrooms bring a touch of nature to proceedings with pot plants and tree stems. There are three restaurants to choose between: Madera serving Mexican cuisine, Pizzeria Mozza (a UK outpost of the famous LA restaurant from Nancy Silverton) and The Nest for rooftop drinks. Madera (from the Los Angeles-based restaurant group) offers a modern, farm-to-table approach, with dishes (many of which are veggie or vegan) ranging from tequila tofu marinated in pesto to wild mushroom enchiladas and a street-food taco box with five house-made corn tortillas (beef or wild mushroom) served with salsa, lime, coriander and onion. Cocktails make the most of locally produced spirits (Chase gin) as well as more unusual flavours (activated charcoal agave and matcha agave) to create an intriguing drinks list. Return to Madera in the morning for a Mexican-inspired breakfast feast. Start with carne asda and eggs or go for something sweet with decadent Mexican fiesta waffles topped with ice cream, dulce de leche and chocolate. Where to eat and drink nearby Join the queue at Sabor for camarones fritos (tiny shrimp, deep-fried and served with a crispy, paprika-dusted fried egg), or tuck into top-notch carbonara, peppery cacio e pepe and homemade cannoli at Al Dente. Find more places to eat and drink near Oxford Street here. Doubles from £457, check availability at booking.com The Buxton, Shoreditch – for a Brick Lane boozer Doubles from £100, check availability at booking.com The Buxton is a former Brick Lane boozer turned polished pub-with-rooms, reimagined by the team behind Commercial Street’s The Culpeper. Bedrooms are on the small side, which is one reason for their affordable pricing. Clever design and attention to detail, however, ensures they don’t feel cramped. High ceilings and original features add space and character while whitewashed walls and smart navy accents lend a fresh and contemporary feel. The heart of the action occurs in the slickly refurbished Victorian pub, on the ground floor (there are bedrooms and a roof terrace above) which is now a reimagined bistro and wine bar. Tall, graceful arched windows introduce plenty of light, while a sweeping rosso levanto marble counter acts as a stylish focal point. Food has an emphasis on prime produce (including from The Culpeper Family Group’s own urban farm in Deptford) and seasonality, and will change weekly to use the best of what's available. Simple dishes combine British produce with French and Mediterranean influences, to build a carefully curated selection of small plates to share. Our spring visit included creamy shredded duck on toast, asparagus in a decadent brown butter sauce, and Denver steak with sticky, umami-rich glazed hen of the wood mushrooms. Don't miss the cheese croquettes to start: crisp on the inside and melting within. Head downstairs for breakfast after a night in the bar and you’ll find the space transformed, and surprisingly serene. Order the granola with house preserve or fill up with a hearty full English. Where to eat and drink nearby On bohemian Brick Lane, you’ll find no shortage of places to eat and drink; try the street’s many curry houses, 24-hour bagel shops (salt beef is a must) plus nearby restaurants such as Lahpet, Smokestak and Sichuan Folk. Good local bars include The Cocktail Trading Co. and Apples & Pears. Doubles from £100, check availability at booking.com The Pilgrm, Paddington – for a chic central stopover From £119 per night, check availability at booking.com A quirky, design-led, 73-bedroom hotel that’s brought a fine Victorian building in London’s Paddington back to life. Rooms are small so book the largest you can afford, and if you’re a light sleeper, ask for one away from the road. There are tiny (but very comfortable) bunk rooms, if you’re on a budget, or on a one-parent, one-child getaway. Decor is pared back and stylish, with slate-coloured walls contrasting with white sash windows and Egyptian linen-clad beds, and floors of reclaimed 200-year-old parquet giving a warm homely feel. Breakfast is the thing here, kicking off at 7am and continuing until 3pm in the vintage-chic first-floor lounge. There’s full-cooked Pilgrm (with house-baked beans) or a vegan version of smashed avocado, butternut squash hummus and a knock-out beetroot falafel. But the top seller is smashed avocado on toast with crumbled feta, which comes with the unexpected addition of a tomato and olive salsa. Where to eat and drink nearby Being in the heart of London, you’ve plenty of dinner choices nearby – from the cheap-and-cheerful Paramount Lebanese Kitchen, next door, to the Cleveland Arms around the corner, and Basque-styled Lurra and Donostia a short walk away. Read our guide to Paddington restaurants here From £119 per night, check availability at booking.com The Zetter Hotel, Clerkenwell – for panoramic city views From £256 per night, check availability at booking.com or mrandmrssmith.com Victorian warehouse turned hip boutique hotel in Clerkenwell, The Zetter has 59 retro-styled rooms. Rooms have a sleek mid-century vibe, and an attention to detail that elevates the guest experience, from plush UK-made REN toiletries in the bathroom to a well-stocked honesty tray of food and drink, and a mini library of Penguin paperbacks. We suggest choosing one of the hotel’s seven rooftop bedrooms, each of which comes with a private terrace and panoramic views of the city. We stayed in one of the spacious and light-filled rooftop deluxe studios, which have funky geometric interiors, sweeping floor-to-ceiling windows and a freestanding rolltop bath on the terrace. Those into their drinks will also love the locally sourced minibar, which on our visit had bottles of East London Liquor Company rum, gin and vodka, Redchurch beer and JARR kombucha – all made in east London. Make yourself at home in the Lounge for cocktails and small plates – a cosy foodie bolthole to spend an evening. Where to eat and drink nearby It’s a 10-minute walk to Moro in Exmouth Market, for North African and Spanish-influenced tapas. From £256 per night, check availability at booking.com or mrandmrssmith.com Four Seasons Park Lane, London – for a central London spa experience Doubles from £977, check availability at booking.com or expedia.co.uk Four Seasons Park Lane is a short walk from Hyde Park, the theatre district and a wealth of London attractions, but is situated on a serene street away from the hustle of the city. The hotel feels luxurious from the moment you’re ushered into the dramatic lobby, but the atmosphere is relaxed and unpretentious. You’ll find sleek rooms with plush beds, decadent marbled bathrooms and plenty of added little luxuries from room sprays to a pillow menu, they take sleep very seriously here. Dining at the hotel’s Pavylon restaurant is an all-round immersive experience, request a counter seat and the theatre you’ll spectate will rival any of the West End shows. Headed up by multi Michelin-starred chef Yannick Alléno, it took him less than a year to win a star for Pavyllon. Them menu focuses on French classics using the finest British ingredients, each dish is presented like a work of art but the balance of flavours is where the real power in his dishes is held. You can expect plates like monkfish tail seared with black pepper oil, succulent Lake District lamb cutlets and flambéed cherries with almond ice cream. Breakfast is served a la carte and includes British and French classics, the Parisian omelette with ham, Comté cheese sauce and parsley is perfection, you’ll find plenty of freshly squeezed juices, pastries and exceptionally good coffee on the menu too. Situated at the very top of the hotel (you’ll find dramatic city views from the changing rooms and gym), the sleek spa is home to a salt-wall sauna, eucalyptus steam room and huge vitality pool which is difficult to tear yourself away from. The treatment menu offers everything from personalised facials to immersive sound bath healing. Where to eat and drink nearby You're spoilt for choice with this location being a short walk from Oxford Street, Soho or Victoria in any direction. Visit Sketch for a memorable afternoon tea or enjoy quietly luxurious special occasion dining at Cornus in Eccleston Place. Doubles from £977, check availability at booking.com or expedia.co.uk The Coach, Clerkenwell – for a Sunday roast and sleepover Doubles from £120, check rates and availability at booking.com Chef-restaurateur Henry Harris has transformed this popular independent pub in Clerkenwell into a well-executed French restaurant-with-rooms. Hidden down a quiet street in the heart of Clerkenwell, The Coach has been refurbished with the addition of four small, boutique-style rooms. The lively pub is child-friendly and serves a variety of beers, lagers and wines from local breweries as well as a selection of cocktails. For our aperitif we opted for a strong, citrussy negroni followed by a full-bodied, fruity red Château Laussac Cuvée La Dame. Visit on a Sunday for the classic Sunday roast – succulent 48-day aged Hereford sirloin of beef with punchy horseradish came with crispy duck-fat potatoes, sweet baby carrots and plenty of crunchy greens. Finish with a super-light blood orange posset with delicate lemon shortbreads and a verrine made with sought-after Gariguette strawberries, silky smooth crème pâtissière and chantilly cream. Upstairs, plenty of light floods into the compact rooms through double sash windows, framed by funky grey and yellow blinds. Modern art features on whitewashed walls and boutique hotel luxuries add a welcoming touch (Roberts radio, chrome light shades and Bramley hand soap). The bathrooms evoke the design of an old-school coach, while little white tiles add a retro twenties stamp. The bright, art-filled breakfast room overlooks a small terrace alive with greenery. Choose from a small menu – try bowls full to the brim with crunchy coconut and pecan granola or indulge in the full Coach breakfast of thick-cut bacon, crispy fried eggs, buttery mogettes (beans) and sourdough from Bread Ahead bakery. Where to eat and drink nearby Exmouth Market is on your doorstep, where you’ll find an array of independent shops, bars and restaurants, including Pizza Pilgrims, Morito and Berber & Q. Doubles from £120, check rates and availability at booking.com Bingham Riverhouse - for riverside views and chic interiors Perched along the Thames, this boutique bolthole is a dream for food lovers seeking a tranquil retreat with a touch of history. Housed in a chic Georgian townhouse with a fascinating literary past, the hotel is home to a sun-dappled terrace overlooking the stunning gardens and River Thames – as well as luxurious drawing room with a roaring fire place, perfect for afternoon tea or an expertly mixed cocktail. Breakfast is served in a cozy library lined with rows of vintage Penguin paperbacks, and includes a generous buffet as well as a menu with all of the classics. Beyond the hotel’s indulgent offerings, its location provides easy access to some of London’s most scenic attractions. A short stroll brings you to the vast greenery of Richmond Park, where wild deer roam freely, while the riverside towpath is ideal for leisurely walks or a sunset jog. After a day exploring local markets and gastropubs, unwind in one of the 14 beautifully designed rooms, each named after a poem by Michael Field. Expect mid-century elegance with thoughtful touches like Hebridean wool throws and artisan crystals. Opt for a river-facing room to enjoy stunning Thames views, along with a statement Catchpole & Rye copper bathtub—perfect for a post-dinner soak. Where to eat and drink nearby You are just a short walk along the river away from Petersham Nurseries cafe and restaurant. Rooms from £190 per night, check availability at binghamriverhouse.com or <a href="https://www.anrdoezrs.net/click-100565798-11795693?sid=olivemagazine-226739&url=https%3A%2F%2Fwww.booking.com%2Fhotel%2Fgb%2Fthe-bingham.en-us.html%3Faid%3D811995%26label%3Daffnetcj-11795693_pub-5306979_site-100565798_pname-Immediate%2520Media_clkid-olivemagazine-147252_cjevent-28ed6645bb9211ee812000d80a18b8f8%26sid%3D1445e016f12e209a9562b523f90d2e21%26dist%3D0%26keep_landing%3D1%26sb_price_type%3Dtotal%26type%3Dtotal%26utm_campaign%3Dgb%26utm_medium%3Dbannerindex%26utm_source%3Daffnetcj%26utm_term%3Dindex-11795693%26" target="_blank" rel="noopener sponsored">booking.com The Beaumont Hotel, Mayfair – for old school opulence Doubles from £648, check availability at thebeaumont.com or booking.com Old school opulence and faultless hospitality are the name of the game at The Beaumont. The polished walnut panelling, shiny marble floors and gilded edges set the scene as you walk into the Art Deco-style lobby. Suites are just as plush, with luxurious touches and 5-star attention to detail: Beaumont-stamped chocolate, sweets and snack jars all waited in our room, while sustainable toiletries were by heritage London perfumer D.R Harris. Rooms and suites are stylish, ultra-comfy and peaceful, cocooned from the busy Central London streets below. There’s even a room designed by artist Antony Gormley. The hotel’s Colony Grill is an elevated take on an NYC steakhouse, serving classics done with serious panache. Everything on the menu is that little bit extra: the tame-sounding shrimp cocktail arrives as grand whole prawns fanning from a stemmed bowl; the steak is salt-aged in-house and served with whipped bearnaise; you can build-your-own sundae using a fun tick sheet (we added a chestnut and rosemary ice cream to ours). Breakfast is served in The Colony Grill and is just as chic as dinner. We ate smoked salmon, scrambled egg and brioche with house-pressed pomegranate juice, but the made-to-order menu is huge and includes signature hashes, cold breakfasts, pancakes, French toast and eggs served every which way you can imagine. The Viennoiserie table included almond croissants, cinnamon rolls and pain au chocolat, all made in the Beaumont bakery. Service is impeccable. The peaceful basement spa at the Beaumont has a really fun USP – its range of hammam treatments. We experienced the Signature Hammam which involved an invigorating exfoliation using black olive savon noir scrub and an enriching rose & geranium clay. You can follow up with a massage treatment, or enjoy the facilities which include two steam rooms and one of London’s only cold water plunge pools. Where to eat and drink nearby If you can bring yourself to leave the Beaumont cocoon, the hustle and bustle of Mayfair and Oxford Street await. Tamarind Terrace offers all-weather Indian dining (don't miss the lamb chops with pistachio crust), or try Akira Back for playful riffs on Japanese cuisine. Doubles from £648, check availability at thebeaumont.com or booking.com The Boundary, Shoreditch – for a foodie weekend in Shoreditch Doubles from £173 per night, check availability at booking.com A trendy hotel, Boundary has 17 individually-designed bedrooms, a rooftop bar and an all-day bar and brasserie. Each bedroom is truly unique, taking inspiration from a particular designer or design movement. Take your pick from Mies van der Rohe, Charles & Ray Eames, Andrée Putman or Eileen Gray. Most share a restful, simple colour palette and a restrained but very carefully curated collection of furniture. The Sir David Tang Suite is an exception with its Chinese silk wallpaper and tassled green silk lampshades. Regardless of which room you stay in, a mid-afternoon delivery of freshly baked brownie is guaranteed. Dodge busy Shoreditch streets at the sky-high rooftop bar, where the view of London is uninterrupted and the cocktails are excellent. Try the Serendipity – a concoction of Monkey Shoulder whisky, Drambuie, mango purée, lime and chilli – and share plates of garlic tiger prawns and grilled lobster. Breakfast has a grown-up vibe but an on-trend menu, stretching to cold-pressed juices and ‘healthy’ cooked breakfasts. Baked goods are where it’s at, though, with a choice of cinnamon – or pistachio and white chocolate – swirls, croissants and Danish pastries. Where to eat and drink nearby BRAT, just a minutes’ walk away, is a Spanish-inspired spot that serves grilled sharing platters. Click here for more places to eat in Shoreditch. Doubles from £173 per night, check availability at booking.com Pan Pacific London, London – for an oasis of calm Doubles from £395 including spa access, check availability at panpacificlondon.com or booking.com Pan Pacific might be moments away from the bustling streets of Brick Lane and Spitalfields Market, but inside it’s an oasis of calm. The hotel’s ethos is to bring a slice of the Singapore experience to London, and you’ll find that influence in everything from the Kopi Tiam afternoon tea to the vibrant hotel bar Ginger Lily, where the attentive staff will mix you up a signature Singaporean classic or a contemporary creation, depending on your own unique tastes. Breakfast is served in Straits Kitchen and you'll find an opulent buffet with a choice of Asian and English classics, from freshly made omelette to beautifully fragrant Won Ton noodle soups. All rooms feature king size beds, expansive marble bathrooms and luxury bathroom products, but the views across the city are what make this hotel standout, you can admire the glittering lights and striking contrast of old and new architecture from the comfort of your very own bed, it might be hard to leave. A night at Pan Pacific includes full use of the wellbeing floor. Start your morning with a luxurious swim in the balmy and impressively large infinity pool, floor to ceiling windows offer you far-reaching views over Bishopsgate Plaza as you practice your front crawl. There are plenty of sun loungers to recline on in the light-flooded relaxation area and a mindfulness studio where you’ll find yoga classes, meditation, pilates and gong therapy. The bougie experience continues in the changing rooms with Diptyque products and a smart sauna and steam room for the ultimate heat experience. There are a range of treatments on offer from a rhythmical bamboo massage to a lymphatic drainage massage. Where to eat and drink nearby Walk to Spitalfields Market for your choice of street food, or book a table at Kolamba East for modern Sri Lankan sharing dishes – the prawn string hopper biryani is worth a visit alone. Doubles from £395 including spa access, check availability at panpacificlondon.com or booking.com Kettner’s Townhouse, Soho – for the Champagne lifestyle Check rates and availability at sohohouse.com or mrandmrssmith.com Playing on its 1920s heyday, this Georgian building (brought up-to-date by the Soho House Group) is home to an all-day French brasserie, Champagne bar and 33 glamorous hotel rooms. Rooms vary dramatically in size. Compact Tiny rooms are fitted with Tudor-style beds and slick en-suites, while Cosy rooms are a bit larger with pretty green velvet scalloped headboards. If you want to wallow in a freestanding bath tub and super king-size bed, book one of the Medium or Big rooms (they have double sinks and walk-in rainforest showers, too). All rooms, no matter what size, cater to every whim, making for a luxurious stay. An almost overwhelming array of Cowshed bath and shower products await in the rainforest showers (cleansing toner and lip balm, as well as the usual staples). The all-day menu served in the brasserie sticks to classic French comfort food (steak tartare, roast chicken and Toulouse sausage). Try perfectly pink fillet of Lake District beef with fluffy chips and a creamy pepper sauce; or head to the Champagne bar for its take on a French 75, The Romilly, made from exotic Star of Bombay gin, mango cordial and sparkling Ruinart. The Kettner’s Fizz – refreshing clementine and grapefruit juice laced with Grand Marnier and Runiart rosé – is also a good shout. For breakfast, opt for a glass of fizz and a decadent lobster royale with hollandaise and Exmoor caviar in the Champagne bar, or keep it classic in the brasserie: blueberry muffins, or citrusy pink grapefruit served with thick sheep’s milk yogurt and a sprinkling of bee pollen and micro mint. Soho House has zingy breakfast drinks sorted, with its own pre-bottled house press juices. Where to eat and drink nearby Head to Yasmin on Warwick Street for rooftop dining with Middle Eastern flavour. Inspired by a stint in Istanbul, the menu majors on superior dips, flatbreads and zingy salads and grills. Read more about where to eat in Soho here. Check rates and availability at sohohouse.com or mrandmrssmith.com The Hoxton, High Holborn – for a hip hangout Doubles from £179 per night, check availability at booking.com The Hoxton is a cool, open-house hotel with 174 bedrooms, designed by local illustrators. Choose between four sizes, starting with Shoebox (the clue’s in the name), then Snug, Cosy and, the largest of the four, Roomy. Compact shoebox rooms still have queen-size beds and walk-in showers, while roomy ones are home to king-size beds and squidgy leather armchairs. With the exception of Shoebox, all are dog-friendly. If you fancy wine or beer in your room, head to the front desk where you can buy bottles at supermarket prices. A light breakfast bag can be delivered to your door, but for something more substantial head to Rondo for ’nduja scrambled eggs, or a Full English, served with Tamworth sausage & bacon, Fenton eggs, black pudding & beans. There are cold-pressed green juices to wake you up, or a selection of 100% vegan coffees, including matcha and raw cacao lattes. Where to eat and drink nearby A pie at the Holborn Dining Room is a must, whether it be filled with chicken, girolle and tarragon, or mutton curry. Try the contemporary afternoon tea at Rosewood’s Mirror Room, too. Doubles from £179 per night, check availability at booking.com Ham Yard Hotel, Soho – for a hidden design gem From £606 per night, check availability at booking.com An urban village, Ham Yard Hotel is home to 91 individually designed bedrooms and suites, 24 apartments, 13 independent stores and a restaurant. Kit Kemp designed the quintessentially British interiors, so that means colourful, patterned textiles and original artwork. Superior rooms have queen-size beds and a separate sitting area with writing desk, while the two-bedroom terrace suite on the hotel’s top floor has a kitchen. All bedrooms have views of the leafy terrace or city skyline. With its super central Soho location, there’s no shortage of restaurant, bars and cafés to explore in the area. But the hotel itself has its own restaurant and serves a selection of afternoon teas, including a ‘healthy’ reduced sugar option. A roof garden is home to raised herb and vegetable beds, so expect to see purple sage and orange marigold featuring on the menu. Two bee hives also live on the roof, the honey from which is used in cocktails. At breakfast, Antipodean-style eats and smoothies feature alongside lighter bites, including coconut chia seed pots with mango. Porridge is prepared with your choice of milk, water or cream, and is topped with berries, banana, mango, sugar, seeds or maple syrup. Where to eat and drink nearby Pop across the road to KILN for regional Thai dishes. Try aged lamb skewers, delicately fragrant with cumin and Szechuan pepper; or clay-pot baked glass noodles with Tamworth pork belly and brown crabmeat. Here are more places to eat and drink in Soho. From £606 per night, check availability at booking.com The Culpeper, Spitalfields – for campfires on the roof Doubles from £160 per night, check availability at booking.com The Culpeper is an east London pub with five bedrooms, a restaurant and rooftop garden. The ground floor pub takes classics up a notch: deep-fried black pudding balls, crispy ox tongue with tarragon mayo, and chicken liver on toast. The wine list is completely natural, local beers feature strongly, and all the cocktails are based on herbs that grow on the roof. The rooftop has a changing residency each summer, but in the past Piculpeper has set up camp with fire pits serving grilled broccoli, ash-roast potatoes and slow-roast camembert. On the first floor, a restaurant offers three starters, three mains and three desserts that change weekly. It also makes use of what’s grown in and around The Culpeper, including nettles, sprouting kale, baby gem lettuce and swiss chard on its menu. On the second floor, five bedrooms are in keeping with the rest of the pub, so expect plastered walls, bare brickwork, original fireplaces and simple-yet-colourful textiles. Where to eat and drink nearby Som Saa is less than a minute away, so head there for sticky Burmese-style curry, whole deep-fried sea bass and palm sugar ice cream. Doubles from £160 per night, check availability at booking.com The Orange, Belgravia – for a cosy pub with rooms Rooms start at £260 a night, check availability at booking.com or cubitthouse.co.uk If you want to stay in the beating heart of London, you won’t get much more central than buzzy Belgravia, and this refurbished pub is a chic base. The 19th century local is part of the Cubitts House group, who have given this glorious period building a whole new charm. The uber-stylish interiors have flashes of orange throughout, and the contemporary Italian-inspired menu is curated by Ben Tish. The Orange has just four rooms, giving it an extra-personal feel. They are decked in natural materials and finished with botanical flourishes. Downstairs in the bar, guests can soak up the buzz and order dinner off The Orange’s seasonal, à la carte menu. You’ll find a list of delicious-sounding pizzas with inventive toppings, like red prawns, rose harissa & crispy garlic. There’s a strong list of hearty, seasonal salads, which included braised kale and fried aubergine. Starters included panisse with bottarga. There are large plates too, including rib-eye with roasted onions & comte and roast chicken with grapes and rosemary. Guests enjoy breakfast as part of their stay, and while we loved the house granola with new season rhubarb, where The Orange really plays an ace is with their breakfast wood-fired flatbreads. Choose from toppings like fennel sausage & roasted tomatoes, stracciatella, mushroom & truffle cheese sauce. We already rated The Orange, but we have extra respect for anywhere that serves pizza before 10am. Where to eat and drink nearby For more dinner options, try Wildflowers. A stylish restaurant and wine bar, Mediterranean-inspired dishes are cooked over coal in an open kitchen, cocktails are imaginative twists on classics (try a melon negroni or almost-dirty martini) and its understated design encourages you to relax and linger over your food. Rooms start at £260 a night, check availability at booking.com or cubitthouse.co.uk Vintry and Mercer, City of London – for luxury in the City From £284 per night, check availability at booking.com One of the Small Luxury Hotels of the World, Vintry and Mercer is a 92-bedroom luxury hotel with a roof terrace restaurant, speakeasy-style bar and an all-day kitchen serving Asian plates. Rooms comes with elaborate velvet headboards and dramatically tiled bathrooms. The 'standard' room is anything but, with a queen-size bed, walk-in shower and heated floor, while the deluxe comes with a king-size bed, turndown service and wet room. Every bedroom nods to its city location, be it through needle-and-thread wallpaper that references the mercers who used to import fine silks just a stone’s throw from where the hotel now stands, or antique-style maps that depict old trade routes. Foodies stay here both for the delightful roof terrace restaurant, which focuses on farm-to-plate food cooked over charcoal; and DND (Do Not Disturb), a fun bar that pairs barrel-aged cocktails with sliders. There’s also Vintry Izakaya, which serves tapas-style dishes including tempura shiitake and tomato miso steamed buns. Along with the usual spirits, there’s also a selection of sakes and Asian-influences cocktails. Try the Takhiriti, made with Don Q rum, lemongrass syrup, kaffir lime and Thai basil. Where to eat and drink nearby Wander up to Brigadiers for an Indian feast of BBQ butter chicken wings, sikandari kid goat shoulder and on-tap cocktails. Read our full review here. From £284 per night, check availability at booking.com Green Rooms, Wood Green – for great-value rooms From £82 per night, check availability at booking.com A no-frills affordable hotel, Green Rooms has stylishly simple bedrooms. There are 22 bedrooms (everything from three-quarter to king-size beds, some with shared bathrooms, others en-suite), two en-suite studio apartments and two dormitories (one sleeps 12, one sleeps 16 people) make for an eclectic mix of accommodation. It’s a back-to-basics vibe, but with added style. Mattresses are good quality, furnishings are sparse but pretty (a few rooms have chairs and textiles by fashion brand Folk, but most have simple white bed linen and vintage wooden furniture), and frills extend only to a few coat hangers, a travel kettle, a small range of London Tea Company teas and Climpson and Sons coffee. Where to eat and drink nearby In Turkish-influenced Wood Green, you don’t have to go more than 30 paces to find grilled halloumi and spinach omelettes. Try Antepliler for pides, spiced lentil koftes and pistachio kanafeh. From £82 per night, check availability at booking.com Kaya Great Northern Hotel, King’s Cross – for swanky fine dining From £215 per night, check availability at booking.com A luxury, boutique hotel just 25 metres from King’s Cross station, comfort and class is the focus at Kaya Great Northern Hotel, with each bedroom sporting sash windows and high ceilings. Couchette is the cosiest, with queen-size beds tucked into leather-clad banquettes, while the Edwardian bedrooms on the top floor have walnut wood panelling and vintage-style bathrooms. Victorian is the largest, with views of King’s Cross and a roll top bath. On the first floor, RAILS Restaurant and Little Bar offers a smart take on British and French classics. Where to eat and drink nearby There’s no shortage of options in Coal Drops Yard, including wine bars and funky sandwich joints. Try smoky rotisserie chicken and mezcal negronis at alfresco Mexican restaurant, Plaza Pastor. See our picks of the best restaurants in Kings Cross here. From £215 per night, check availability at booking.com The London Edition, West End – for striking interiors From £420 per night, check availability at booking.com A slick hotel in the heart of Fitzrovia with 173 bedrooms and a sophisticated restaurant, Berners Tavern. The in-house restaurant is under the direction of Michelin-starred chef, Jason Atherton. A striking dining room (ornate ceilings, plush leather booths and antique artwork in lavish gold frames) sets a grand tone, while the trendy-yet-accessible food is the kind you could eat every day: pork pie and aged beef tartare, BBQ pork chops, and mac ‘n’ cheese. Try a roast at the weekend, including beef wellington and Dingley Dell pork belly. There are two bars to choose from: The Lobby comes kitted out with a snooker table and tufted sofas, while The Punch Room is an intimate space inspired by 19th-century private clubs. The signature gin-infused EDITION house punch is a must. Stylish and simple rooms are inspired by luxury yachts with oak floors, walnut wooden panels and tufted armchairs. There are four bedroom sizes (guest, superior, deluxe and loft) as well as two suites, the loft and the penthouse. All bedrooms come with the same features (king-size beds, rainforest showers, iPod docking stations and custom made Le Labo bathroom products). Suites come with a large living area, while the penthouse has a dining area, pantry, walk-in wardrobe and three outdoor terraces with city views. At breakfast, hearty classics are the order of the day, be it a slow-cooked smoked ham hock croque monsieur with aged cheddar, or oak smoked Scottish salmon with scrambled eggs. If you’re after something lighter, dairy-free mango smoothies and ginger, turmeric and orange shots are also on offer. Where to eat and drink nearby Book a table at Rovi, Ottolenghi’s restaurant with vegetables, fermentation and fire at its heart. Read all the best restaurants in Fitzrovia here. From £420 per night, check availability at booking.com The Athenaeum, Mayfair – for a luxurious Mayfair stay From £366 per night, check availability at booking.com The Athenaeum is a luxury yet family-friendly Mayfair hotel with bedrooms, suites, apartments and townhouses. Spacious bedrooms include Hypnos mattresses, London-inspired artwork and your choice of pillow. Marble bathrooms come with heated towel rails and non-steam mirrors. Serviced apartments are ideal for those with children, with separate front doors leading onto a double bedroom (with extra bunk or sofa beds for little ones), living area and fully fitted kitchenette. If you want to stay in the main hotel, interconnecting bedrooms are also available. Choose between a continental buffet for breakfast (yogurt, fruit, charcuterie, cheese and baked goods) or opt for a full English, omelettes or smoked salmon. There’s a separate menu for children, including waffles with fruit compote or boiled eggs with toast soldiers. Where to eat and drink nearby Mayfair has plenty of excellent dining choices to offer: from contemporary steak and sushi at Nijū to pub classics at The Guinea Grill or elegant Italian at Angela Hartnett's Murano. For more dining in the area, check out our favourite places to eat in Mayfair here. From £366 per night, check availability at booking.com The Bull and The Hide, Bishopsgate – for cosy pub vibes From £155 per night, check availability at booking.com A pub with 10 boutique bedrooms in the heart of the city. Rooms are neat and simply decorated. Each is named after the pub’s colourful past, from the Oxford (the 17th Earl of Oxford lived on the site in the 16th century) to the Devonshire suite, which echoes the name of a grand house that stood on the site in 1625. If you want a room with a view, book the Hush Heath suite for its own private balcony. All come equipped with Miller Harris toiletries, goose down pillows and a 24-hour pantry, where you can help yourself to tea, coffee, cookies and sweets. The Bull pub downstairs (part of the Hush Heath Estate) serves breakfast, brunch, lunch, bar snacks and dinner. Classics include scotch eggs with curried mayo, half-pint shrimps and whitebait with tartare sauce. Flatbreads are also a focus, so try the pulled pork, BBQ sauce and jalapeño one. The sparkling wines come from the Hush Heath Estate in Kent, and the crisp sparkling apple is recommended. The Bull breakfast is a simple affair. Choose a full English, American pancakes with bacon, avocado on toast or granola. Where to eat and drink nearby If you're not eating in the pub, head to Duck & Waffle for views over the city or Spitalfields Market for plenty of street food options, from freshly pulled noodles to the gooiest cheese toasties. From £155 per night, check availability at booking.com Claridge’s, Mayfair – for classic elegance From £930 per night, check availability at booking.com The iconic Claridge's is a glamorous art deco Mayfair hotel with restaurants, bars and a reading room. Bedrooms and suites are either traditional or art deco, but both come with Bose speakers, fresh flowers and mini bars stocked with British produce. En-suite marble bathrooms include Cowshed products (made exclusively for Claridge’s), and the Claridge’s King room comes with floor-to-ceiling mirrors and views of the peaceful inner court. The Mayfair Suite has a separate sitting room with original fireplace, and the Brook Penthouse, a two-bedroom apartment with living room, dining area, private bar and a terrace with views of the Houses of Parliament, is luxury at its finest. For foodies, the Foyer and Reading Room serve an all-day dining menu, from roast rack of Kent lamb to its signature lobster wellington. Afternoon tea has been a ritual here for almost 150 years, and this luxurious redoubt for the rich and royal (no flip-flops, no intrusive photography) has turned it into an art form. Eat English cucumber and dill cream sandwiches, fluffy raisin scones with Cornish clotted cream, and caramelised hazelnut Paris-Brest. Breakfast is a lavish affair. There’s English, European, Japanese, vegan and Middle Eastern options, to name a few. Try pork gyoza, prawn dim sum, chicken congee, Chinese pickles and century duck egg for a Chinese feast, or keep it healthy with chia seed pudding and carrot juice. The Claridge’s bakery makes daily Danish pastries, croissants, muffins and brioche, and pancakes are served with berries and Valrhona chocolate. Where to eat and drink nearby Wander down Regent Street for a Spanish feast at Sabor. Eat crisp, golden prawn croquettes and mussels ‘a la Bilbaina’. Read more about Sabor here From £930 per night, check availability at booking.com The Ritz, Piccadilly – for old-school luxury Doubles from £900 per night, check availability at booking.com The Ritz offers old-school luxury in the heart of Piccadilly, with a restaurant to match. Opulent yet traditional, there’s a twee feel to the bedrooms with plenty of floral patterns and pastel furnishings. Living areas come with antique furniture, and en-suite bathrooms are adorned with marble. Deluxe suites come with up to five bedrooms and spacious sitting rooms, but, if it’s views you’re after, book the Green Park Suite, which looks out over its namesake. Afternoon tea is the main draw, taken in the elegant Palm Court. Indulge in Scottish smoked salmon on springy sourdough bread, warm scones and delicate blackcurrant macarons. Choose from an 18-strong tea menu that has been curated and exclusively blended by The Ritz’s tea sommelier, Giandomenico Scanu. The Michelin-starred restaurant cooks seasonal British produce. Try Dover sole with new season leeks, cauliflower and caviar, or native lobster with heritage carrot and lemon verbena. Don’t leave without trying the crêpes suzette, prepared, cooked and served at your table with real flair. For breakfast, whether you fancy sirloin steak with fried eggs or an omelette with caviar, The Ritz has you covered. A continental breakfast keeps things light with fruit, homemade yogurt, cheese, ham and cereal, while three punchy juices are sure to wake you up. Our favourite is the Ruby Ritz: carrot, beetroot, fennel, ginger and lime. Where to eat and drink nearby World-famous for its seafood and shellfish, Bentley’s is the place to go for oysters. Click here for more places to eat in Mayfair. Doubles from £900 per night, check availability at booking.com Shangri-La At The Shard, London Bridge – for striking views Doubles from £553, check availability at booking.com Shangri-La At The Shard is a central London hotel with 202 bedrooms, striking views and an infinity sky pool. The hotel includes a restaurant, afternoon tea lounge and two bars. On level 35, TING serves a modern British menu with Asian influences, making the most of produce from neighbouring Borough Market. The five-course tasting menu offers the likes of duck liver ballotine with forced rhubarb and green tea, and Eton mess with cardamom. Climb 12 levels higher for GONG bar (the highest hotel bar in Europe) and its quirky cocktails. The cognac and sherry-based Over the Rainbow comes in a decorative hot air balloon, while the Scan Me whisky sour is delivered in a sleek black glass. Every bedroom and suite comes with floor-to-ceiling windows that frame London’s skyline; the iconic City View room, for example, looks out over Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament. A pillow menu is available, along with binoculars (to get a closer look at the landmarks), feather duvets, L'Occitane bath products and a Chinese tea set. The suites offer a separate living and working space, with views spanning across Surrey and Sussex, and the Shangri-La suite is the grandest of them all – dressing room, kitchenette, cocktail-making services, an iPad and local area guide included. At breakfast, choose between an English, Middle Eastern or Asian breakfast, the latter of which comes with congee, dim sum and wok fried noodles. Or try something from the wellness menu: bircher muesli and green smoothies packed with kiwi, spinach, ginger, mint and apple juice. Where to eat and drink nearby Pop to the market for plates of pici cacio e pepe and beef shin ragu at Padella. Click here for our London Bridge restaurant guide. Doubles from £553, check availability at booking.com Sea Containers London, Southbank – for a room above the best bar in the world Check rates and availability at booking.com Sea Containers is a modern hotel on the river with bedrooms designed by Tom Dixon and a cocktail bar from master mixologist, Mr Lyan. Choose between bedrooms, suites and apartments. Tones of grey and pops of pink are the signature colours, with chrome furnishings lending a sleek feel. Queen-size beds come as standard in the boutique rooms, and marble bathrooms are stocked with natural Malin + Goetz products. Wall-to-wall windows in the Riverview Deluxe room offer views of the city, while the Riverview Suite includes a separate living area and extra bathroom. The world’s number one bar, Dandelyan used to have its home at Sea Containers, but Mr Lyan closed that down and re-opened it as Lyaness. The sweeping green marble bar occupies the ground floor of the hotel, with soft-grey sofas and electric-blue banquettes. Try the tiki-inspired Double Painkiller, with bright tropical notes and a subtle smokiness. An all-day restaurant serves plates designed to share, from whole seabass with lemon to shaved mushrooms with manchego and brown butter. If you’re there over the weekend, try the eggy sammy from the brunch menu for breakfast – a brioche bun stacked with fried egg, crispy bacon, jack cheese and avocado – or go for a spicy chorizo flatbread with olives and wild rocket. In the week, expect a full English, fruit and yogurt, or avocado on toast. Where to eat and drink nearby Skylon is an 11-minute walk away on the first floor of the Royal Festival Hall. It’s all about seasonal modern British food and great views of the Thames. Check rates and availability at booking.com The Standard, King's Cross Doubles from £199, check availability at booking.com or mrandmrssmith.com There’s nothing standard about The Standard. Minutes from St Pancras International, London’s rail-based gateway to Europe, the cool kids behind America’s Standard Hotel group opened their first UK outpost, converting a 1970s concrete block into a hip eating and drinking destination, with more than 200 groovy retro-kitsch bedrooms on site. It may be the priciest room (with the exception of the suites), but book a King’s Terrace room and you’ll be rewarded with a large terrace complete with an outdoor bath that overlooks the St Pancras Renaissance Hotel and its terracotta-coloured clock tower. There are no ‘standard’ rooms at The Standard – the most basic options still boast bathrobes, bespoke Davines toiletries and Bang & Olufsen speakers. The building’s geometric shape adds character to outer-ring rooms (internal Cosy Cores don’t have windows, but they do have shower rooms strung with ferns), with squishy sofas in retro colours tucked beneath aquarium-like curved windows. Wallace Sewell, TFL’s fabric designers, have created the bedspreads and carpets, with the nostalgic red, purple and blue palette reminding guests how in-the-thick-of-it they are. Retro-chic design continues in the bathrooms, where pale pink and black tiles cover monsoon shower walls, and mint green taps add a pop of colour. Foodies are well catered for with a selection of options. On the ground floor, Isla’s vibrant space, with floor-to-ceiling glass doors that open onto a plant-filled terrace, is home to light British plates with a generous plant-based section. There's also Sweeties cocktail bar, Decimo for Mexican-Spanish cuisine with dramatic skyline views, or the Double Standard Bar serving American-inspired brunch or burgers and hot dogs in the evening. Make the most of humongous beds and order breakfast delivered to your room. Avocado on toast pepped-up with chimichurri, perhaps, or a batch of brown butter madeleines with Square Mile coffee. Where to eat and drink nearby The Standard is a one-minute walk (if that) from St Pancras International, so it’s well-placed if you want to kick off a trip to Amsterdam, Paris or the south of France in style. Doubles from £199, check availability at booking.com or mrandmrssmith.com More hotel guides Best country house hotels in the UK Best health and wellness retreats Best UK boutique hotels Best hotels in the Cotswolds Best Cornwall hotels Best hotels in the Lake District Best London hotel bars to visit Best romantic hotels in the UK European hidden gems: hotels off the beaten track Best Paris hotels Best Spanish hotels Best Italian hotels Best restaurants with rooms in the UK Best Amsterdam hotels
10 UK hotels with beautiful gardens to book this spring
These hotels help you make the most of the outdoors, with expansive kitchen gardens, wildflower meadows or acres of woodland
As the countryside bursts into bloom, hotels across the UK are perfectly placed to make the most of it, whether they are grand estates set in rolling hills or boutique retreats with the prettiest of kitchen gardens to explore. For more UK hotel inspiration, check out our picks of the best country house hotels and the best spa hotels in the UK. 10 UK hotels with beautiful gardens to book this spring The Bath Priory, Bath In a leafy part of Bath sits this impressive Georgian house, offering old-fashioned hospitality with wide appeal. Behind the ivy-clad building is a vast, not-so-secret garden, featuring a spectacular Lebanon cedar tree, croquet lawn, sunken pool and kitchen garden growing herbs, edible flowers, fruit and veg destined for the dining room. Spring is when the wisteria-covered terrace shines, the perfect spot for taking afternoon tea. You can also order a picnic hamper to enjoy in the gardens, with a bottle of English sparkling wine. You'll have views of the garden at dinner too. Chef Jauca Catalin’s imaginative menu celebrates seasonal, local produce with some surprising Asian touches: a crab starter is teamed with lime confit, mooli and chilli peanut caramel; wild turbot is a complex dish of scallop mousse, caviar and miso and kombu tea. At breakfast there is a traditional approach, with eggs royale, benedict and florentine, alongside the full English and a fluffy omelette Arnold Bennett. Bedrooms are designed for comfort and relaxation, with period furniture, florals and tartan adding warmth to neutral décor. Rooms start at £275 per night including breakfast, based on two sharing. Check availability at booking.com or expedia.co.uk The Samling, Lake District The Samling is a luxurious country house hotel (think al fresco hot tubs, fine dining and ornamental water gardens) set in nearly 70 acres of woodland, gardens and fields, perfect for exploring at this time of year. It sits right on the banks of Lake Windermere. Most of the rooms overlook the lake (two have woodland and garden views instead), and all are decorated in plush neutrals, with sash windows, marble bathrooms and goose down pillows and duvets. For an extravagant stay, pick the Windermere suite: it’s at the very top of the estate and benefits from a private patio (with astonishing views) and a copper-clad freestanding bath. You're spoilt for choice with gardens to explore here, from the pretty cascading ornamental water gardens woven with paths and bridges to walking trails through the woodland carpeted with wildflowers in spring. The kitchen garden, surrounded by apple and nut orchards, is also well worth exploring. Cucamelons and microgreens grow in the central greenhouse, and meadows buzz with bees (their honey is used to sweeten desserts and cocktails). At the restaurant, with stunning lake views, executive head chef Robby Jenks is in charge of a modern menu that includes the likes of shellfish raviolo with citrus bisque, turbot with mussels and samphire, and rhubarb with vanilla, ginger and lemon. The breakfast menu is short, but includes kedgeree, homemade granola with yogurt, and fresh fruit. Doubles from £290 per night, check availability at booking.com The Pig in the Cotswolds, Cotswolds The Pig in the Cotswolds embodies everything you’d want in a spring countryside escape. Set in a stunning 17th-century Grade II listed manor, the hotel is surrounded by gardens designed by Rosemary Verey, providing a serene and picturesque setting and unexpected sights to discover, such as a Tuscan temple that makes the perfect sunny spot to pause. The kitchen garden is the heart of each Pig – wander to explore for yourself, or join a daily guided tour. From the moment you step inside, you’re welcomed by a cosy and luxurious atmosphere, with each room meticulously restored to retain its historical charm while offering modern comforts. In the bedrooms you’ll find plush bedding, standalone baths, Nespresso machines and The Pig's signature rustic-chic décor. The hotel’s Fieldhouse Spa complete with garden terrace takes relaxation to another level, with soothing treatments, a sauna, steam room and hydrotherapy plunge pool for unwinding amid nature and views over the countryside. The Pig's renowned '25-mile' menu is worth the visit alone. Standout dinner dishes include the Barnsley lamb chop, accompanied by produce straight from the garden, and the fillet of plaice with garden fennel and white wine sauce. Breakfast is equally delightful, with options ranging from smashed peas and poached eggs on sourdough toast to smoked trout royale. You’ll also find beautifully baked pastries, homemade granola and freshly squeezed juice. Prices per night start from £195. Check availability on mrandmrssmith.com Glenapp Castle, Ayrshire As well as ivy-clad turrets and excellent food, there’s one thing Glenapp Castle has plenty of: fresh air. It sits in 36 acres of grounds, detailed for guests in a beautifully illustrated map. You'll find plenty of woodland, plus herb, fruit and flower gardens, a 150 foot Victorian glasshouse and a croquet lawn, all surrounded by more open Scottish countryside to explore. You can also book onto more adventurous outdoor experiences such as foraging, mountain biking or canoeing on the loch. Despite the grand exterior (it was originally built in 1870 as an imposing family residence for James Hunter, Deputy Lord Lieutenant of Ayrshire), there’s no intimidating reception hall at the castle, just a welcoming parlour with neat piles of wellies for guests to borrow, panelled wash rooms and chesterfield sofas. Up a carpeted staircase is the drawing room, with stone fireplace and ceiling-high windows that frame a spectacular view of Ailsa Craig (you’ll find granite curling stones from the island propping doors open around the castle). Guest rooms, especially the master suites, are spectacular, with chandeliers, four-poster beds, huge windows framed by thick drapes and, in one case, a curved corner door that leads to a private spiral staircase... follow it down to reach a wooden hatch that opens onto the castle’s forecourt (imagine the trysts!). So big are the suites that guests also enjoy their own walk-in wardrobes, and there’s enough seating for at least a dozen people. Doubles from £395, check availability at booking.com or glenappcastle.com The Victoria, Norfolk Countryside meets coast at The Victoria, perched on the edge of the grand Holkham Estate and a short stroll from the vast beauty of Holkham beach. You can explore the grounds on bike or foot, meet the resident deer, row a boat on the lake or take a guided tour of the hall. The Holkham Stories experience explains the estate’s history, current sustainable practices and its plans to be carbon neutral. The magnificent walled garden grows everything from grapes – which go to make wine at Burn Valley Vineyard – to herbs, fruit and veg, which are featured in dishes at the hotel. Here, the menu references its support for suppliers throughout the region, from Arthur Howell butchers, Billy Ward’s lobster and Malt Coast Brewery in Wells-next-the-Sea to Fakenham’s Krusty Loaf bakery and Brancaster Bay shellfish. The dining room, with its forest-themed wallpaper, is a fitting setting for hearty dishes like Holkham venison curry and roasted pigeon with parmentier potatoes. Rooms are traditionally decorated, with classic striped fabrics, wooden dressing tables and chests of drawers, and Norfolk Natural Living toiletries. Doubles from £200. Check availability at booking.com or holkham.co.uk Grace & Savour, Birmingham Be fully immersed in a spring garden at Grace & Savour, a restaurant with rooms built into the walled garden within the grounds of contemporary hotel Hampton Manor. The sustainability-first operation has its own kitchen garden, with a tour offered on arrival. The handful of rooms have a pared-back Scandi sensibility and enticing views of chefs prepping dinner in the restaurant’s open kitchen. The industrial-style steel-framed panelled windows, and corrugated tables and headboards are softened by muted tones of clay and earth to give each bedroom a soothing feel. A huge bathtub and a generous bowl of bath salts demands to be used, and walk-in showers feature Birmingham-based Harvest Skincare. Dinner is a tasting menu of up to 14 well-balanced courses that reflect chef-director David Taylor’s commitment to seasonality, regenerative farming and animal welfare, all as beautiful as they are delicious. Chatting with the chefs from your counter seat or when they deliver dishes to the table is part of the fun, as is the wine pairing which focuses on lesser-known wines, many made in small batches. In the morning, breakfast overlooking the garden is three relaxed courses with juices and coffee: charcuterie, cheese and apples; yogurt and honey; sausage, spinach cooked in chicken fat and mustard, and a wonderful cinnamon bun. From £350 for dinner, bed and breakfast; hamptonmanor.com/grace-savour The Royal Crescent Hotel, Bath Few visitors to Bath see beyond the façade of the magnificent Royal Crescent, the city’s most impressive landmark. Fewer guess that No 16 extends into beautiful hotel gardens with a lavender path, a haven for birds and butterflies where afternoon tea, cocktails and light lunches are taken. Chef Martin Blake balances simplicity with on-trend touches. The evening tasting menu at restaurant Montagu’s Mews starts with tiny canapés of Bath Blue cheese and avocado mousse with cucumber and borage. Then shokupan, a soft Japanese-style milk bread, with Ivy's Reserve butter from Somerset and smoked roe studded with salmon ikura. Hollandaise for beef tartare is spiked with Bath Ale and IP8 beer vinegar. A forced rhubarb dessert is softened with olive oil and vanilla. The comprehensive wine list includes confident choices such as a barrel-aged assyrtiko. The hotel’s five-star spa includes a heated pool with sauna and steam room, tranquil treatment rooms and another small garden where you can relax after a swim, still in your robe if you like. Rooms are built for comfort and luxury, some with terraces and views on to the gardens or over the sweeping lawns of the crescent. Fireplaces in bedrooms may be filled with decorative pinecones, modern art sits alongside vintage portraits and busts, and everywhere the outside is brought in with plants and floral displays. Rooms from £300 per night, check availability at booking.com or mrandmrssmith.com Rudding Park, North Yorkshire This 2,000-acre Georgian country estate just outside Harrogate is a lesson in country luxury with a contemporary edge. 300 acres of landscaped gardens and woodlands make relaxing walking routes (private guided tours are also available to book), with views over the golf course all the way to the Kilburn White Horse in the North Yorkshire Moors. The expansive kitchen garden grows over 500 different herbs, salad, fruit and flowers and is open from May for guests to explore. As the first rooftop spa to open in the UK, the garden spa also makes the most of nature and its outdoor setting, being designed to evolve with the seasons. In spring you'll look out over magnolia in full bloom. Take a leisurely circuit, alternating between hot and cold experiences such as an outdoor hydrotherapy pool, steam rooms and a panoramic sauna. Inside the hotel, stone fireplaces and staircases contrast with pops of colour including pink chandeliers, striking sculptures and modern art. This playful design extends to the 89 rooms, split between the original Ribston wing (eight rooms of which have terraces that back onto rhododendrons) and the newer Follifoot wing, its larger rooms boasting standalone baths in copper-tiled bathrooms. Breakfast is taken in all-day restaurant Clocktower, with dishes such as harissa mushrooms on toast and the Full Yorkshire, as well as a modest cold buffet. We recommend finding a spot on the south-facing terrace or beside the 400-year-old olive tree in the conservatory. The hotel’s kitchen garden-led restaurant, Horto, offers sharing plates such as crisp tempura broccoli, honey roast fig and walnut flatbreads, toasted focaccia club sandwiches and tandoori monkfish kebabs. Rooms from £249 per night. Check availability at ruddingpark.co.uk or booking.com Cliveden House, Berkshire Nothing says English garden quite like a National Trust property. There is plenty to explore over 80 acres at Cliveden, from the formal rose garden and water garden to the impressive maze and plenty of woodland perfect for sunny spring walks. Inside the grand Cliveden House itself, you'll step back in time. Mahogany panelling is studded with oil paintings of former residents, including Frederick, Prince of Wales (mid-1700s) and socialite Nancy Astor (circa 1908). Cliveden was also the location of the chance meeting in 1961 between Secretary of State for War John Profumo and 19-year-old dancer Christine Keeler that began the Profumo affair. The ‘Profumo pool’ and hot tubs are cloistered by the old stables, which now house the indoor spa facilities (pool, jacuzzi, sauna and steam room) in neoclassical style, complete with wafting voile curtains. We’re shown to the Prince of Wales suite, boasting three fireplaces and sweeping views of formal gardens and the Thames cleaving through forested hills. It comes with access to the Butler’s Pantry for complimentary drinks and snacks. Make time for afternoon tea and sit in the windows with impressive views over the rolling gardens down to the river. After cocktails in the library, dinner echoes Cliveden’s initial use as a hunting lodge, with a silky venison tartare among the raw starters, then a surprisingly dainty slow-cooked guinea fowl. Desserts are generally rich with cream, but the lime macaron with lemon sorbet delivers a clean finish. Cooked breakfast is served in the same formal dining room but do venture next door, where the continental is beautifully presented in baroque surroundings. Rooms from £445 per night including spa access. Check availability at clivedenhouse.co.uk or booking.com Fowlescombe Farm, Devon Tucked in the foothills of Dartmoor, Fowlescombe Farm is a quietly luxurious rural retreat where regenerative organic farming and contemporary comfort meet with a fork-to-table food ethos. A weekly calendar of activities can be dipped into that will help you make the most of the beautiful surroundings. Go on a guided garden walk or farm tour to immerse yourself in the rhythms of the estate. Guided yoga in the garden and sea swimming with a post-dip croissant and flask of tea left us grounded. Daily menus are shaped by the land and seasons. The Refectory’s kitchen table seats 10 with a view of the chef at work. Expect dishes such as silky courgette and apple velouté, sirloin of shorthorn beef with tomato confit, and strawberry parfait with elderflower. Garden-to-glass gin and cocktail pairings add to the sense of place here. Dating back to 1537, the estate’s original Victorian farmhouse and timeworn stone barns have been thoughtfully restored, with just 10 suites spread across four distinct buildings. The Meadow Suite is a standout room, offering uninterrupted views over wildflower fields and woodland from its living room and vast bathroom. At breakfast, graze on the elegant buffet of granola parfaits, pastries, smoked salmon and charcuterie before ordering a Full Fowlescombe: hash browns, sausages, black pudding, homemade smoky beans and eggs to your liking, alongside green juice of the day and excellent coffee. Rooms from £375 per night, check availability at fowlescombe.com or mrandmrsssmith.com More hotel reviews Best country house hotels in the UK Best health and wellness retreats Best hotels in London Best UK boutique hotels Best hotels in the Cotswolds Best Cornwall hotels Best hotels in the Lake District Best London hotel bars to visit Best romantic hotels in the UK European hidden gems: hotels off the beaten track Best Paris hotels Best Spanish hotels Best Italian hotels Best restaurants with rooms in the UK Best Amsterdam hotels Best Scottish hotels
Pintxos is going to be a big trend this year: here’s where to eat
Be transported to the Basque Country in these chic pintxos bars across the UK, each making buzzy hangouts for relaxed grazing
Looking for an authentic taste of the Basque Country without taking the flight? The UK's clutch of cool pintxos bars offer the best of south-west Europe’s snacking culture and serve up the classics in a typically casual fashion, from gildas and gambas al ajillo to lightly sparkling txakoli. Capturing the spirit of pintxos (Basque-style tapas), these buzzy tabernas make great spots for Spanish-style grazing and sipping. Best pintxos bars in London Legado, Shoreditch Experience Basque dishes on a fine dining level at this elegant outlet, inspired by Basque-born chef Nieves Barragán Mohacho's childhood. Open for walk-ins only, The Taberna – the pintxos and tapas bar separate to the main restaurant – features an all-day menu that's nearly impossible to pick favourites from. However, the gordal olives and the chicharrón de Cádiz are currently on the menu and are must orders. You can also find pan con tomate, bocadillos and croquetas among the options, with a broad drinks list featuring vermouth, dry and sweet sherry and ‘three-sip’ cocktails. legadorestaurants.com Tollington's, Finsbury Park Housed in a former chippy, this Iberian-style fish bar breaks with tradition, inspired by the flavours of northern Spain but using local ingredients to give it a distinctive twist. Vermouth flows on tap, while the chips get a spicy salsa brava makeover – fried in beef dripping and finished with a generous hunk of homemade allioli. The line-up also includes the mighty bifana sandwich, pickled anchovies and battered cod cheeks. The standing-only terrace and walk-in-only bar counter area elicits the energy of a backstreet San Sebastián bar, plus a back room for sit-down meals. instagram.com/tollingtons.fishbar Bar Flor, Belgravia Tucked away above Wildflowers in Belgravia, Bar Flor is a warmly lit wine bar inspired by Spain's love of sherry and vermouth. Expect a thoughtful selection of sherries – from saline manzanilla to the palo cortado and raisin-rich PX – alongside English vermouth from Vault, which can be enjoyed neat or topped with soda or tonic. There’s also Basque cider and a handful of cocktails, including a bittersweet adonis (sherry and vermouth) and a dirty martini with a tangy peschiole pickle liqueur twist. Crafted by co-founder and chef Aaron Potter, the menu offers a line-up of pintxos and tapas that are perfectly matched to the drinks. Highlights include cave-aged manchego with honey, juicy gambas al ajillo and a deep-fried oyster draped in iberico guanciale. The must-order is the calamari sandwich: crisp, hot, deep-fried squid tucked into a baguette and slathered with garlicky allioli – a nostalgic nod to Madrid’s classic bocadillo de calamares. Bar Valette, Shoreditch Bar Valette captures the spirit of a warm neighbourhood hangout – expect mustard-hued banquettes, crisp white tablecloths and pops of modernist art, with the hum of conversation from the semi-open kitchen and bar. The bar's Pintxos Hour is a must for those seeking a taste of Basque Country's lively bar culture. From Tuesday to Saturday 5-7pm the bar serves up £4 drinks and a changing menu of pintxos, including classic gildas, barbajuans, mussel and pork skewers, and sardine toast. It’s a convivial way to graze your way through a variety of appealing morsels, in a buzzy setting that feels both welcoming yet stylish. barvalette.com Bask Street Boys, Seven Dials Market Bask Street Boys within Seven Dials feels more true to the pintxos bars in San Sebastián, where you tend to stand up and eat. The rotating line-up of pintxos, cold cuts, cheeses and classic gildas evokes the Basque ethos: simple, confident food done properly. Pan con tomate (our favourite on our visit) sits alongside golden Spanish tortillas, made with distinctly Basque ingredients like paprika-spiced txistorra (a type of chorizo). Graduating from KERB’s inKERBator programme in 2024, the team traveled extensively through the Basque region, learning from local chefs and home cooks, and perfecting recipes passed down through generations. baskstreetboys.com Topa, Islington By day this neighbourhood spot is the slick Provisions deli, well stocked with continental cheeses, charcuterie and fine wines. Come evening, Provisions morphs into Topa (meaning cheers in Basque) – a homage to San Sebastián just minutes from Highbury & Islington station. The set-up is as convivial as the food: a communal table stretches through the space, inviting guests to share dishes and conversation, while those seeking a cosier setting can opt for a barrel table. Chef Simon Shand draws on the deli’s premium produce to craft Basque bites, from nutty ossau-iraty cheese paired with roasted pickled onion to morcilla blood sausage with apple – a clever balance between savoury and sweet. The gildas, a trio of guindilla pepper, anchovy and olive, deliver a punchy hit of salt, heat, crunch and creaminess. From the plates think meltingly tender pork cheek stew atop creamy polenta, and wild mushrooms crowned with raw egg yolk and translucent guanciale. Order a glass of txakoli to drink, the lightly sparkling Basque white wine, or try a patxaran and tonic for a traditional aperitif with subtle notes of sloe berry. provisionslondon.co.uk Bar Rioja, King's Cross Tucked away around the corner of King's Cross St Pancras, Bar Rioja is an Andalusian-style hideaway dedicated to the celebrated wines of Rioja. This intimate spot is perfect for those interested in immersing themselves in the region’s famed hospitality. Pintxos are the star of the show here – from the quintessential Basque gilda (anchovy, pickled pepper and green olive skewered together) to more indulgent plates such as slow-braised, roasted Segovian suckling pig with celeriac purée and amontillado sherry jus. Hire the space and book in a tasting with passionate owner Richard Bigg for a truly memorable evening, his knowledge of Rioja’s vineyards is matched only by his enthusiasm for sharing them. barrioja.co.uk Best pintxos bars across the UK… Pintxo de Bath, Bath Tucked away in Bath’s theatre district, Pintxo is a Basque-inspired tapas bar that brings a slice of northern Spain to Somerset. The pretty garden out back is the perfect spot for lingering over its dedicated sherry menu, while inside the menu is all about sharing plates and sociable snacking. Start with pan con tomate y jamón, or opt for tinned sardines with bread and aïoli before moving on to albóndigas (meatballs in a spicy tomato sauce), gambas al ajillo and fried padrón peppers. For something sweet, the concise dessert menu delivers: warm chocolate and almond cake, and vanilla ice cream can be enjoyed solo or together, ideally with a shot of pedro ximenez sherry on the side. pintxobath.co.uk Curado, Cardiff Brought to life by the trailblazing team behind Welsh deli Ultracomida, Curado is Cardiff’s go-to for authentic pintxos and relaxed Spanish vibes. Settle in at the bustling bar for chargrilled lamb cutlets dressed with a punchy garlic and parsley picada, or opt for baked Valencian goat’s cheese and cuttlefish a la plancha. Pintxos and jamón are sourced straight from Spanish suppliers, ensuring every bite feels like a quick trip to the Basque Country. When the evening calls for a little more, slip next door to cosy sister spot Vermut, where sherry and the eponymous herbal wine take centre stage. curadobar.com Pintxo, Fowey Step away from Fowey’s bustling quayside and wander towards the esplanade, where Pintxo sits tucked between lofty townhouses. This lively tapas bar is the go-to for a Spanish-inspired lunch, with a menu that champions Valencian rosemary almonds, fiery pickled chillies and manchego drizzled with orange blossom honey. There’s plenty for those in search of something special: think spider crab and saffron croquetas, best paired with either a chilled glass of manzanilla, Spanish brandy or a pour of traditional El Gaitero cider. pintxofowey.co.uk Check out more London restaurant guides here: Best restaurants in Chelsea Best restaurants in Marylebone Best restaurants in Kings Cross Best restaurants in Fitzrovia Best restaurants in Brixton Best restaurants in Notting Hill Best restaurants in Battersea Best restaurants in Shoreditch Best restaurants in Camden Best restaurants in Covent Garden Best restaurants in Soho Best restaurants in London Bridge Best restaurants in Hackney Best restaurants in Paddington
Best restaurants in St Ives: an expert shares their favourite local spots
Discover the best restaurants in St Ives, serving up everything from Mediterranean tapas to fresh seafood and unbeatable brunch on the beach
This popular corner of Cornwall is filled with great restaurants, cafés and interesting bars. Here's our pick of the best places to eat and drink in buzzy St Ives. For more Cornwall inspiration, check out our guides to the best restaurants in Cornwall, best restaurants in Penzance and the best hotels in Cornwall. Best places to eat and drink in St Ives Brine For inventive brunch dishes Grab a coveted window seat at this cute first floor café overlooking St Ives Harbour and try one of the inventive brunch dishes, like the Ful (beans with flatbread, pickles and tomato confit) or the Jaffle toastie, stuffed with fresh crab, Singapore chilli sauce and cheese. In the evening Brine transforms into a cosy spot with freshly shucked and topped oysters, small plates (such as smoked mackerel caesar) natural wines and cocktails. Look out for the late afternoon wine and oyster happy hour bargains too. @brine_stives Ardor For Mediterranean grilling The Josper grill is the star of the show at this central Fore Street spot. The Med-influenced menu runs from lighter tapas dishes like scallop, prawn and octopus pil pil, and grilled sardines with chorizo and piperade, through to perfectly seared dry-aged steaks, duroc pork chops and monkfish skewers cooked over charcoal. There’s a concise European wine list with lots available by the glass to try. It’s an elegant spot perfect for date night and buzzy enough for a fun group outing. ardorstives.co.uk Silco Bar & Kitchen For stellar sharing plates This fun, casual space which hugs the Downalong side of the harbour is perfect if you fancy a drop-in lunch or perfectly mixed cocktail. Bag a seat outside and watch the boats bobbing as the sun goes down over the harbour. There’s a lovely playful menu of small sharing plates with eclectic global touches. The small kitchen turns out stellar dishes including a puttanesca butter flatbread with white anchovies and crispy capers, and a crisp pork belly, meltingly tender, with a nuoc cham sauce. You can also buy bottles of premixed house cocktails to take away. drinksilco.co.uk Porthmeor Beach Café For unbeatable views This breezy café perched directly over Porthmeor beach has some of the best views in St Ives with multiple areas to choose from, including a dog-friendly terrace, the main restaurant or cosy sea-facing pods. Whichever you choose you’ll be directly over the beach. The menu is a mix of vibrant spice-forward plates like celeriac shawarma with beet hummus and ras el hanout yogurt, or crispy skinned St Ives Bay mackerel with zaalouk (aubergine dip) and fennel and grape salad. It's the perfect spot to grab a spritz made from Cornish rose vermouth and watch the surfers during the day, or to savour a drink at sunset. porthmeor-beach.co.uk The Gurnard’s Head For an excellent pub There’s a reason The Gurnard's Head tops many 'best of West Cornwall' lists. It's not strictly in St Ives (you’ll need a car, taxi or local bus to get there) but absolutely unmissable if you want to try some of the best cooking in the area. The distinctive bright yellow pub sits on the edge of the coastal path and there’s a winding road down to the sea if you fancy a pre- or post-lunch stroll. In the summer the huge garden is great for views across the countryside, but if the weather turns there’s a cosy flagstoned pub room with an open fire, as well as a larger dining room. The menu changes seasonally and makes the most of locally landed fish in dishes like plaice with mussels, capers and seaweed, or wild sea bass with lobster butter. There’s a great selection of wines available by the carafe or glass. If you miss the lunch sitting there’s an all-day bar menu with a superior burger or ploughman's available, alongside a pint from Cornish brewers like Verdant, Firebrand or Skinner's. gurnardshead.co.uk JOHNS For unique bottles This Aladdin’s cave of craft spirits, wines and local beer and cider is worth visiting just to marvel at the sheer volume of different bottles on offer (including its own award-winning Crusty Juggler rum). Hidden away at the back is a cute, compact bar area where you can enjoy a bottle of wine chosen from the shelf or fridge, try the St Ives Brewery beers on taps, or sip an expertly poured Golden Hour martini. johnswines.co.uk St Eia For wine bar chic This chic, intimate wine bar pours rare, low-intervention bottles alongside a short menu of bistro-inspired food. Chat to the knowledgeable team, who will help you pick a glass you’ll love, or buy a bottle to go. steiawines.com More travel inspiration... Best day trips from London by train Brighton guide: where locals eat and drink 14 small towns across the UK every foodie should visit The UK's best pubs with rooms UK boutique hotels for food lovers 10 exciting UK city breaks for food lovers Best restaurants with rooms UK spa hotels for food lovers Best romantic UK hotels Best seaside staycations
Delis are set to be this year’s biggest hospitality trend: here’s where to find the UK's best
Stock up on the finest provisions at these specialist food stores, including an Italian institution and an Aladdin's cave of Persian produce
Delicatessens are fast becoming go-to destinations for food lovers seeking quality produce, regional specialities or simply a good cup of coffee and a pastry. Whether you’re stocking up on pantry essentials, hunting for a prime foodie gift or intrigued by those little luxuries that make cooking more exciting, these independent gems across the UK deliver on flavour, provenance and a sense of community, from historic establishments to neatly curated farm shops and bucolic village nooks. Best delicatessens in London Farm Shop, Mayfair For seasonal British produce This stylishly outfitted deli on South Audley Street in Mayfair is the sort of gem that London foodies dream of shopping in daily. By day, the ground floor is a showcase for the best of British produce, with baskets of vibrant fruit and vegetables, rustic sourdough, tempting bakes and shelves stacked with artisan chutneys and jams, all sourced from the company’s own Somerset farm and a select group of producers. There sare also grab-and-go sandwiches, toasties and coffee. As the evening arrives, follow the discreet arrows through the deli and down to the softly lit basement, where candlelight and a welcoming buzz set the scene for wine, leisurely grazing and people-watching. Think rotisserie chicken, indulgent cheese toasties and generous sharing boards piled high with Somerset charcuterie and cheese (cheese lovers will be in their element, with temperature-controlled rooms ensuring the likes of Yarlington, Montgomery's cheddar and creamy Bath Blue are always at their best). farmshop.co.uk The Ealing Grocer For sustainably minded staples What started as a lockdown project between Ealing denizens Andy Harris and Katie Millard has flourished into a neighbourhood fixture, supplying the W5 area with premium pantry staples, hand-sliced meats, farmhouse cheeses, homewares and more. This paradise of artisanal wares was inspired by the co-owners' various work travels visiting eclectic épiceries, street markets and tavernas. Pimp up your pantry with the likes of pickled green figs, La Guinelle vinegars and Cantabrian seafood (many of the products are exclusive to the store, imported through Andy’s other business, Vinegar Shed). There is also a daily roster of traiteur-style prepared food (think chicken and saffron rice soup, pumpkin arancini and spanakopita), and you can also catch Andy making his celebrated soft serve ice cream, with diverse flavours like saffron, melon, vanilla and sea buckthorn. Devotees to sustainability, they sell many things by the scoop and encourage shoppers to bring their own bottle to fill with the best Greek honey or olive oil. theealinggrocer.com Gladwell's, Camberwell For a little bit of everything Housed inside a Grade II listed former bank, this neighbourhood store has it all under one roof, from everyday essentials through to luxury treats for gifting. Trending deli staples share space on the packed shelves with English forced rhubarb, Dusty Knuckle sourdough, British cheese from Mons Cheesemongers, natural wine and fresh seafood, not to mention a sleek butcher's counter from Turner & George, the award-winning butcher co-owned by chef Richard Turner (Hawksmoor, Meatopia, Pitt Cue Co). The counter sells freshly baked Viennoiserie and bagels, deli sandwiches and homemade sausage rolls, which disappear in minutes. In the the evening, sip on a glass of wine or beer at shop prices. gladwells.co.uk Lulu's, Herne Hill For unique comestibles The sister wine bar and shop to Herne Hill restaurant Llewelyn's, this bijou deli champions quality and craft in its carefully selected products from the kitchen's favoured suppliers, along with house-made pantry provisions. Rare and local finds include green hot sauce from Rye Lane, spiced tomato juice from The Pickle House in Suffolk and EVOO from Honest Toil. Lulu's ensures locals and commuters are well fed with a weekly changing menu of pastries and coffee, freshly made sandwiches and salads, with small plates, wine and cocktails served from 6pm. lulus.london Lina Stores, Soho For high-quality Italian fare A Soho fixture since 1944, Lina Stores is the city's most famous destination for authentic produce and ingredients imported from Italy. The mint-tiled corner shop is a visual treat, its shelves crammed with everything from metre-long pasta frills to chic bottles of passata, ideal for gifts, stocking up the larder or simply treating yourself. Regulars love the fresh pasta bar and a meat and cheese counter, piled high with over 40 different types of salumi and formaggi, from ’nduja and finocchiona to creamy gorgonzola. You can also expect delectable pastries and sweets – all ready to take home or enjoy with a strong Italian coffee on the spot. linastores.co.uk Persepolis, Peckham For Persian pantry staples Step into this quirky deli-cum-café and stock up on exciting Persian pantry staples. This much-loved deli is a cornucopia of tins, spices, paklava and beyond, with Persian rugs, cookware and shisha pipes adding to the atmosphere. Beyond the shelves, a relaxed café rustles up vibrant meze platters and a unique selection of meat-free dishes — think tofu scrambled with dates and aromatic spices, or indulgent dairy-free sundaes bejewelled with Persian sweets. foratasteofpersia.co.uk Provisions, Islington For wine and cheese This smart Islington shop is worth a visit for its inimitable line-up of cheese and wine. Provisions was founded in 2015 (with a second shop on Hackney Road that opened in April 2022), and the team puts a lot of care into the curation, seasonality and presentation of their products, importing raw milk cheese, organic and natural wines, cured meats and other deli items mainly from small producers in France and Italy. Aiming to make wine and artisan food affordable and accessible rather than elitist, Provisions stocks quality products like tinned fish from Portugal, cured meats from the French Basque Country and craft beer from across the UK. Later in the evening the space morphs into an intimate pintxos bar. provisionslondon.co.uk The Larder, Lewisham For local London finds Opened in 2014 by south London foodies Katherine and Cynthia, this homely delicatessen stocks as locally as possible, including beers from Brockley Brewery and Villages, bread from Boulangerie Jade and Cooper's Bakehouse, Catford Honey, chutneys and oils from Pat & Pinky’s, Catford and Lewisham Gins. Organic fruit, veg and salad comes from Chegworth Valley Farm in Kent and Sitopia Farm in Greenwich, while British cheese (Neal’s Yard Dairy) and European cheeses (Mons Cheesemongers) is delivered every week. Owing to its well-curated range, The Larder was recently crowned the best deli in London. thelarderdeli.com Terroni of Clerkenwell For fresh Italian produce London’s oldest delicatessen (and arguably the first in England), Terroni of Clerkenwell has been a family-run fixture since 1878. Inside, counters brim with Italian cheeses, cured meats and freshly made pizza. Must-tries include taleggio, creamy burrata, punchy gorgonzola, guanciale and mortadella studded with pistachios. Settle in with the locals for a slice of just-baked pizza, best enjoyed with an Aperol spritz or a glass of sangiovese. terroni.co.uk <img src="https://images.immediate.co.uk/production/volatile/sites/2/2026/02/GettyImages-2253596920-7864e4f.jpg" width="5621" height="3751" alt="A street-level shot captures the double storefront of ‘TERRONI OF CLERKENWELL’ on Clerkenwell Road. The deli is housed in a handsome red-brick Victorian building with white-framed sash windows on the upper floors. The shopfront features dark green signage with gold lettering, and several small tables and chairs are set out on the pavement in front of the large glass windows." title="Terroni Of Clerkenwell Italian Delicatessen Facade" /> Jones of Brockley, Crofton Park For high-end wares All your picnic needs are catered for at this family-run store, neatly curated with posh jars of olives, nuts and tapenade, British beers, cider and more. Its commitment to selling flavour-first supplies and quality groceries is evident in its samples of peaches from Natoora, ice cream sandwiches from Happy Endings and 100% British canned fish from Sea Sisters. Towards the end of the week, cop artsy, buttery bakes delivered by Toklas Bakery, such as their 'nduja and cheddar croissant. jonesofbrockley.com Harrison’s, Ealing For cheese or something special This unassuming spot has been a local haven for fine wine and life’s little luxuries since 2010. Check out the bumper crop of British and European cheeses which line the shelves, spotlighting award-winning cheesemakers like Snowdonia Cheese Co. It also stocks a solid range of gourmet treats; highlights include truffle carpaccio, duck rillettes and fresh Scotch eggs. The team are wine and spirits specialists, too. harrisonswines.co.uk Mum’s Whole Food, Harringay For organic groceries It's almost impossible to walk past this family-run store without stopping to admire its abundant flower display. Inside, there's a bounty of organic produce in all shapes and colours flanking shelves of little goods to satisfy every craving, from luxury teas to truffle cheddar and freshly baked cinnamon rolls from the bakery. There's also a decent health and wellbeing section stocking clean beauty products and green household items. mumswholefood.co.uk Best delicatessens across the UK… Lunya, Liverpool For authentic Spanish flavours Lunya is a family-run Catalonian deli-restaurant that celebrates the best of Spanish produce and cuisine. Step inside and you’ll find shelves stocked full of regional wines, sherries and vermouths, alongside a deli counter laden with fresh padron peppers, piquillo pepper hummus, and an extensive array of artisan Spanish cheeses – from nutty manchego and mighty wheels of cabrales blue to creamy torta (Lunya says it has the UK’s largest stock of cheese from Catalunya and Spain). The selection of cured meats is equally tempting, with acorn-fed Ibérico ham taking centre stage. For 15 years, Lunya has been a go-to for food lovers seeking authentic flavours, with everything from Asturian cider to Navarran roncal cheese available to take home. lunya.co.uk Martin & Malthouse, the Cotswolds For olive oil and local cheese A collaboration between family and friends, Martin & Malthouse is a rustic-chic deli, café and bottle shop in the quaint town of Tetbury. Shelves are teeming with local cheeses, meats, baked goods and coffee, alongside an assured clutch of fine wines, beers and spirits in the bottle shop. Make a beeline for the olive oil pressed from the family’s own groves in Greece. Each Thursday, the shop transforms into a buzzing evening wine bar, offering charcuterie and cheese boards, while a local sourdough pizza maker pops up a couple of times a month to dish up freshly baked slices. martinandmalthouse.co.uk Lupe Pintos, Glasgow For hot sauce and more For nearly a quarter of a century, Lupe Pintos has been a vibrant fixture in Glasgow’s West End and a haven for spice lovers, brimming with more than 100 varieties of hot sauce, Mexican products and speciality foods from across the Americas. Whether you’re on the hunt for an interesting Mexican beer or seeking authentic ingredients for a chilli con carne, a visit to Lupe is always a discovery. Shelves are filled with everything from dried chillies and Yorkshire-made Mexican-style queso fresco to freshly delivered tortillas each Wednesday. Devotees make pilgrimages here for cult favourites such as La Carmina from Asturias, a cooking chorizo that has graced the deli’s counter for decades. lupepintos.com Eusebi Deli, Glasgow For Italian groceries Eusebi Deli began life as a humble Italian grocer in Glasgow’s East End in 1975. It's since flourished into a vibrant deli and restaurant in the city’s West End, with regional and seasonal Italian dishes taking centre stage. Expect a deli counter with ready prepared meals, fresh pasta, grocery provisions and fine wines at your fingertips. The team’s commitment to quality is unwavering; in the on-site ‘pasta laboratory’, pasta is crafted daily from scratch, using a variety of flours including chickpea, chestnut and grano arso. eusebideli.com Picnic Fayre, Norfolk For Norfolk stock Running for over 40 years, find this bucolic deli squashed into an old forge in the shadow of Cley Windmill. Shelves are lined with the deli’s own chutneys and spice pastes, but the real star is their speciality bread: pillowy focaccia drizzled with a fragrant lavender marinade. Foodies can also fill their totes with Norfolk wines, homemade pâtés and quiches and local preserves and mustards. The deli also stocks fresh sourdough and viennoiserie from ‘Baked in Cley’, made only a stone's throw away. picnic-fayre.co.uk Cedarbarn Farm Shop, North Yorkshire For Yorkshire supplies A treasure trove of Yorkshire deli finds, Cedarbarn Farm Shop on the outskirts of Pickering is a must-visit. This wholesome deli and farm shop is a go-to spot for foodies to stock up on artisan treats, with a considered range of fresh produce grown on its own farm and groceries from some of Yorkshire's finest suppliers (Shepherd's Purse cheeses, Whitby Seafish smoked fish and Yorkshire Rapeseed oil, for example). Shelves are lined with Rosebud Preserves jams, local Yorkshire honey, Cartwright & Butler butterscotch crunch biscuits and bottles of Wold Top Brewery ales. cedarbarnfarmshop.co.uk Broadway Deli, the Cotswolds For locally grown produce Housed in a characterful 17th-century building with a storied past — including stints as a vicarage, tea room and guest house — Broadway Deli has been a cherished fixture in the Cotswolds for over two decades. Step inside to discover shelves jammed with freshly baked bread and pastries, locally grown fruit and veg and artisan cheeses, nestled alongside a selection of wines and deli essentials sourced from near and far. Beyond the counter, a delightful café and picturesque garden offer the perfect spot to linger over your finds. broadwaydeli.co.uk
Best hotels in The Lake District for a lakeside retreat
Cosy up in a quirky country pub, spend the night in a stylish bed and breakfast or feast at a boutique hotel that's home to a destination restaurant with our guide to the Lake District’s best hotels
Looking for hotels in the Lake District? Want to know where to stay in Windermere? Read on for the best hotels in Cumbria and check out the best places to eat and drink in the area here. Next, discover the best UK spa hotels for food lovers, the best small towns in the UK for foodies and the best UK pubs with rooms. Rothay Manor, Ambleside Rooms from £260 including breakfast, check availability at rothaymanor.co.uk or booking.com In a nutshell A Grade II-listed Regency house with a quietly contemporary feel, set just outside Ambleside. Expect elegant rooms, a modern Pavilion extension, polished but relaxed service and thoughtful touches for walkers (and dogs), all rooted firmly in its Lake District surroundings. Why foodies stay here Dining centres on Rowan, the hotel’s modern British restaurant in the refined period dining room. The menu is confident and seasonal, balancing land and sea with dishes like cured trout with dill aïoli, beef fillet tartare and Ulverston crab custard to start, followed by halibut with mussels and butter sauce or day-boat fish — our John Dory was a standout main. Desserts include vibrant damson soufflé and comforting baked chocolate cheesecake. The bar menu is just as thoughtfully considered, with locally inspired cocktails like the Cumbrian Martini or Yorkshire Rose spritz, best enjoyed alongside indulgent small plates like smoked Torpenhow cheese croquettes. What are the rooms like? A sweeping driveway leads to the original house, built in 1823, alongside The Pavilion — a contemporary timber-and-glass extension designed to frame woodland views and maximise privacy. Pavilion suites are calm and understated rather than showy, decorated in earthy tones with boutique furnishings, mid-century ceramics and velvet sofas. Bathrooms are generous, with twin sinks, waterfall showers and roll-top tubs. Throughout, the feel is polished but unfussy. Breakfast Breakfast is reassuringly traditional and well executed, with options including overnight oats, house granola, smoked haddock, eggs hollandaise and other classics. It’s a comforting start to the day before heading into Ambleside, which is a short walk away, or straight out onto nearby trails. Where to eat and drink nearby In Ambleside, you’ll find iconic local restaurant, the Michelin-starred The Old Stamp House, where you can enjoy a three-hour tasting menu inspired by the Cumbrian surroundings, available via booking only. For a casual drink, try The Ambleside Tap, where Lakes Brew Co beer is poured alongside epic sandwiches from Toast. Rooms from £260 including breakfast, check availability at rothaymanor.co.uk or booking.com Farlam Hall, Brampton Doubles from £290 per night, check availability at farlamhall.com or booking.com In a nutshell Nestled in the heart of Cumbria, Farlam Hall is a tranquil retreat surrounded by ancient trees, serene ponds and stunning gardens that change with the seasons. Just a short drive from the North Pennines and Hadrian’s Wall, it’s perfect for nature lovers and those seeking relaxation. The elegant rooms offer comfort, while Cedar Tree Restaurant serves award-winning, locally sourced cuisine. A stay here promises peace, indulgence and the charm of the Lake District countryside. Why foodies stay here Chef Hrishikesh Desai has created a memorable dining experience at Cedar Tree Restaurant. The menu celebrates the finest locally sourced ingredients, including produce from the estate’s own kitchen gardens, resulting in seasonal dishes bursting with freshness and creativity. Each plate is thoughtfully crafted, balancing classic and Indian flavours with skill. The intimate atmosphere, immaculate service and beautifully curated wine list elevate the experience further. Whether indulging in a leisurely tasting menu or an à la carte dish or at the exclusive Hrishi’s table, dining at Farlam Hall is a celebration of Cumbria’s rich culinary heritage. What are the rooms like? As expected from a Michelin Key hotel and member of Relais & Châteaux, the rooms at Farlam Hall exude luxury. However, what truly sets them apart is the perfect blend of elegance and warmth, creating an inviting, homely atmosphere that encourages instant relaxation. Thoughtfully designed interiors, rich furnishings and lovely views of the hotel’s tranquil grounds enhance the peaceful ambiance. Whether unwinding in your room or admiring the picturesque surroundings, guests are enveloped in a sense of calm and comfort that makes Farlam Hall a beautiful getaway. Breakfast There’s a generous breakfast menu ranging from a full English to an omelette to fruit, granola and yogurt. As with the dinner menu, local and seasonal produce are at its heart. Where to eat and drink nearby Hidden River Cafe in Longtown, around 25 minutes by car, is a secluded restaurant in a stunning setting. It’s off the beaten track so a perfect spot to unwind. Doubles from £290 per night, check availability at farlamhall.com or booking.com Gilpin Hotel & Country House, Windermere Doubles from £335 per night, check availability at booking.com or expedia.co.uk In a nutshell Luxurious bedrooms with lakeside views, individual spa suites and multiple dining options, including a Michelin-starred restaurant Why foodies stay here The main Gilpin hotel has two restaurant options – SOURCE and Spice. The Michelin-starred SOURCE offers a six or 10-course tasting menu with wine pairings that changes daily. Our menu included refined dishes like scallop, celeriac, truffle & white kelp, Sladesdown duck, beetroot, endive, kampot pepper & parfait, and white chocolate, caviar & hojicha. The more informal option is Gilpin Spice, a buzzy fusion restaurant with an open-plan kitchen. Here, menu highlights include Asian fried chicken, ox cheek rendang, Herdwick lamb rump boti, and sticky Jamaican sponge pudding with a coconut sorbet. There's also a solid afternoon tea offering at The Lake House. What are the rooms like? This Relais & Châteaux bolthole is set across the two sites, The Gilpin Hotel and The Gilpin Lake House – the former has bedrooms with lakeside views and cedarwood hot tubs, as well as five ‘spa lodges’ that have their own private ensuite spa. The Lake House is just over a mile away from the main hotel, and each of its six rooms have access to 100 acres of grounds, including a private lake, boat house, heated indoor pool and jetty spa. Breakfast Expect classic dishes like full English and eggs benedict, alongside buck rarebit with poached eggs. Guests not wanting to leave their cocoon-like bed can order breakfast to their rooms. Where to eat and drink nearby Try The Watermill Inn for a beef and home-brewed Collie Wobbles ale pie beside an open fire. Doubles from £335 per night, check availability at booking.com, expedia.co.uk, or thegilpin.co.uk The Samling, Windermere Doubles from £290 per night, check availability at booking.com In a nutshell A luxurious country house hotel (think al fresco hot tubs, fine-dining and ornamental water gardens) set in nearly 70 acres of woodland, gardens and fields. It sits right on the banks of Lake Windermere. Why foodies stay here The kitchen garden, surrounded by apple and nut orchards, is well worth exploring. Cucamelons and microgreens grow in the central greenhouse, and wildflower meadows buzz with bees (their honey is used to sweeten desserts and cocktails). At the restaurant, which is made entirely of glass to make the most of those lake views, executive head chef Robby Jenks is in charge of a modern menu that includes the likes of shellfish raviolo with citrus bisque, turbot with mussels and samphire, and rhubarb with vanilla, ginger and lemon. What are the rooms like? Most overlook a tree-lined Lake Windermere (only two have woodland and garden views instead), and all are decorated in plush neutrals, with sash windows, marble bathrooms and goose down pillows and duvets. For an extravagant stay, pick the Windermere Suite: it’s at the very top of the estate and benefits from its own private patio (with astonishing views) and a copper-clad freestanding bath. Breakfast It’s a short menu, but one which includes kedgeree, homemade granola with yogurt, and fresh fruit. Where to eat and drink nearby The Priest Hole restaurant and tea rooms, part of Kelsick Old Hall, is a 10-minute drive away, and is the ideal spot for a laidback lunch on the terrace. The classics are done well here – jumbo fish finger sandwiches with homemade tartare sauce, Cartmel-smoked salmon salads and Cumberland sausage chilli dogs. Doubles from £290 per night, check availability at booking.com or thesamlinghotel.co.uk The Pentonbridge Inn, Penton Check rates and availability at pentonbridgeinn.co.uk In a nutshell A once-tired coaching inn, The Pentonbridge Inn now prospers as a gourmet pub under the direction of chef Gary McDermott. The River Esk, that natural dividing line between England and Scotland, is about half a mile to the north. Why foodies stay here The pub’s owners, Gerald and Margo Smith, live at nearby Netherby Hall and have renovated their Victorian walled kitchen garden to supply the inn with fruit, veg, microgreens and herbs. Expect solid pub food at lunch and dinner, with an emphasis on locality; try the soup of the day with Cumbrian farmhouse cheese on toast, Cumbrian chicken and tarragon pie with garden broccoli, or warm treacle tart with clotted cream. There’s also a Sunday lunch menu, including local loin of pork with caramelised apple sauce and cider gravy. What are the rooms like? The nine rooms, all different shapes and sizes, are named after famous Border Reiver families – marauding raiders who rampaged around these parts between the 13th and 17th centuries. Style-wise, it’s all whitewashed walls, contemporary cream wooden furniture, vintage-style radiators, tweed chairs, and cheery tartan throws. The barn rooms are dog-friendly with wooden floors, soaring ceilings and rafters, but they don’t come with the views of the upstairs rooms. Breakfast Breakfast is served in the conservatory, overlooking the car park and hills beyond. Choose homemade granola topped with fresh berries, porridge with rhubarb and ginger compote, or bacon (thick and salty) with fried eggs and sliced avocado. Where to eat and drink nearby You can book afternoon tea at Netherby Hall on the last Wednesday of each month. It’s taken in the Great Oak Hall and might well include swirls of meringue, pastry cones, fruit tarts and mini chocolate eclairs. Check rates and availability at pentonbridgeinn.co.uk Askham Hall, Penrith Check rates and availability at askhamhall.co.uk In a nutshell The Lowther name is everywhere in this part of Cumbria – pubs, a ruined castle, even a village bears the name. Capitalising on its organic estate, the Lowther family turned to hotels with the opening of Askham Hall, home to Allium restaurant and 18 rooms. Why foodies stay here Richard Swale works in an environment most chefs dream of. His sunny, conservatory-style restaurant opens out onto acres of its own kitchen gardens and farmland. “Pick, cook and serve vegetables within the hour,” explains Richard, “and their freshness is amazing.” The kitchen is often busy pickling damsons or preserving edible flowers, either to deal with gluts or to extend the shelf life of ingredients. Meat used to be the centrepiece of Richard’s dishes, but now he gives equal prominence to creatively treated vegetables. He might, for instance, add fermented cabbage to salads, or serve scallops with smoky courgette flowers, flash-cooked in the wood-fired oven. You can choose either a la carte or a tasting menu; the latter may include native lobster with smoked bone marrow, home-reared goose with sour cherry sauce and chocolate tart with milk sorbet and candied walnuts. What are the rooms like? There are 18 spacious bedrooms to choose from, all with their own character. The Admiral’s Room (located in the 13th-century Pele tower, the oldest part of Askham Hall) benefits from a central four poster bed and River Lowther views. The Train Room (where the family used to keep their model railway set) has a duplex-style layout, with two extra beds upstairs for children. The Old Dressing Room combines original features, such as mullion windows, with modern luxuries, including an open-plan drench shower. Breakfast Start the day with fresh eggs, local smoked kippers, or apple pancakes. Where to eat and drink nearby Penrith’s Four and Twenty, with its rustic mix-and-match furniture and open kitchen, is loved by locals. It’s a converted former bank that serves modern British food, including carrot, ginger and honey soup, cheese soufflé and apple crumble fool. Check rates and availability at askhamhall.co.uk The Forest Side, Lancrigg Check rates and availability at theforestside.co.uk In a nutshell This imposing Victorian manor sits above the road, skirting the slate-strewn prettiness of Grasmere. It looks staid and traditional, but behind the old-fashioned façade is one of the most innovative restaurants in the Lakes. Why foodies stay here A ramble through The Forest Side’s personal fellside (home to roe deer, red squirrels and blankets of wood sorrel) will help you work up an appetite for fine dining at the hotel’s Michelin-starred restaurant. Chefs draw on a one-acre vegetable and herb garden (everything is cooked on the days it’s picked), planted with over 100 varieties – try golden beetroot with cuckoo flower and smoked yow’s curd, or roast mooli with cherry bell radish, at a 6- or 10-course dinner. Pickling is big here (try the walnuts), as is foraging – sup a ‘Forager’ at the bar, made with pineapple weed-infused vodka and homemade ginger beer. What are the rooms like? Bedrooms are cosied up with plush wool carpets and locally built Westmorland beds, and some have panoramic views of The Lake District. Choose from Cosy (petite, but still stylish, with Zoffany fabrics), Superb or Master; the latter comes with astonishing Lake District views and Bramley bath products. Breakfast All the classics plus homemade granola, foraged wild mushrooms, Bannerigg Farm duck eggs, Slack’s Farm bacon and Cartmel Valley smoked salmon. Where to eat and drink nearby Expect spotty crockery and cow murals at Grasmere’s Jumble Room, a fun village bistro that serves everything from Whitby crab crostini to local lamb rump rubbed in rose harissa. Check rates and availability at theforestside.co.uk L’Enclume, Cartmel Check rates and availability at lenclume.co.uk In a nutshell Simon Rogan’s Michelin-starred restaurant in Cartmel, with a famously-innovative menu that capitalises on local produce and the team’s creativity. There are bedrooms, too, scattered around the village. Why foodies stay here L’Enclume feels low-key and local with its stone-flagged floor and slate walls. But from the fragrant pink rhubarb cordial (served in a long glass with a slice of sweet, dried rhubarb) to the bread (homemade sourdough with a jar of rendered pork fat and apple), the attention to detail is palpable. Every dish is exquisite and clever. You might try a broth of artichoke, Westcombe cheddar and hen of the woods, which teases diners: the cheese ball is cheese-free (instead, cheese-infused water is thickened and made into balls). Valley venison, charcoal oil, mustard and fennel is a house specialty: delicately diced venison from the Holker estate is peppered with tiny sugary balls of gin infused with fennel and sugar, which explode in the mouth. Whatever you try, the ingredients are guaranteed to be seasonal and local – Rogan operates under a strict farm-to-table ethos. What are the rooms like? Simple, elegant and modern, with a choice of double, superior or deluxe. They’re dotted around Cartmel (two suites are in a townhouse that overlook the town square), and some come with beamed ceilings, window seats and views of the River Eea. Breakfast Breakfast is taken in L’Enclume’s more informal sister restaurant, Rogan & Co (informal up to a point - it still has a Michelin star). The usual suspects – fruit salads, smoked haddock, eggs come beautifully presented. Where to eat and drink nearby At the Pig & Whistle, Rogan’s pub, you can try small plates of brawn and black pudding fritters, pigs in blankets with mustard mayo, and homemade scotch eggs. There’s also a nice selection of ales, including Hartleys XB, Robinson’s Dizzy Blonde and Hawkshead Lakeland Lager. Check rates and availability at lenclume.co.uk The Drunken Duck Inn, Ambleside Doubles from £182 per night, check availability at booking.com In a nutshell A quirky, country-style watering hole that makes its own beer, enjoys panoramic views of the Lake District, and serves polished food that’s free from pretension. Why foodies stay here This has been a pub for at least 300 years, and became one of the area’s first gastropubs when new owners took over in the 1970s. The cooking is more refined than traditional pub grub: cheddar and almond soufflé comes with onion soubise and crispy sage, pork collar with celeriac, celery, truffle and crackling. As well as an excellent menu, The Drunken Duck also has an on-site microbrewery – try a pint of the single-hopped, citrussy Cat Nap. What are the rooms like? There are 13 of them, all simple and clean in style, with some in the pub and the rest in a L-shaped extension (built to suit the Drunken Duck’s style) at the back – the latter is a good option if you’re travelling with children and would like to avoid background chatter come bed-time. Deluxe rooms have leather armchairs, wool cushions and feature baths. Breakfast Try fried mushrooms and wild garlic pesto on an English muffin, or homemade granola, smoothies, sourdough toast with grapefruit marmalade, and overnight oats. Where to eat and drink nearby The Old Stamp House is a fine-dining bistro that serves strictly Cumbrian produce, including roe deer tartar with rye crumbs, pickled mushrooms and nasturtiums; and Cumbrian gingerbread with ginger panna cotta. Top fact: the setting is the cellar of the building where Wordsworth once worked as a distributor of stamps. Doubles from £182 per night, check availability at booking.com drunkenduckinn.co.uk <h3">The Rum Doodle, Windermere Doubles from £76 per night, check availability at booking.com or expedia.co.uk In a nutshell Just one mile from Lake Windermere, this stylish b&b is named after mountaineering spoof novel, The Ascent of Rum Doodle. It specialises in Cumbrian-sourced breakfasts and homemade cakes. Why foodies stay here Mainly for the excellent breakfasts, but also for the style of the place – the theme is quintessentially English, with everything from vintage typewriters and worn Edwardian suitcases to Queen Elizabeth II tea caddies dotted throughout. Plus the owners are keen bakers, so expect a complimentary slice of carrot cake or a stack of homemade shortbread when you arrive. What are the rooms like? All nine bedrooms – each named after a The Ascent of Rum Doodle character – are peppered with antique and retro furnishings, and are decorated to match the personality of their namesakes; Shute, an expedition photographer, is all mirrored furniture and antique cameras while Burley, an extravagant individual, includes a freestanding pink bath and vintage wardrobes. Breakfast Blueberry pancakes, smoked haddock with poached eggs, or a mammoth Cumbrian breakfast, complete with peppery sausages and fresh eggs with rich yellow yolks. It’s taken in a room made wonderfully sunny with tall windows. Where to eat and drink nearby Five minutes’ away is The Wild Boar Inn, which benefits from its own micro-brewery and smokehouse. Try wild boar and damson scotch eggs, fillet steak with bone marrow gravy or rabbit and crayfish pie. Doubles from £76 per night, check availability at booking.com or expedia.co.uk rumdoodlewindermere.com The Yan at Broadrayne, Grasmere Check rates and availability at theyan.co.uk In a nutshell This 1620s stone farmhouse, surrounded by grey-faced Lakeland Herdwick sheep, has been transformed into a boutique hotel halfway between Windermere and Keswick. There’s an on-site bistro that serves rustic Cumbrian food made from strictly local ingredients. Why foodies stay here The menu at The Yan Bistro covers every whim, from staples such as shepherd’s pie made with braised lamb and cheesy mash potato, to sharing platters of thyme and garlic beef brisket, baked potatoes filled with garlic cheese, corn on the cob, coleslaw and chargrilled flatbread. There are plenty of veggie options too (don’t miss mozzarella and roast tomatoes with saffron potatoes, roast figs, pesto and fresh basil), and a children’s menu. What are the rooms like? If you’re staying in the bistro bedrooms, you can choose between standard or deluxe. All seven bedrooms take inspiration from the surrounding fells, so expect plenty of wood and woollen cushions. Deluxe rooms can include a double sofa bed if there are four of you, and there are two pet-friendly rooms if you want to bring your dog. The Yan also has self-catering cottages, plus glamping pods. Expect more of the same natural materials and attention to detail, including sustainable cleaning products, expertly curated cooking kit, a cosy environment and terrace area for absorbing the incredible surrounding landscape. Breakfast A refreshingly original affair, including courgette, tomato and herb frittata with hash browns, tomato salsa and hollandaise sauce, or an epic plate of Cumberland sausage, middle back bacon, black pudding, homemade baked beans, hash browns, roasted tomatoes, fried field mushrooms, eggs and thick-cut buttered toast. There are lighter options, too, including homemade muesli with fruit and yogurt, and porridge topped with nuts and berries. Where to eat and drink nearby Lucia’s takeaway coffee shop, also in Grasmere, is perfect for on-the-go homemade sausage rolls, cinnamon buns, sourdough loaves and, of course, coffee. Just the thing when you’re planning a picnic. Check rates and availability at theyan.co.uk Words by Charlotte Morgan, Natalie Hardwick, Lucy Gillmore, Tony Naylor and Alan Spedding More hotel guides Best country house hotels in the UK Best health and wellness retreats Best hotels in London Best UK boutique hotels Best hotels in the Cotswolds Best Cornwall hotels Best London hotel bars to visit Best romantic hotels in the UK European hidden gems: hotels off the beaten track Best Paris hotels Best Spanish hotels Best Italian hotels Best restaurants with rooms in the UK Best Amsterdam hotels
From a whisky bar with rooms on the banks of the River Spey to beachfront barbecues at an Elie inn, we’ve found the best foodie sleepovers in Scotland
Looking for Scottish holidays? Read about our staycation ideas below for all sorts of Scottish getaways – from staying in the heart of Cairngorms National Park to gin tasting in Edinburgh. For more travel inspiration, check out our picks of the best hotels in Scotland and the best Scottish whisky distilleries to visit. Scottish holidays for foodies Discover local produce on the Isle of Skye Skye, the largest island in the Inner Hebrides, boasts a rich natural larder of ingredients and historic traditions of preservation using local techniques. Chef Calum Montgomery champions these at Edinbane Lodge, a converted 16th-century hunting lodge whose restaurant is dedicated to the island’s crofts, seas and artisan producers. Discover more from Calum about what makes the Isle of Skye cuisine so special. Broadford’s Gasta transforms the island’s ingredients into gourmet pizzas like the Ochd topped with Stornoway black pudding, plum and apple chutney and fresh chillies. And the menu at the secluded Stein Inn, the oldest inn on Skye, focusses on sustainable seafood from the Lochbay shores, with a choice of more than 130 different Scottish whiskies. Go glamping in the Cairngorms Inshriach is a 200-acre mini Highland estate in the heart of the Cairngorms National Park. It’s home to a gin distillery where owner Walter Micklethwait concocts small-batch Speyside gins in an award-winning shed. The estate's elegant country house is perfect for a large family gathering (sleeping up to 18, with or without a chef), but for a back-to-nature experience there's a cluster of quirky glamping options peppered throughout the tangled woodland. The four off-grid beds for two include a yurt hunkered into the hillside with views over the River Spey to the mountains beyond. The bonkers Beer Moth is a converted 1950s fire truck, now kitted out with a Victorian double bed and wood burner. The quaint shepherd's hut is old-school romantic and cradled by juniper bushes (the key ingredient in gin – most of the botanicals are foraged from the estate), but for those who want something a little more contemporary, there's the Bothy Project, partly funded by the Royal Scottish Academy, and an artists' residence for half the year with a bare-bones bush shower and compost loo. Check rates and availability at canopyandstars.co.uk Take a cooking class in Perthshire The story began with an escape to the country. Ex-banker-turned-chef Chris Rowley and his wife Rachel dabbled with the supper club concept in Edinburgh before taking the plunge and moving to rural Perthshire. Their first venture, Ballintaggart Farm – a rustic restaurant with rooms and cookery school – was an instant hit. It's no longer a working farm, but much of the produce is grown in the kitchen garden and orchard. Alongside cookery classes, they also run seasonal feast nights that showcase the local larder. Then, in 2018, the duo turned a once-tired Victorian hotel, The Grandtully, into a sleek gourmet getaway. In the restaurant, the daily changing menu features small plates such as Murthly Estate venison carpaccio, fermented salsify and rocket, while more filling dishes include Loch Etive sea trout, sea kale and lemon aioli. ballintaggart.com Have a beach barbecue in Fife You can flip flop from your room to the sand in seconds at The Ship Inn in the seaside village of Elie. The wee Kingdom of Fife, just a pebble's throw from Edinburgh, is famously foodie. Curving around the coast there's legendary fish and chips in Anstruther; the poshest farm shop in Scotland in St Andrews, complete with café, steak barn and butchery classes; and just inland, Fife's gourmet hotspot, Kinneuchar Inn. The Ship, meanwhile, is well-known for its beach cricket during the summer season and barbecues in the beachfront beer garden. As well as its signature burgers in a brioche bun and Belhaven Best battered haddock and chunky chips, the seasonal menu champions local shellfish and seafood. Take a gastronomic pitstop on the shores of Loch Fyne Inver, an award-winning outpost on the shores of Loch Fyne, is the ultimate west coast pilgrimage for foodies. After stints at Noma and Fäviken, chef Pam Brunton and partner Rob Latimer took a punt on this lochside spot in 2015. Inver is a visionary restaurant in an old whitewashed croft house, where traditional Caledonian dishes are reimagined and elevated not just to another level, but a whole new stratosphere. Using local wild and farmed ingredients, a la carte dishes include langoustines and crab from the Loch, whilst the innovative tasting menu invites you to slow down for an exploration of Scottish produce. If you’re staying over, splash out on one of the luxury bothies. Breakfast delivered to your door in a wicker basket is a gourmet treat, with homemade bircher muesli or granola, fruit compote and yogurt, freshly baked pastries and bread, eggs and freshly squeezed orange juice. Go foraging in Galloway Galloway Wild Food's mycophile and wild food guru Mark Williams offers a range of foraging experiences and tours. Sign up for a three-hour tramp through the woods in search of ceps and chanterelles, as well as edible roots and shoots from the forest floor. He also offers coastal and hedgerow foraging, and three-day sea kayaking wild food adventures off the west coast. Based in Gatehouse of Fleet in Dumfries and Galloway, the natural larder here is overflowing with the likes of reedmace and wild radish, samphire and sweet cicely. Accommodation tips on the website include nearby glamping spots, local inns and guesthouses such as the renovated Woodlyn B&B in the village. ; Take a road trip along the Malt Whisky Trail Take a stunning road trip along Speyside's Malt Whisky Trail, which winds its way from Morayshire's coast through undulating hills peppered with more than 50 distilleries. The trail links nine of the distilleries, including Glenfiddich and The Glenlivet (stop off for tours and tastings) and the Speyside Cooperage, which makes whisky barrels. A perfect pitstop along the way is the village of Aberlour on the banks of the River Spey, home to the Aberlour distillery, Walkers Shortbread and the Mash Tun – a whisky bar with rooms. Expect more than 100 single malts and blends, including the exclusive Glenfarclas Family Casks, a collection of 52 single cask whiskies, one for each consecutive year from 1952 to 2003. The price of a dram? From £3.50 to a wallet-busting £1,500. After a nightcap, stumble up to bed in one of the distillery-themed rooms (the Glenlivet Room has sweeping views over the River Spey and a romantic roll-top tub). For more like this, check out our full guide to all the best Scottish whisky distilleries to visit. ; Stay on a farm in Perthshire Guardswell Farm's 150 acres of grassland cradles a rural getaway where you can switch off, soak up the silence and learn about the land. The family-run enterprise offers an eclectic range of courses and foodie events throughout the year, from spoon carving to no-dig organic vegetable growing with pioneering horticulturalist Charles Dowding. Sleep in the Pinterest-pretty clutch of cabins, cottages or farmhouse (sleeps 10) scattered across the farm, including The Pendicle – a larch-clad bolthole with a wildflower-sown roof, wood-burning stove, fire pit and jaw-dropping views from the decking over a field of Hebridean sheep. Or opt for The Infield, an off-grid hilltop hideaway with a stargazing window above the bed. Check rates and availability at guardswell.co.uk Discover a farmhouse for foodies in the Cairngorms At the end of a private road through the forest on the Rothiemurchus Estate, Achnahatnich House is an off-the-beaten-track hideaway in the heart of the Cairngorms National Park. Built in 1900 and once home to tenant farmers, this tastefully renovated three-bedroom house now has a Scandi-chic vibe, its white wood-panelling and soft dove grey palette offset by the odd splash of mustard and Delftware blue. The large open-plan kitchen is the perfect place to whip up a feast, but if you don't fancy cooking you can pre-order a range of freshly cooked meals to be stocked in the fridge (a whole week's worth if you like) from the Rothiemurchus farm shop, made with produce from the estate – think hearty beef stroganoff and venison casserole. You'll also find a complimentary welcome hamper stocked with food from the farm shop and, if you're feeling adventurous, you can book a range of focused activities, from pony-trekking to foraging and whisky experiences. Book a gin-tasting experience in Edinburgh Edinburgh has a long history of distilling, dating back to the first gin craze in the 1700s. Dutch ‘genever’ was imported through the port of Leith and the city soon had a taste for the juniper-based spirit. Today, the revamped Edinburgh Gin distillery, built around four historic East Market Street arches, is a must-visit for gin lovers. You can take tours and tasting here, learning about the history, production and different botanicals. Cocktail-making classes, gin and chocolate pairings, or gin and cheese experiences are also available. Stop at the in-house gin distillery bar for signature cocktails showcasing, naturally, plenty of Edinburgh Gin. Enjoy a luxury staycation in Sutherland Sumptuous seclusion on a wilderness reserve in the Scottish Highlands is the ultimate staycation. And it comes with a chef. Visit Alladale in Sutherland and never leave the pewter-tinged lochs, brooding glens and heather-sprung moorland of the 23,000-acre estate. There are three lodges sleeping between four and 14. Two cottages – Ghillie's Rest (sleeps four) and Eagle's Crag (sleeps 4-8) – are kitted out with well-stocked kitchens and freshly prepared meals ready to cook, while the lodge itself sleeps up to 14, complete with gym and sauna. A fully catered experience, Alladale Lodge's 'Conscious Cuisine' approach focuses on local, seasonal and organic ingredients from the state-of-the-art aquaponics garden (the three large greenhouses powered by the estate's hydro-generator ensure zero-waste and zero emissions), along with ethically culled wild venison, local game and trout. Find family fun at Gleneagles in Perthshire No longer aimed so squarely at the huntin’, fishin’, golfin’ brigade, five-star Gleneagles still offers a luxury experience but also fun for the whole family. De-tartaned bedrooms are softer and prettier (not least the Royal Lochnagar suite, pictured). There are a range of restaurants and bars to discover throughout your stay, from the two Michelin-starred Andrew Fairlie to more casual brunch and burger options, and a traditional afternoon tea in Glendevon. With 850 acres to explore – and a vast programme of supervised activities – Gleneagles has always been popular with families. There is Little Glen, a supervised play space for kids up to nine, and The Den, whose video games, air hockey and cinema room should keep older children and teens happy. Doubles from £495 per night, check availability at booking.com More hotel guides Best country house hotels in the UK Best health and wellness retreats Best hotels in London Best UK boutique hotels Best hotels in the Cotswolds Best Cornwall hotels Best hotels in the Lake District Best London hotel bars to visit Best romantic hotels in the UK European hidden gems: hotels off the beaten track Best Paris hotels Best Spanish hotels Best Italian hotels Best restaurants with rooms in the UK Best Amsterdam hotels
17 of the UK's most luxurious hotels to book for a special occasion
Settle in for a stylish escape where next-level UK hospitality awaits – from a chic Georgian estate to a lavish manor house and an elegant restaurant with rooms
Planning a UK getaway for a special occasion? We've chosen some of our favourite hotels across England, Scotland and Wales where you can have a luxury stay for a truly memorable experience. From Michelin-starred tasting menus to serene spas and striking pools, these are some of the UK's best luxury hotels. For more luxury hotel inspiration, check out our packs of the best hotel baths worth travelling for in the UK or the best UK spa hotels. Middleton Lodge, North Yorkshire Doubles from £229, check availability at mrandmrssmith.com Book a stay at Middleton Lodge for Michelin-starred tasting menus and spa experiences on a Georgian estate, tucked away in 200 acres of peaceful countryside. The collection of honey-hued farmhouse buildings and stables have been lovingly restored and rooms are spread across the estate – from the charming Tack Room with wood-burning stove, huge free-standing bath and beamed ceilings, to contemporary suites with outdoor copper tubs and views of wildflower meadows. Interiors mix natural textures with understated luxury: Burlington showers, stone walls, linen drapes, oak floors and velvet armchairs. The jewel in the crown of the estate is Forge, a restaurant that earned its first Michelin star in 2025, thanks to head chef Jake Jones’s nature-led, hyper-seasonal tasting menus. Dishes highlight foraged ingredients and estate-grown produce, with inventive flavour combinations – think dry-aged Nidderdale hogget and north coast cod with preserved lemon and English sparkling wine. A standout cheese course of Cashel Blue with pickled walnut, medlar and birch syrup precedes intricate desserts like forced rhubarb tart with custard and toasted milk. Drinks are equally thoughtful, with pairings ranging from a lemon thyme saison by Salt Brewery to a bright ortega from Kent. Coach House offers a more relaxed approach for breakfast, all-day dining and cocktails. Forest Spa, next to Forge, has its own light and nourishing spa menu, ideal for pre- or post-treatment grazing. Guest numbers are cleverly limited so it can feel like you have it almost to yourself as you claim your chic green and white striped towel-draped lounger around the stunning 15-metre outdoor pool with views over the countryside. There’s an outdoor hot tub, thermal cabins and a steam room. Cute treatment huts named for herbs growing nearby offer a range of nature-inspired treatments such as massages and Voya seaweed wraps – the signature In Bloom massage is a favourite, blending deep relaxation techniques with aromatic oils to reflect the estate’s gardens through the seasons. Doubles from £229, check availability at mrandmrssmith.com Hampton Manor, Warwickshire Doubles from £179, check availability at mrandmrssmith.com Enjoy peaceful five-star luxury in the restored 19th-century Hampton Manor, just 15 minutes from Birmingham International. Family-run with serious artistic flair, the estate mixes historic charm with contemporary, quirky design. Think William Morris prints, heritage hues and a gentle soundtrack of birdsong and rustling leaves. Staff strike the perfect balance between warm and hands-off, so it feels like an elegant house party you somehow swung an invite to. Each of the 15 rooms is unique – the Courtyard Suite has a rolltop bath and private garden, while Henrietta Maria boasts a turreted bathroom. In all you can expect fresh coffee to grind, home-baked chocolate cookies, bluetooth speakers to plug in your playlist and 100 Acres botanical toiletries. The estate’s two restaurants are set within the expansive grounds. The 15-course tasting menu at David Taylor’s Michelin-starred Grace & Savour champions sustainable, seasonal ingredients, many plucked from the walled kitchen garden in which are nestled a handful of rooms. Kynd is more laid back and offers a handful of tables in an adjoining glasshouse. Opt for the à la carte or five-course set menu, with standouts like seared scallops, côte de boeuf and a crisp, multi-layered potato fondant. Cooked to order in the manor’s original kitchen, breakfast heroes a menu of local produce. Think free-range eggs (cooked in every way you could dream up), handmade granola, sourdough with whipped butter, warm cinnamon buns fresh from the bakery and seasonal jam straight from the garden. Don’t miss the daily complimentary natural wine tasting. You can also spruce up your skills in the rota of workshops including fermentation lessons, in which you’re expertly guided throughout the gardens before concocting your own cordials and sauerkrauts. Doubles from £179, check availability at mrandmrssmith.com Osip, Somerset Check rates and availability at osiprestaurant.com Merlin Labron-Johnson’s elegant farm-to-table restaurant offers chic rooms for a decadent bucolic getaway. Housed in a whitewashed coaching inn, Osip is perched roadside in rural Somerset. Pad round the back through the wildflower meadow and duck beneath exposed beams into the reception room where a stone fire is lit in winter to snuggle beside on squishy sofas. The open kitchen takes centre stage, offering views of the garden and countryside beyond, with diners positioned to face the action (plus two chef’s table spots right at the prep station). The tasting menu is a succession of Somerset produce, most grown on Osip’s farm up the lane. Dishes are complex and intricate – for instance grilled peking duck, candied cherries and grilled beetroot with duck meat sausage and liver sauce alongside beetroot mole-filled tacos topped with duck heart shavings for extra umami. The cheese course is next-level – a square of cider brandy-soaked malt loaf topped with Bath soft cheese. To finish, burnt honey tartlets with crème fraîche ice cream, soft meringue pollen and mead. The four rooms, hidden up a winding staircase, offer elegant luxuries while connecting guests to nature – super king-size beds with striking wood headboards and walk-in stone showers with Maison Osip toiletries. A selection of treats awaits in each – homemade canelés, Osip cider, Somerset apple juice and loose-leaf teas to sip in Wiltshire-thrown porcelain mugs. Brue has a mezzanine set-up, with standalone bath and spacious seating area downstairs plus ensuite bathroom and bedroom carved into the eaves up top, while Avon switches it round with the bathtub up on the mezzanine. Pitt and Somer are smaller yet equally charming. Superb hospitality continues through to breakfast, with an individually laid out array of toasted honey granola, jams and compotes, and squidgy little pear and cinnamon buns. There’s also a central table groaning with wild hay smoked trout, Wiltshire ham and cider mustard, treacly bread, Westcombe cheese and fresh fruit grown on the farm, plus coffees made to order. Check rates and availability at osiprestaurant.com The Beaumont, London Doubles from £648, check availability at thebeaumont.com or booking.com Old school opulence and faultless hospitality are the name of the game at The Beaumont. The polished walnut panelling, shiny marble floors and gilded edges set the scene as you walk into the Art Deco-style lobby. Suites are just as plush, with luxurious touches and 5-star attention to detail: Beaumont-stamped chocolate, sweets and snack jars all waited in our room, while sustainable toiletries were by heritage London perfumer D.R Harris. Rooms and suites are stylish, ultra-comfy and peaceful, cocooned from the busy Central London streets below. There’s even a room designed by artist Antony Gormley. The hotel’s Colony Grill is an elevated take on an NYC steakhouse, serving classics done with serious panache. Everything on the menu is that little bit extra: the tame-sounding shrimp cocktail arrives as grand whole prawns fanning from a stemmed bowl; the steak is salt-aged in-house and served with whipped bearnaise; you can build-your-own sundae using a fun tick sheet (we added a chestnut and rosemary ice cream to ours). Breakfast is served in The Colony Grill and is just as chic as dinner. We ate smoked salmon, scrambled egg and brioche with house-pressed pomegranate juice, but the made-to-order menu is huge and includes signature hashes, cold breakfasts, pancakes, French toast and eggs served every which way you can imagine. The Viennoiserie table included almond croissants, cinnamon rolls and pain au chocolat, all made in the Beaumont bakery. Service is impeccable. The peaceful basement spa at the Beaumont has a really fun USP – its range of hammam treatments. We experienced the Signature Hammam which involved an invigorating exfoliation using black olive savon noir scrub and an enriching rose & geranium clay. You can follow up with a massage treatment, or enjoy the facilities which include two steam rooms and one of London’s only cold water plunge pools. Doubles from £648, check availability at thebeaumont.com or booking.com The Royal Crescent Hotel, Bath Rooms from £300 per night, check availability at booking.com or mrandmrssmith.com Few visitors to Bath see beyond the façade of the magnificent Royal Crescent, the city’s most impressive landmark. Fewer guess that No 16 extends into beautiful hotel gardens with lavender path, a haven for birds and butterflies where afternoon tea, cocktails and light lunches are taken. Chef Martin Blake balances simplicity with on-trend touches. Montagu’s Mews’ evening tasting menu starts with tiny canapés of Bath Blue cheese and avocado mousse with cucumber and borage. Then shokupan, a soft Japanese-style milk bread with Somerset’s Ivy Farm butter and smoked roe studded with salmon ikura. Hollandaise for beef tartare is spiked with Bath Ale and IP8 (beer) vinegar. A forced rhubarb dessert is softened with olive oil and vanilla. The comprehensive wine list includes confident choices such as a barrel-aged assyrtiko. The hotel’s five-star spa includes a heated pool with sauna and steam, tranquil treatment rooms and a small garden where you can relax after a swim, still in your robe if you like. Rooms are built for comfort and luxury, some with terraces and views on to the gardens or over the sweeping lawns of the Crescent. Fireplaces in bedrooms may be filled with decorative pinecones, modern art sits alongside vintage portraits and busts, and everywhere the outside is brought in with plants and floral displays. Rooms from £300 per night, check availability at booking.com or mrandmrssmith.com Coworth Park, Berkshire Rooms start at £605 for bed and breakfast, check availability at booking.com or mrandmrssmith.com Contemporary meets classic in a charming mash-up of design that references the rural location. A four poster is fashioned to look like a tree, halls feature dressers filled with plant pots, and huge floral displays and indoor plants abound. Showers are powerful, and some suites feature free-standing copper baths. Fun horsey references – including two dramatic portraits that dominate the bar – are a firm nod to the hotel’s equestrian links. The renowned Guards Polo Club is here (guests can book lessons in advance) and horse riding is offered. Rooms are in the Stables or Mansion House, so there’s a real sense of being in the Berkshire countryside, even while less than an hour from London. Explore the grounds, where there are hidden lily ponds, fountains and sculptures, as well as champagne pods in the warmer months. Woven by Adam Smith is all that’s good about modern, high-end British cooking – fiercely seasonal, celebrating homegrown ingredients, imaginative combinations, clever plating and a passionate, young team from Britain and beyond. Chefs, including Adam, are highly visible, prepping canapés in the restaurant’s anteroom – which doubles as cellar – and explaining each course at the table. Isle of Wight tomatoes, Devon eel and Cornish turbot speak to Adam’s careful sourcing, while A5 wagyu, oscietra, lobster and truffle add a luxurious touch. There’s also a strong focus on English wine. Rooms start at £605 for bed and breakfast, check availability at booking.com or mrandmrssmith.com Gleneagles, Perthshire Doubles from £495 per night, check availability at booking.com or gleneagles.com No longer aimed so squarely at the huntin’, fishin’, golfin’ brigade, 5-star Gleneagles still offers a luxury experience but also fun for the whole family. De-tartaned bedrooms are softer and prettier (not least the Royal Lochnagar suite, pictured). Two Michelin stars and Andrew Fairlie aside, the resort’s restaurants and bars are much improved – with menus that cater to the brunch and burger crowd as well as finer diners. With 850 acres to explore – and a vast programme of supervised activities – Gleneagles has always been popular with families. There is Little Glen, a supervised play space for kids up to nine, and The Den, whose video games, air hockey and cinema room should keep older children and teens happy. Doubles from £495 per night, check availability at booking.com or gleneagles.com The Pig at Bridge Place, Kent Just three miles from Canterbury sits this carefully converted Jacobean mansion. Style-wise, it ticks every Pig box: a focus on the kitchen garden, a relaxed restaurant and homely but luxurious bedrooms. The Grade II-listed building at the hotel’s heart, once bright pink in places (it was a popular nightclub in its heyday, hosting the likes of Led Zeppelin and Pink Floyd), was expertly restored during a £5.5million makeover. An imposing elm staircase takes centre-stage, while cosy snugs are great places to sit and ponder, with huge open fireplaces, gnarled wooden panelling and Persian rugs. The bar, refreshingly bedecked with female portraits, is all mahogany and maroon and, as with all Pig bars, is generously stocked with multi-coloured cocktail glasses that shimmer on window shelves. Some bedrooms benefit from original doors, four poster beds and freestanding baths, though all have mini bars stuffed with Kentish treats (grab a bag of crisps, made with Canterbury’s very own Ashmore farmhouse cheese). You can also stay in a hop pickers’ hut – a romantic log cabin for two, set on stilts in the water meadows near the kitchen garden – or a family-friendly two-bedroom lodge, complete with kitchen. Pigs don’t stand on ceremony – there are no white tablecloths or leather-bound menus here. Instead, expect cheery waiting staff and a dining room that wouldn’t look out of place at a posh garden centre. The restaurant’s biggest commitment is to locality: what can’t be grown in the kitchen garden, which you can see from your table, is mainly sourced from within a 25-mile radius, including Kentish Pip apples and wild meat from Mallards Farm. Breakfast is a feast: try dairy-free banana bread, stewed home-grown rhubarb, and nut-free muesli with coconut yogurt. Or, indulge in The Full Pig-Out, made special by the addition of zero-mile mushrooms and poached eggs from the hotel’s hens (they keep quails, too). Doubles from £210. Check availability at mrandmrssmith.com or thepighotel.com Shangri La at the Shard, London Doubles from £553, check availability at booking.com Shangri-La At The Shard is a central London hotel with 202 bedrooms, striking views and an infinity sky pool. The hotel includes a restaurant, afternoon tea lounge and two bars. On level 35, TING serves a modern British menu with Asian influences, making the most of produce from neighbouring Borough Market. The five-course tasting menu offers the likes of duck liver ballotine with forced rhubarb and green tea, and Eton mess with cardamom. Climb 12 levels higher for GONG bar (the highest hotel bar in Europe) and its quirky cocktails. The cognac and sherry-based Over the Rainbow comes in a decorative hot air balloon, while the Scan Me whisky sour is delivered in a sleek black glass. Every bedroom and suite comes with floor-to-ceiling windows that frame London’s skyline; the iconic City View room, for example, looks out over Big Ben and the Houses of Parliament. A pillow menu is available, along with binoculars (to get a closer look at the landmarks), feather duvets, L'Occitane bath products and a Chinese tea set. The suites offer a separate living and working space, with views spanning across Surrey and Sussex, and the Shangri-La suite is the grandest of them all – dressing room, kitchenette, cocktail-making services, an iPad and local area guide included. At breakfast, choose between an English, Middle Eastern or Asian breakfast, the latter of which comes with congee, dim sum and wok fried noodles. Or try something from the wellness menu: bircher muesli and green smoothies packed with kiwi, spinach, ginger, mint and apple juice. Doubles from £553, check availability at booking.com Cliveden House, Berkshire Rooms from £445 per night including spa access. Check availability at clivedenhouse.co.uk or booking.com Sink into grandeur at this mansion retreat where a clocktower distracts from the time with its gilding. Inside, mahogany panelling is studded with oil paintings of former residents, including Frederick, Prince of Wales (mid-1700s) and socialite Nancy Astor (circa 1908) gazing demurely over a bared shoulder by the yawning fireplace. Cliveden also hosted the Profumo scandal, recapped by our concierge as we pass the outdoor pool where, in 1961, Christine Keeler frolicked with the Secretary of State. We’re shown to the Prince of Wales suite, boasting three fireplaces and sweeping views of formal gardens and the Thames cleaving through forested hills. It comes with access to the Butler’s Pantry for complimentary drinks and snacks. Cocktails in the library nod to the past. The Profumo is richly fruity (lychee and strawberry liqueurs topped with champagne) but we opted for the Prince of Wales, a toned down version with maraschino and bitters. Dinner echoes Cliveden’s initial use as a hunting lodge, with a silky venison tartare among the raw starters, then a surprisingly dainty slow-cooked guinea fowl. Desserts are generally rich with cream, but the lime macaron with lemon sorbet delivers a clean finish. Cooked breakfast is served in the same formal dining room but do venture next door where the continental is beautifully presented in baroque surroundings. The ‘Profumo pool’ and hot tubs are cloistered by the old stables, which now house the indoor facilities (pool, jacuzzi, sauna and steam room) in neoclassical style, complete with wafting voile curtains. Massage treatments are administered with lotions specially formulated for Cliveden by Oskia – the Nancy, floral with berries and wild mint, or the spicier Anna Maria with black rose, named after the mistress to the second Duke of Buckingham. Opt for a facial and you’ll be treated to a comforting candle-wax massage between rounds with the Theragun, delivering gentle vibrations and a brightening wash of LED light. Rooms from £445 per night including spa access. Check availability at clivedenhouse.co.uk or booking.com The Scarlet, Cornwall Doubles from £275, check availability at scarlethotel.co.uk Looking for romantic hotels in Cornwall? The only routine at The Scarlet, a hotel perching on the edge of Mawgan Porth, is the regularity of the tide: the cool waters pulling back to reveal soft golden sand and thousands of lead-coloured mussels that cling to the rocks as stubbornly as guests lie on the loungers a few metres above. Rooms, which are spread over five levels, come with their own outdoor space and open-plan bathrooms to ensure the connection with the view is never broken. The goosebump-inducing outdoor pool is naturally filtered with reeds, while the indoor pool is heated by solar panels. Dinner is served in a dramatically quirky three-AA-rosette dining room that makes most sense when the curtains are pulled back to reveal the views. One day you might have Cornish hake with lobster ravioli, cured ham, lobster bisque and cucumber, the next a twice-baked Cornish Crackler cheese soufflé with candied walnut and Devon Cox’s apple salad. Like the hotel as a whole, it’s well considered but far from formal. Doubles from £275, check availability at scarlethotel.co.uk Heckfield Place, Hampshire Doubles from £650, check availability at mrandmrssmith.com The lines between inside and out are beautifully blurred at this Hampshire estate, where guests can bask in the natural surroundings and enjoy food from the hotel’s biodynamic, organic farm and orchards. Saddleback pigs and chickens lead a happy life here, and a micro-dairy provides the house with milk, cream, yogurt and butter from Guernsey cows. Two restaurants serve what’s good to eat right now from what’s grown on the estate and Fern Varrow, a biodynamic farm. At Marle you’ll find simple, seasonal dishes such as lamb shoulder with anchovy, and stuffed farm courgettes. During summer, meals are served on the Italian terrace overlooking the gardens and woodlands, with fire pits and sheepskins to keep you cosy on chillier nights. Imaginative breakfasts include bircher muesli and roasted rhubarb, bubble and squeak with fried eggs, and buckwheat crêpes with honey butter. Hearth, open for dinner and lunch on Saturday, focusses on fire cooking with lobster, sirloin or grilled farm veg. In line with Heckfield’s biodynamic ethos, cocktails in the Moon Bar are influenced by the lunar phases and made with unique tinctures and bitters. Try turmeric jingle (chamomile gin, millet, lemon and cardoon liquor, turmeric bitters) or cherry moon (sour cherry spirit, lapsang souchong bitters, egg, lemon and lime). Rooms are both luxurious and plastic-free, with headboards made by local craftspeople. Interiors focus on muted shades and natural materials such as rush matting, while dried flowers and plants bring the outdoors in. Doubles from £650, check availability at mrandmrssmith.com Askham Hall, Cumbria Check rates and availability at askhamhall.co.uk The Lowther name is everywhere in this part of Cumbria – pubs, a ruined castle, even a village bears the name. Capitalising on its organic estate, the Lowther family turned to hotels with the opening of Askham Hall, home to Michelin-starred Allium restaurant and 18 rooms. All of the spacious bedrooms have their own character. The Admiral’s Room (located in the 13th-century Pele tower, the oldest part of Askham Hall) benefits from a central four poster bed and River Lowther views. The Train Room (where the family used to keep their model railway set) has a duplex-style layout, with two extra beds upstairs for children. The Old Dressing Room combines original features, such as mullion windows, with modern luxuries, including an open-plan drench shower. In the Allium restaurant, head chef Richard Swale works in an environment most chefs dream of. His sunny, conservatory-style restaurant opens out onto acres of its own kitchen gardens and farmland. “Pick, cook and serve vegetables within the hour,” explains Richard, “and their freshness is amazing.” The kitchen is often busy pickling damsons or preserving edible flowers, either to deal with gluts or to extend the shelf life of ingredients. Meat used to be the centrepiece of Richard’s dishes, but now he gives equal prominence to creatively treated vegetables. You can choose either a la carte or a tasting menu; the latter may include native lobster with smoked bone marrow, home-reared goose with sour cherry sauce and chocolate tart with milk sorbet and candied walnuts. Check rates and availability at askhamhall.co.uk Lucknam Park, Wiltshire Rooms from £472 per night, including spa access and breakfast. Check availability at lucknampark.co.uk, booking.com or mrandmrssmith.com This five-star Palladian mansion blends old-school opulence with high-tech wellness, secluded within its own 500-acre estate. A short drive from Bath, Lucknam offers a country retreat as well as a trip back in time, restoring many of its 18th-century features to impeccable condition. Roam around the hotel and you’ll be transported to its aristocratic past, with high-ceilinged rooms furnished with chandeliers and antique furniture. Each of the 42 individually styled rooms evoke Georgian grandeur, with 13 suites offering views stretching out over the manicured lawns. There are also seven chic country cottages within the estate. We stayed in Juliet, a plush suite with first-class attention to detail: fresh fruit, juicy dates, shortbread and champagne all awaited in the lounge, with a Nespresso pod coffee machine, dinky milk bottles and a fridge stocked with soft drinks at our disposal. In the bedroom, a luxurious four-poster bed promised the most luxurious sleep. The bathroom was finished in smooth marble, with underfloor heating and Lucknam branded fig & vanilla toiletries. Head to the most majestic of all the rooms, The Drawing Room, for preprandial cocktails showcasing the premium whiskies lining the bar cart. Make a beeline for the Cotswold Old Fashioned, combining Cotswold Single Malt, vanilla bitters, orange bitters and maple syrup. Lucknam has two restaurant options – Michelin-starred Restaurant Hywel Jones and The Walled Garden Restaurant. The latter is a stylish all-day brasserie flanked by floor-to-ceiling windows to invite the outdoors in. Menu highlights include lemon sole with seafood linguine, chicken schnitzel with green beans and caper and lemon butter, and strawberry and pistachio knickerbocker glory. Breakfast is also served here, showcasing West Country produce including sausages from Huntsham Farm, bread from Hall Quality Bakers and strawberries from Cheddar Valley. Lucknam’s award-winning spa within the walled gardens brings guests back into the 21st century, with a contemporary complex drenched in light from the towering window walls. Available to use for all guests, the spa includes eight state-of-the-art treatment rooms and four thermal cabins, as well as a programme of wellness classes, including pilates and yoga. You can also book a high-luxury treatment (try the 111SKIN Celestial Black Diamond, a non-surgical lift facial involving 10 steps to lift, contour and boost the skin). Rooms from £472 per night, including spa access and breakfast. Check availability at lucknampark.co.uk, booking.com or mrandmrssmith.com Pan Pacific, London Doubles from £395 including spa access, check availability at panpacificlondon.com or booking.com Pan Pacific might be moments away from the bustling streets of Brick Lane and Spitalfields Market, but inside it’s an oasis of calm. The hotel’s ethos is to bring a slice of the Singapore experience to London, and you’ll find that influence in everything from the Kopi Tiam afternoon tea to the vibrant hotel bar Ginger Lily, where the attentive staff will mix you up a signature Singaporean classic or a contemporary creation, depending on your own unique tastes. Breakfast is served in Straits Kitchen and you'll find an opulent buffet with a choice of Asian and English classics, from freshly made omelette to beautifully fragrant Won Ton noodle soups. All rooms feature king size beds, expansive marble bathrooms and luxury bathroom products, but the views across the city are what make this hotel standout, you can admire the glittering lights and striking contrast of old and new architecture from the comfort of your very own bed, it might be hard to leave. A night at Pan Pacific includes full use of the wellbeing floor. Start your morning with a luxurious swim in the balmy and impressively large infinity pool, floor to ceiling windows offer you far-reaching views over Bishopsgate Plaza as you practice your front crawl. There are plenty of sun loungers to recline on in the light-flooded relaxation area and a mindfulness studio where you’ll find yoga classes, meditation, pilates and gong therapy. The bougie experience continues in the changing rooms with Diptyque products and a smart sauna and steam room for the ultimate heat experience. There are a range of treatments on offer from a rhythmical bamboo massage to a lymphatic drainage massage. Doubles from £395 including spa access, check availability at panpacificlondon.com or booking.com Seaham Hall, County Durham Check rates and availability at seaham-hall.co.uk A short amble away from the rugged Durham Heritage Coast lies Seaham Hall Hotel, a beautiful hotel and spa just outside the village of Seaham, around 30 minutes’ drive east of Durham. The imposing Georgian country house is home to 21 huge suites as well as a luxurious Asian-themed spa. We stayed in an executive suite, which ticked all the five-star hotel boxes: a huge king-size bed with a ‘pillow menu’, a beautiful white-tiled bathroom with walk in shower, freestanding bath and fancy Elemis toiletries, and the fluffiest robes and slippers. In the separate lounge area, squishy sofas, a Nespresso machine, a fridge with free soft drinks and huge windows out onto the garden meant we had everything we needed for a good few hours’ lounging. For dinner we visited Byron’s Restaurant. This is Seaham Hall’s fine dining offering and the vibe is one of opulent indulgence (Lord Byron has history here – he married the daughter of a past owner). A pewter-topped oak bar sweeps along one side of the grand high-ceilinged room. Prized tables are the velvet-lined curved booths in the corners of the room and the rest is made up of intimate small tables. Afternoon tea is also a highlight at the hotel. Served in the lounge at the back of the hotel, overlooking immaculately tended gardens, it’s not to be missed. After a brisk walk along the coast (a path at the back of the hotel leads you directly down to the sea) we attempted to burn off some more calories before dinner with a trip to the Serenity Spa. Even if you are not booked in for a treatment the spa facilities are great. As well as a huge pool surrounded by loungers there is a separate hydrotherapy pool, plunge pools, salt sauna, Indian steam room, jacuzzi and outdoor hot tub. Check rates and availability at seaham-hall.co.uk Palé Hall, Snowdonia Rooms start from £279, check availability on booking.com Situated on the cusp of Snowdonia, Palé Hall occupies a breathtaking position overlooking the tranquil Dee Valley. Nestled within a 50-acre estate, this AA Five Red Star, Relais and Chateaux destination is ideal for a peaceful retreat. Sustainability is key to Palé Hall’s ethos. Impressively, the whole building is carbon-neutral, powered by an onsite hydro-electric plant. This principle also extends to the fine dining restaurant – the first in Wales to receive a Michelin Green Star. Every effort is made to champion local, seasonal produce on the tasting menus designed by head chef, Gareth Stevenson. Expect dishes such as roasted squab pigeon and miso-glazed langoustine, plus inventive sweets like a ‘Moscow mule’ vodka lime jelly topped with ginger beer espuma. A more informal bistro also offers casual dining options. The grand Victorian country house is immaculately furnished with period features, yet maintains a warm and welcoming atmosphere. All eighteen bedrooms are themed after Welsh counties and range from smaller Classic rooms to Turret and Superior suites. The exquisitely decorated interiors effortlessly blend antiques with modern elements such as ‘hidden’ television screens within mirrors. You can even stay in rooms formerly occupied by Queen Victoria and Winston Churchill! Additionally, there are four modern garden suites which are ideal for families. Any stay here is only enhanced by the team of attentive staff, who make every effort to ensure a memorable guest experience. Rooms start from £279, check availability on booking.com More hotel guides Best country house hotels in the UK Best health and wellness retreats Best hotels in London Best UK boutique hotels Best hotels in the Cotswolds Best Cornwall hotels Best hotels in the Lake District Best London hotel bars to visit Best romantic hotels in the UK European hidden gems: hotels off the beaten track Best Paris hotels Best Spanish hotels Best Italian hotels Best restaurants with rooms in the UK Best Amsterdam hotels Best Scottish hotels
Best restaurants in Deal: Rosie Birkett shares where a local eats in this Kent coastal town
Discover the best places to eat and drink in this Kentish coastal town, from seaside picnics to Japanese small plates
This quirky Kentish coastal town just up the way from Dover may be small, but it’s certainly mighty when it comes to the food on offer for locals and visitors alike. Once a renowned spot for smugglers, Deal has been something of a ‘best kept secret’ for those in the know, but these days its appeal - think stunning Georgian conservation area, colourful fishing boats, charming shingle beach and thriving independent high street - is well and truly on the radar for food lovers. Thanks to the ingenuity and creativity of its independent business owners, there is something to suit every budget, palate and occasion - from fresh oysters and exceptional bistro fare, to elegantly composed Japanese small plates or chilli-buzzed Caribbean barbecue. Here, long-time olive contributor and proud local food writer Rosie Birkett shares her run down of the most exciting places to indulge your tastebuds… For more UK travel guides, check out our picks of the best restaurants in Broadstairs, best restaurants in the Cotswolds, best restaurants in Cornwall and the best restaurants in Margate. Best places to eat and drink in Deal Updown Farmhouse – the restaurant with rooms Set in 7 acres of lovely grounds, Updown Farmhouse is just under a 15 minute drive inland (chauffeur driven transfers can be arranged here) from Deal in the verdant countryside that adjoins the town. Updown was converted from a private holiday residence into a restaurant with rooms a few years ago by design-savvy, dynamic hospitality duo Ruth Leigh and chef Oli Brown who also regularly welcome a roster of visiting guest chefs including the likes of Henry Harris and Tim Siadatan. The gloriously restored red brick farmhouse dates back to the 17th century, and offers four smartly-appointed double rooms upstairs in the main house, a library and lounge downstairs, as well as further accommodation in the Gardener’s Cottage and sumptuously designed, art-filled Gatehouse. The restaurant itself is set in a beautiful, vine draped heated conservatory which spills out under the wondrous, wistaria-drenched pergola in summer. Running front of house is Leigh, who exudes an ease and charm that speaks to her family’s hospitality background (she’s the daughter of influential British chef Rowley Leigh), while Brown, who cooked with Leigh at Le Cafe Anglais before being head chef at Duck Duck Goose in Brixton, cooks seasonally-shifting menus of Italian-accented dishes that fly the flag for Kent produce. Working with local suppliers including Jenkins and Son and The Black Pig, he can be seen grilling over coals - think aged rib of beef to share with morels and wild garlic, or plating up ensembles like seabass crudo with chilli, Amalfi lemon and marjoram. updownfarmhouse.com Pop Up Cafe – for coffee, viennoiserie and fabulous vegetarian cooking Despite what the name suggests, this once temporary cafe on Deal’s bustling high street is a firm and favourite fixture, adored by locals and visitors alike who clamour for its precision made coffee (from nearby Margate’s exceptional local roastery Curve) and artisan pastries and bakes. Set up by visionary owner Hetty Pound over ten years ago, initially as a makeshift caff housed in a derelict shop, over the years it’s expanded and morphed into the community stalwart and thoroughly modern cafe it is today. Together with partner Ben Royston-Bishop: a dab hand at brewing perfect coffees and baking the cafe’s excellent sourdough, Pound has created a hub where you can pick up a stunning sourdough croissant to eat on the go, or sit in to enjoy the delicious, wholesome and craveable vegetarian menu. We’re huge fans of the salad plate, with its rainbow of crunchy, zingy salads and homemade ferments, and also love its oozing cheese toasties made on signature sourdough - the cheese and kimchi is unmissable. popupcafe.co.uk Jenkins and Sons – for seafood street food and fresh fish Fourth generation fish monger Darren Jenkins has recently relocated his family’s legendary fish shop and poulterers to a larger premises where, as well as picking up fantastic quality, day boat caught fish and seafood, you can now also sit in for a freshly cooked seafood lunch and with a chilled glass of wine, or take it away to eat on the beach. Browse the display window for shimmering local mackerel, sea trout and locally-caught shrimps. Darren is passionate about sourcing the very best, most seasonal and sustainable sea bounty he can – hence the fact he counts a multitude of acclaimed nearby restaurants (like Margate’s Sargasso and Updown Farmhouse) amongst his most loyal customers. In-house chef Pete Keyes leads the energetic kitchen at lunchtime, turning out hot fishy delights such as fat scallops cooked in their shell with cherry tomatoes and handmade pesto, juicy prawn skewers and fish tacos. We’re massive fans of the seabass brioche, which, served with French fries and a wedge of lemon, makes a beautiful alternative to a classic fish and chip lunch. There’s also a freezer full of Keye’s carefully made creations, so you can stock up on homemade fish pie, chowder and lobster mac and cheese to heat up at home, too. jenkinsandsonfishandgame.co.uk/street-food-bar/ Hut 55 – for seaside picnics and coffee The idea of a coffee and cake shack in a beach hut is a superbly simple one, but it’s anything but straightforward to pull off brilliantly, and it’s testament to the talents of founder, former journalist Kate Foreman and her small team, that they manage to do so on a daily basis (weather dependant). Perched in the wild fennel by Walmer’s picturesque promenade - a short stroll from Deal town centre - you’ll find carefully made coffees and lovingly crafted sweet and savoury treats to delight old and young. We’re talking cheerfully chewy cinnamon, oat and raisin cookies, and doorstep wedges of iced carrot cake vying for attention alongside ‘offensively large Scotch eggs’ and rather more elegant courgette and ricotta galettes. ‘The Hut’ is wonderfully family friendly, but it’s also a great spot for a moment of solo self care, boasting endless sea views, and you can spot France on a clear day from your pew on one of its comfy red and white striped deckchairs. There are vintage books for children to browse, as well as an old wooden boat for them to clamber on, and bespoke beach picnics can be ordered ahead (think nostalgic British classics like massive sausage rolls, filled baps and shortbread with clotted cream and strawberries), as well as organised swims, beach yoga sessions and bike hire for those who want to adventure on two wheels. Foreman recently launched her ‘Sunday Sundowners’ summer evening sessions with a gorgeous menu of fresh seafood and fishy nibbles on offer along with a cleverly matched list of organic wines by the bottle. These evenings are the stuff British seaside dreams are made of - what could be more perfect than a chilled glass of Simpson’s British sparkling wine alongside some freshly shucked oysters? hut55.co.uk The Blue Pelican – for Japanese small plates This Japanese small plates restaurant from the visionary couple behind Deal’s lauded food-led boutique hotel The Rose occupies a Georgian townhouse overlooking the sea, and its jewel box, chequerboard-floored dining room is one of the best places to eat in Deal. Chef Luke Green, who manned the stove at The Rose before opening this, cooked in Japan for years and his unique, utterly mesmerising menu nods to Japanese izakaya and robata traditions: think umami-rich broths crowned by rustling tempura mushrooms, juicy pork katsu with bitter leaves and sesame dressing, or seared squid with Tokyo turnips and pomelo. thebluepelican.co.uk The Black Pig – the beachside butcher Nestled down a narrow lane just off the Deal’s High Street, Lizzy Douglas’ charming, award-winning butcher shop is flanked by hollyhocks in the height of summer, making it perhaps the prettiest butcher you’ll ever see. Inside, Lizzy has crafted a true haven for meat enthusiasts, with a focus on flavour and provenance. Alongside her small, skilful team — affectionately known as the "beefcakes" — Lizzy expertly handles the entire process, from breaking down whole sides of lamb, beef, and pork to curing bacon and creating an array of sausages and marinated meats, often featuring foraged and hyper-local ingredients like wild garlic and beach fennel to emphasise their connection to the local landscape. In that same vein, all the meat comes from small, local free-range farms that uphold traditional methods, with animals processed at the last remaining nearby abattoir. This careful approach not only enhances the meat’s deliciousness, but supports the local farming community and rural economy, something Lizzy is passionate about and a philosophy which has earned her prestigious accolades, including a YBF award and the BBC Radio Four Food and Farming Award. Lizzy is open, friendly and generous with her knowledge, often offering advice on interesting cuts and how to cook them, as well as running butchery courses that explore the craft in greater detail. theblackpigbutchers.com The Zetland – the pub on the beach A scenic walk or cycle from Deal is The Zetland Arms Pub in Kingsdown, a legendary and lively local boozer which was recently sensitively revamped by the owners of The Rose. With stunning sea views taking in colourful beach huts and the white cliffs of nearby St Margarets Bay, this coastal gem is the stuff of local legend: it’s been serving pints since 1863. More recent is the improved food menu which features hearty, seasonally-inflected delights such as fried whitebait with wild garlic mayo and mussels with Kentish cider, chilli and shallots, sitting aside pub grub classics like fish and chips and sirloin steak. zetlandarms.co.uk Cherubs – the kitchen above a pub Located just opposite Deal’s pier, The Bohemian pub has long been a spot for local revelry, including drag shows and live music, but more recently it’s become the site of some of the town’s best cooking, thanks to the talents of young chef Jakob Grant. Grant cut his teeth at nearby Sargasso in Margate and Henry Harris’ Bouchon Racine in London, and brings that stellar experience to the pub’s makeshift kitchen upstairs in his first solo venture, calling to mind The French House in Soho with its wooden floorboards and candlelit tables. Grant, who, impressively, cooks solo with only the help of his kitchen porter, is constantly inspired by what he calls the “fantastic local produce” at his fingertips, using fruit and vegetables from local green grocer Blackberry and Lavender (also worth checking out), The Black Pig and Jenkins and Sons, and he’s not averse to a little bit of foraging either to add some hyper local details to dishes. Sharing salivation inducing teasers of his seasonal creations on Instagram, Grant channels European flavours in dishes such as seared veal chop dressed with sage, brown butter and fresh, locally foraged summer truffle, or fig leaf infused panna cotta with macerated Kent cherries. We loved the grilled sardines with mojo verde and perfectly grilled lamb leg, tzatziki and chips. Due to its small size and one-man kitchen, booking is essential, so make sure you bag a table in advance. Cherubs takes bookings for dinner on Thursday and Friday, and lunch and dinner on Saturday. It will be opening up reservations for lunch on Fridays and Wednesday evenings from September. cherubs.resos.com/booking Deal Pier Kitchen – the lunch spot with a view Once home to a lacklustre fisherman’s cafe, the architecturally award-winning space at the bottom of Deal’s striking brutalist pier is now home to Deal Pier Kitchen, a locally-operated cafe and lunch spot that boasts unparalleled views of the sea and pretty Georgian town. Whether you fancy a slice of cake or Swedish cinnamon bun (expertly made by talented local bakers Kate Ampomah aka Eton Mess and Malin Hamilton aka Bygga Bo respectively) and cup of coffee, or a lobster and crayfish roll with skinny fries and a glass of Kentish fizz, you’ll find a warm welcome at this baby friendly, dog friendly spot. Sit by the massive windows and eat with the sea surrounding you - you might even spot a seal or two. Queues are sometimes out the door for this place, but there’s plenty to look at while you wait, including watching local fishing enthusiasts reeling in mackerel or dogfish. On Friday and Saturday nights the space transforms into a candlelit restaurant with a dinner menu championing lobster and locally-sourced steak in their steak and lobster nights, and they also take bookings for bottomless brunches for groups. dealpierkitchen.com Soul Chef – the Jamaican beach barbecue Roving British Jamaican chef Dexter Thomas has recently taken up the reins in the kitchen at seafront pub The Port Arms, and cooks smoky, chilli-humming 24-hour marinated meat and fish in his jerk drum, serving it with rice and peas and homemade Soul Chef salsa. His flavour-filled menu draws heavily on his Jamaican heritage, resulting in a modern interpretation of many traditional flavours and dishes. Think fried prawns with mango and pineapple jam, or boneless, coconut crumbed fried chicken with sticky hot sauce alongside jerk pork with tropical salsa. For summer he and wife Gosia, who he runs Soul Chef alongside, have created an oyster and wing shack in the pub garden, barbecuing oysters from Jenkins and Son alongside scotch bonnet chicken wings. Brilliantly, Soul Chef also takes orders for take away, so you can enjoy his smoky, sticky creations on the beach too. soulchefkitchenyard.co.uk Arno and Co – for a delightful deli Over the years Deal has cast its spell on many a Londoner who has dipped their toe in its fresh, salty waters only to be drawn down here permanently, and such is the case for Arno Karsten, founder of Deal’s most delightful deli. We first met Arno when he was working front of house at The Rose, commuting between Deal and London, where he’d spent decades working in iconic restaurants like Moro, Smiths of Smithfield and latterly Polpo. After falling in love with the town, he put down roots and opened his own place and Arno and Co was born, purveying culinary delights to cook at home, eat on the beach or stick in your larder for later. Karsten’s background in hospitality is evident in his easy charisma and warmth, and also in his eye for design and attention to detail. The ‘and Co’ references the fact that Arno is passionate about the suppliers he uses to stock his shop, which is packed to the rafters with well-sourced goodies, from incredible preserves, artisan hot sauces and cold pressed extra virgin olive oil, to organic wines, gourmet crisps and artisan pasta. The fridges are full of tubs of grab and go goodies cooked up by in house chef Tim Lawton who works in the shop’s kitchen, rustling up freshly made versions of everything from taramasalata to tiramisu - all perfect for a beach picnic, and they do incredible focaccia sandwiches too. The freezer is a treasure trove of meals, with South East Asian curries from the Rachel O Sullivan aka Rakooko and comfort food via Ruby’s Kitchen. Be warned though - so tempting is the selection that you’ll inevitably end up leaving with bagfuls of tasty treats you didn’t know you needed, but then can’t live without. instagram.com/arno_and_co The Frog and Scot – for small plates and fine wines This Deal institution, owned by eponymous husband and wife duo Benoit Dezecot and partner Sarah Ross (who also run Le Pinardier wine bar and shop a few doors down), draws inspiration from the wine-led bistros of Paris, and offers small plates and cocktails as well as their well-selected list of organic and natural wines. Sit at the bar and have the bar person shake you a cocktail while you munch on smoked Marcona almonds, or bag a bistro table and settle in for a selection of small plates. We loved the homemade focaccia and whipped cod’s roe, and also the bayonne ham croquettes with green romesco and basil. Burger Sundays run through the summer, offering a great value menu of gourmet burgers, perfect for enjoying with a bottle of the chilled Beaujolais. Whether you’re looking for a quick bite, or a full on feasting session, the menu has something to please everyone, and there’s also a heated terrace area out the front of the restaurant which is brilliant for people watching. frogandscot.co.uk Where to stay in Deal The Rose What sets The Rose apart is the designers’ (Nicola Harding of Harding and Read and stylist Michelle Kelly) joyful use of colour, and their pleasing disregard for the muted tasteful tones that have become so popular in recent years. Downstairs is a bar, restaurant and lounge full of bright vintage furniture, while upstairs are eight bedrooms, each painted in a unique bold hue, inspired by the bright beach balls and deckchairs of the local seaside, just a few steps away. None of the rooms are huge so tea, coffee and biscuits sit outside in the hallway for guests to help themselves when the mood strikes. Each is appealing in a distinct way but all have superbly comfortable beds and well-designed bathrooms. Breakfast is particularly impressive at The Rose. There’s a relaxed vibe in the morning, with magazine and papers piled high and the menu chalked on a blackboard. Vegetarians can fill up on roast Swiss brown mushrooms, oregano, goats cheese and toast, while the Nordically inclined can opt for the Scandi breakfast plate – smoked salmon with avocado, egg, dill, whipped cream cheese and toast. Doubles from £196, check availability at booking.com More UK restaurant guides Best restaurants in Penzance Best restaurants in Birmingham Best restaurants in Broadstairs Best restaurants in St Albans Best restaurants in Bristol Best restaurants in Edinburgh Best restaurants in York Best restaurants in Whitstable Best restaurants in Oxford Best restaurants in Cambridge Best restaurants in Margate Best restaurants in Manchester Best restaurants in the Lake District
Best Irish holidays for food lovers – Dublin, Cork, Galway and more
From restaurant-hopping city breaks to discovering artisan producers in the countryside and seafood-fuelled road trips, here's our pick of Irish holidays
Looking for Irish holiday ideas? Ireland is all about charm, great local produce and unique rural experiences, making it the perfect break for a food lover. Discover Dublin and Belfast’s delightful bistros and lively pubs, Galway’s artsy coastal vibes and seafood spots, bustling seaside towns or the green pastures inland, home to cider orchards, friendly farmers and even buffalo herds. These are our top picks of the best Irish holidays, with restaurants and bars to visit in each destination, including some Irish hotels to use as your base. For more hotel inspiration, check out the best UK boutique hotels, UK gastro pubs with rooms, best restaurants with rooms and and UK spa hotels for food lovers. Also see our city guides for the best restaurants in Belfast and best restaurants in Dublin. Best Irish holidays for food lovers Cork – for riverside luxury Cork is one of Ireland’s foodie hotspots. Get lost in the famous English Market, a covered warren of brilliant Irish food and drink producers. Café Paradiso has been open since 1993 serving refined but adventurous vegetarian food on a six-course testing menu. For drinks, head to Cask for expertly crafted cocktails or Arthur Mayne's for interesting wine and craft beer lists in quirky surroundings. Further out in the County Cork countryside, Toon's Bridge Dairy is a remarkable cheese producer making mozzarella, burrata, scamorza and more – you can find the produce at the English Market as well as its own pizzeria from April onwards. Where to stay in Cork: A luxury riverside hotel, River Lee Hotel is a warm and friendly space, flooded with light from windows that frame the entire building. The river-facing rooms are particularly pretty with views extending up past the Victorian buildings opposite to the rolling hills beyond. Bathrooms are fitted with baths and walk-in showers, and the large comfy beds have cosy duck down duvets. The Grill Room restaurant serves a classic hearty menu with Irish fish and meat taking centre stage, while the smart bar serves well-crafted cocktails. Breakfast is a lavish spread, with a huge buffet selection (including homemade soda bread and banana bread) and luxurious hot breakfast menu to choose from. Doubles from £205 per night, check availability at doylecollection.com, booking.com or expedia.co.uk. Derry – for a growing food scene This Northern Irish city is a haven for foodies, with a burgeoning food scene and new openings every week. Seafood shines here: the fishing port of Greencastle, just 20 miles outside of Derry, means the city is supplied with super fresh langoustines, scallops and oysters. There's a lot of love for traditional Irish food so visitors should try boxty (Irish potato pancakes), local cheeses and award-winning Northern Irish pork. Drinks lovers have plenty to discover in Derry too. Irish whiskey is famous worldwide, but Derry has producers making other top-quality spirits as well: from Wild Atlantic Distillery which makes a great award-winning gin and some really high-end beautiful whiskeys, to Niche Drinks making St Brendan’s, which you won’t find outside Ireland but is a cream liqueur made in Derry. You're equally spoilt for choice with breweries: Walled City Brewery (who make an oyster stout made from leftover oyster shells), Northbound Brewery and Rough Brothers are just a few to visit. Dublin – for whiskey lovers You won't be short of things to do on a city break in Dublin, the capital of the Republic of Ireland. The compact city centre, divided in two by the River Liffey, is easily walkable when exploring, with the broader city made up of villages. A visit to the Jameson Distillery is a must for whiskey lovers, while beer fans should visit the Rascals Brewing taproom, which also serves great pizza. Bread-making is a treasured art form in Ireland and Dublin’s organic bakery, Bread 41, has caught the attention of bakers across the world due to its excellent sourdough, with grains milled in-house and unique sourdough loaves spruced up with local cheeses, new-season Carola potatoes and garlic. If you're visiting for a long weekend, Bastible serves Sunday roasts (as well as fabulous midweek tasting menus) in an innovative way with tasting dishes to share. Check out our full guide to the best restaurants in Dublin. Where to stay in Dublin: Stay in the heart of the action at The Dylan Hotel, just 750m from the live music, bars and restaurants of Grafton Street. Dublin's only five-star boutique hotel, it has contemporary décor throughout and a luxurious modern feel. Enjoy a full Irish breakfast in The Eddison, the hotel restaurant, and sip cocktails in the Ruby Room bar. Doubles from £183 per night, check availability at dylan.ie, mrandmrssmith.com or booking.com. Galway – for a bohemian feel Discover bohemian Galway City on Ireland’s wild west coast, as well as the wider Galway county beyond. For a Michelin-starred experience, Aniar (Gaelic for ‘from the west’) is named because its dishes are inspired solely by County Galway’s fields and its rugged Atlantic coast; imported lemons and black pepper are out, vinegars and seaweed-based ‘spices’ crafted in house are in. To extend flavours and seasons, chefs draw on age-old traditions of salting, fermenting and pickling. For location, Ard Bia at Nimmos, near the city’s historic Spanish Arch and rainbow-hued Long Walk, wins out – visit for brunch or dinner. On Saturdays, foodie folk flock to Galway’s quaint street market for The Bean Tree’s madras curries, Greenfeast’s Irish vegetable-packed Vietnamese bánh mì, and BoyChik’s freshly made donuts. Where to stay in Galway: Base your trip at The Stop in the creative West End neighbourhood of Galway City, five minutes walk from the centre of the city and half a mile from the coast, giving you the best of both worlds. Rooms have bright minimalist design (with family rooms available) and the buffet breakfast focussed on local produce and home baking is a highlight. Doubles from £148 per night, check availability at thestopgalway.com or booking.com. Belfast – for a classic city break Tick the capital city of Northern Ireland off your wishlist with a visit to Belfast. Start by browsing St George’s Market, an indoor treasure trove of arts and crafts, as well as produce stalls selling everything from specialist Irish cheeses to freshly landed oysters and rare-breed meat and game. There’s also a huge variety of food stalls for lunch – try the Cuban Sandwich Factory’s Pollo Barbacoa, a hot grilled sandwich stuffed with marinated chicken, salsa, cheese and chilli sauce. On weekends there’s live music in the communal table area to listen to as you eat. Neighbourhood favourite Il Pirata serves rustic Italian food, or for a meal at the other end of the spectrum, book dinner at Michelin-starred Ox for a meal with a river view. Learn some Irish cookery skills of your own with a class at the Belfast Cookery School. Where to stay in Belfast: Expect panoramic views and Northern Ireland’s highest rooftop bar when staying at The Grand Central, a large, luxury hotel in the heart of Belfast’s Linen Quarter. Despite the grandeur and scale of 300 rooms, there is still plenty of cosy Irish charm. Rooms are spacious, calm and luxuriously furnished with king-size King Koil Cloud beds, smart white linen and thick, noise-cancelling carpets. The bathrooms are particularly swish with double sinks, freestanding baths, walk-in rainfall showers and toiletries by ESPA. The 23rd floor rooftop Observatory Bar is a must-visit to take in the views, before or after dinner – it's a trendy spot for Belfasters and has cocktails named after local landmarks. Doubles from £155 per night, check availability at grandcentralhotelbelfast.com, booking.com or expedia.co.uk. County Waterford – for foodie festival Spend a foodie weekend in County Waterford. If visiting in September, the streets come alive with stalls for Waterford’s harvest festival: restaurants put on produce-led supper clubs, and tents host demos from foodies. Stop off at Seagull Bakery in nearby Tramore for a taste of Sarah Richard’s sweet treats – sticky vanilla buns, spiced apple danishes and cinnamon swirls with glossy caramel coating. Work off the pastries on one of The Sea Gardener’s guided coastal walks, foraging for seaweed and learning how to cook with it on beaches. Where to stay in County Waterford: Tannery Townhouse in Dungarvan is a boutique hotel, cookery school and restaurant. Sleep in one of the 14 simple, elegant bedrooms and wake up for full Irish breakfasts in the morning. Spend a day in the cookery school during your stay, and have dinner just round the corner and enjoy the changing seasonal menu. Doubles from £154, check availability at tannery.ie or booking.com. Portrush – for a seaside break One of Northern Ireland's most popular resorts, the seaside town of Portrush (pictured above) has three sandy beaches to explore and a pretty pier. It sits on the Causeway Coastal Route so is a great place to stop off, with plenty of foodie spots making it worth the visit. Stroll down the pier and pick up a coffee at Babushka (don't miss its sweet treats to snack on, too). Local produce is showcased at Ocho Tapas, in nearby Coleraine, with an Iberian-inspired menu using Irish produce. Seafood is a highlight, from mussels to hot-smoked trout, but there are plenty of interesting vegetarian dishes, too. Spend the evening in The Harbour Bar, a historic pub where you can enjoy classic Guinness, a selection of Irish gins and live music performances. Where to stay in Portush: Blackrock House is a smart townhouse converted into a luxurious B&B. Be greeted by welcome drinks and whiskey cake, or take in the views from the balcony overlooking West Bay with a tipple from the whiskey honesty bar. There are four rooms with king-size beds, compact en suites and plenty of extra touches to make the rooms memorable – think homemade fudge, hot water bottles and binoculars for taking in the views. Enjoy a traditional fry-up breakfast in the front room, or alternatively take a loaded breakfast bap (filled with poached eggs, bacon and caramelised onion relish) down to the beach. Doubles from £160 per night, check availability at blackrockbandbportrush.com. Dingle – for local specialities Explore the colourful shops, zigagging streets and bustling harbour of Dingle and its sparkling bay. The food scene is so strong there is an annual Dingle Food Festival every October, but you'll be spoilt for choice all year round. On sunny days, pick up local speciality seaweed-speckled cheese from The Little Cheese Shop for a picnic and enjoy homemade Dingle sea salt ice cream from Murphy's. On blustery days, stay cosy with a bowl of creamy chowder from Out of the Blue. Drinks enthusiasts will enjoy the craft beers and live music at O’Sullivan’s Courthouse Pub, or visit Dingle Distillery for a tour and chance to try the locally produced gin. Where to stay in Dingle: Stay at family-run B&B Castlewood House, just a five-minute walk from the centre of town with rooms overlooking the sparkling bay. Breakfast is a highlight: alongside a buffet including homemade compôtes and bread and butter pudding, owners Brian and Helen cook traditional Irish dishes such as kippers with scrambled eggs or decadent whiskey-laced porridge. Make sure you leave room during your stay for afternoon tea served in the front room. Doubles from £130 per night, check availability at castlewooddingle.com. More travel inspiration... 12 small towns across the UK every foodie should visit The UK's best pubs with rooms UK boutique hotels for food lovers 10 exciting UK city breaks for food lovers Best restaurants with rooms UK spa hotels for food lovers Best romantic UK hotels Best seaside staycations Best country hotels
Best restaurants in Cornwall: where a local eats and drinks in this foodie region
Food writer and photographer Camille Kenny-Ryder picks the best places to eat and drink in Cornwall, plus a must-visit town and foodie activities in the area
The scenery, the sea air and some of the country’s very best produce… Cornwall has a lot to offer, especially when it comes to food. Destination expert, Milly Kenny-Ryder, author of Weekend Journals, tells us where to feast on the finest fare from pub grub to seafood platters, fine dining to seaside picnics. Read on to discover the best restaurants in Cornwall – from neighbourhood bistros to fine dining and pubs serving top-notch seafood. While you're here, find out where to stay in Cornwall, or for more like this, check out our guides to the best restaurants in the Cotswolds, the best restaurants in the Lake District, best restaurants in Bournemouth and best restaurants in Brighton. Jump to: olive's top 10 best restaurants in Cornwall Foodie day trips around Cornwall Foodie town spotlight: Newlyn Where to stay in Cornwall olive's top 10 best restaurants in Cornwall Flora at Trelowarren Estate, Helston Neighbourhood bistro vibes A family-run café, bistro and bakery nestled deep within the unspoilt Trelowarren Estate. The eatery is situated in the historic stable yard and is run by friendly and talented couple, Tim Spedding (who previously cooked at The Clove Club and P Franco) and his creative wife Louise Rødkjær. Lunch might include new potato and sorrel soup with soda bread, wood-fired pollock with summer herbs and aïoli, or sprouting broccoli, kale and gremolata pizza. There is always a counter full of irresistible cakes and pastries, and on Sundays Tim serves a refined but relaxed set menu lunch in the dining room. floranewyard.co.uk Crocadon Farm, Saltash Farm to fine dining Crocadon Farm has been a labour of love for Dan Cox, a Roux scholarship winner who has worked in some of the country’s best Michelin-recognised restaurants, before working tirelessly to transform this exceptional 120-acre farm into the ultra-sustainable field-to-fork mecca it is today. Surrounded by the farm that grows and nurtures most of the produce on your plate, this restaurant is assured and original while also giving back to the environment. crocadon.farm Gurnard’s Head, Saint Ives Seafood pub This vibrant, mustard yellow gastropub stands out among the stark green fields that surround it. The hearty menu is well received by locals and tourists alike, and the Sunday roast is particularly popular, best enjoyed after a bracing coastal walk. Head chef Max Wilson excels with classic fish dishes and innovative seasonal inventions, driven by the changing seasons. gurnardshead.co.uk The Rocket Store, Boscastle Seafront spot A small blackboard states the daily menu at this under the radar spot. Always filled to the brim with hungry locals, the kitchen creates innovative dishes championing local seafood but with the addition of bold spice mixtures and intriguing exotic flavour combinations, such as mackerel with nahm jim or monkfish with saffron broth. The quirky eatery is found inside an old rocket shop in the quiet fishing port of Boscastle. therocketstore.co.uk St Eia, Saint Ives Wine bar chic A welcome break from the tourist traps of well-trodden Saint Ives, this chic, intimate wine bar pours rare, low-intervention bottles alongside a short menu of bistro-inspired food. Chat to the knowledgeable team who will help you pick a glass you’ll love, or buy a bottle to go. steiawines.com The Verdant Seafood Bar, Falmouth Tiny taproom Those in the know visit Verdant Seafood Bar, tucked away on a side street in Falmouth, Cornwall’s main student town. The tiny hangout is the main taproom for Verdant Brewing Company, which makes a selection of unfiltered, vegan, hoppy craft beer. The company was founded in 2014 by three friends and the venue serves from eight taps – four classics and four ever-changing seasonal options. Get cosy at one of the few tables and order a few plates of seafood (we recommend the lobster and crayfish roll and fried seafood balls) to accompany a refreshing pint of Lightbulb beer. verdantbrewing.co Tre, Pol & Pen farm shop, Launceston Cornish produce Just over the Devon-Cornwall border, Tre, Pol & Pen is an encyclopaedic farm shop showcasing the best Cornish ingredients and products, sourced from Launceston to Land’s End. It is an ideal first stop if you are staying in self-catering accommodation while in Cornwall – stock up on fruit and vegetables from the Tamar Valley, its own Red Ruby beef, and creamy Trewithen Dairy products. There is an airy on-site café for light lunches or a caffeine break from driving. trepolandpen.co.uk Origin Roastery, Porthleven Harbourside brews Origin Coffee is one of Cornwall’s greatest foodie success stories – founded by Tom Sobey in 2004, this exceptional specialist coffee roasting company now supplies coffee shops all over the country, with its own cafés in Cornwall, London, Bristol and Edinburgh. The huge roastery is the heart of the business, a great place to enjoy brunch and a perfectly poured cup of coffee. The original Porthleven café nearby is also worth a visit if you fancy a flat white with a harbour view. origincoffee.co.uk Gorse, Newquay Buttery bakes Cornwall might be best known for its traditional savoury pasties but the Gorse team is introducing a (dare we say it) more refined French style of viennoiserie. Housed in a sparse industrial space on the outskirts of Newquay, this creative bakery presents trays of alluring buttery bakes, from Marmite and cheddar swirls to seasonal fruit topped Danish patries. Perch at the communal table, order a coffee and choose from the tempting array of breakfast treats. @gorse_cornwall Four Boys, Wadebridge Local hangout Avoid the Rick Stein fanatics and instead hop on the scenic pedestrian ferry from Padstow to Rock for lunch in peace. This hip café and restaurant overlooks the estuary, and serves a daily menu of comfort food, from sea bass crudo to its iconic smash burger, and meringue with poached rhubarb and cream for dessert. fourboyscafe.co.uk Three foodie day trips around Cornwall Trevibban Mill, Padstow Cornish wine continues to thrive and Trevibban Mill is leading the movement with its award-winning wines. Visit the winery, situated on the slopes of the Issey Brook near Padstow, and enjoy a meal at the in-house restaurant Barnaby’s, which is run by the Prawn on the Lawn team. Guided tours takes place on Wednesdays, Thursdays and Saturdays, while tutored wine tastings are available Tuesday to Saturday. trevibbanmill.com Feasting with Simon Stallard at Hidden Hut, Portscatho Simon Stallard’s alfresco feasts have become a phenomenal sell-out success and have popularised the notion of beach dining in Cornwall. If you don’t manage to book a place at the table for one of his BBQ lobsters and seafood paella events, you can visit his Hidden Hut café for wholesome homemade food after a walk along the Roseland Peninsula. Simon and his wife have also opened Tatams café and The Standard Inn in the nearby town of Portscatho. hiddenhut.co.uk Coombeshead Farm, Launceston Everything you need for the perfect weekend break in Cornwall – a foodie destination (founded by chefs Tom Adams and April Bloomfield) with the added bonus of beautiful bedrooms. Dinner in the barn is a highlight of a stay here but you can also take part in bread making workshops or enjoy a Coombeshead picnic on the grounds surrounding the main house – there’s a reason you’ll find Coombeshead bread on the menu at restaurants up and down the country. coombesheadfarm.co.uk Foodie town spotlight: Newlyn Newlyn is located in south-west Cornwall, next door to the more familiar Penzance. It is a sleepy fishing village and port, and is home to the celebrated fish market that supplies many of Cornwall’s best kitchens. Start the day with a coffee at Lovett’s which uses locally roasted Origin beans and showcases sweet treats from Oona’s Cakes. Lovett’s operates as a specialist wine bar in the evenings so there is reason to go back later in the day. Argoe is found on the water’s edge, serving fresh seafood in a wood-clad building, the succinct menu dictated by the morning’s catch. Tolcarne Inn is the perfect spot for Sunday lunch, a charming historic maritime pub with Ben Tunnicliffe at the helm. An evening meal is best enjoyed at Mackerel Sky, a tiny restaurant lovingly run by Nina and Jamie MacLean, and serves tasty seafood-focussed small plates, from crab nachos to crispy sole with katsu curry sauce. If the weather is playing ball, treat yourself to an indulgent ice cream at Jelbert’s – it only serves vanilla, but make sure you get your ball topped with Cornish clotted cream and a flake! Stay at Chapel House, in the neighbouring town of Penzance, a charming boutique hotel housed in a former arts club. Check out our full guide to the best restaurants in Penzance for more top tips. Where to stay in Cornwall Trevose Harbour House, St Ives Doubles from £165, check availability at booking.com, mrandmrssmith.com or expedia.co.uk Breakfast is an art form at Trevose Harbour House, in the higgledy-piggledy artistic hub that is St Ives (home of the Tate Modern and the Barbara Hepworth Museum). A jaunty boutique B&B, with six nautical-themed rooms, a smattering of Ercol and harbour views, the focus is firmly on local and organic. Start with a smoothie 'shot of the day' then choose from their version of the continental or a hot dish. The continental is a smorgasbord of homemade bircher muesli, granola parfait, organic yoghurt, fresh fruit, seasonal fruit compote, homemade organic multigrain granola, freshly baked pain au chocolat, pain aux raisins and local organic bread smeared with homemade jams. Along with the full English, cooked options include a hot croissant filled with runny Cornish brie, ham and tomato. Doubles from £165, check availability at booking.com, mrandmrssmith.com or expedia.co.uk More travel inspiration... Best day trips from London by train Brighton guide: where locals eat and drink 14 small towns across the UK every foodie should visit The UK's best pubs with rooms UK boutique hotels for food lovers 10 exciting UK city breaks for food lovers Best restaurants with rooms UK spa hotels for food lovers Best romantic UK hotels Best seaside staycations
From country estates with hydro pools to an elegant sanctuary in the capital, here's our round-up of the UK's best spa hotels, all with excellent on-site restaurants
Looking to treat yourself to a spa break? Want to find the best spa hotels with restaurants? Take a look at our pick of spa breaks for food lovers, with picks from hunting lodges in Hampshire to five-star mansions with high-tech wellness in Wiltshire. For more travel inspiration, check out our curation of the best romantic hotels, seaside staycations, boutique hotels in the UK or best European hidden gem hotels for something further afield. Looking for something more out of the ordinary? Find out the best unique UK holiday cottages for foodies, the best hotel baths worth travelling for in the UK or see our extra special best honeymoons for foodies around the world. Best UK spa hotels for food lovers The Retreat at Elcot Park, Berkshire The Retreat at Elcot Park perfectly balances quirky British charm with easy-going luxury. It’s a place where old meets new, refined meets relaxed, and the familiar feels freshly imagined. Just under an hour from London by train, it’s an ideal countryside escape for city dwellers in need of a reset. Food is at the heart of The Retreat’s appeal, with two standout restaurants on site. 1772 Brasserie champions seasonal British cooking, reinventing comforting classics with flair. The Fowey mussels with crusty bread are a must-order; the Somersby cider sauce is so good you’ll want to mop up every drop. For something with a livelier, more social feel, Yü brings a pan-Asian twist to the Berkshire countryside. Think sharing plates of silky black miso cod, spiced aubergine and jewel-like nigiri, sashimi and sushi rolls that are as beautiful as they are delicious. The hotel’s interiors are a joyful mixture of country manor elegance and playful, home-from-home comfort. Expect bold prints, statement art and plenty of cosy corners to sink into. Thoughtful touches run throughout, from the help-yourself pantry, stocked with nostalgic boiled sweets and chilled soft drinks, to the charming Signet Moments that punctuate each stay. There’s The Signet Biscuit Tin, The 4 pm Pour and Nightcap & Natter – three small rituals designed to make guests feel part of something special. The spa experience The spa offers facilities including Himalayan salt, sauna, hydrotherapy pool, aroma steam room, Matrix gym, salt floatation tank, outdoor infinity pool, tennis court, wood fire hot tubs and cold plunge tubs as well as outdoor yoga studio. Treat yourself to a spa day from as little as £40, including breakfast for up to £20 at the brasserie. Rooms from £225, check availability at retreatelcotpark.com or booking.com Saltmoore, Whitby, North Yorkshire Saltmoore is an Insta-ready wellness retreat with strong food credentials on the characterful North Yorkshire coast. This sprawling coastal chic hotel is owned by Love Island alumnus Montana Brown, with food overseen by local chef Tommy Banks of the Michelin-starred The Black Swan at Oldstead. The décor is true to the surrounding landscape – airy, seabreezy spaces and coastal blues, plus botanical notes and earthy, floral colours in ode to the nearby North York Moors, all served up with subtle flamboyance. Rooms are decadently furnished – in The Beach House suites include a rolltop bath in the main room, waterfall shower and opulent king-size bed. In the larger rooms there’s space for additional beds to accommodate families, and pets are welcome in lots of the spaces. Breakfast is a combination of help yourself patisserie, smoothies, cereal and toast, with an additional hot menu from the kitchen featuring pancakes, chorizo shakshuka, eggs served many ways and a full English. For dinner, the smart Brasserie has a Banks-approved selection of modern European bistro dishes and plenty of local fish. In the more casual, family-friendly Beach House the pizzeria has a solid, minimalist menu with Yorkshire charcuterie toppings and signature Saltmoore tiramisu for after. The spa’s Wellness Café serves nourishing salads and colourful smoothies. The spa experience The serene spa has a pool, cryochamber and Himalayan salt thermal room, with Wildsmith holistic treatments on offer. Rooms from £300 at Saltmoore House and £200 at The Beach House, check availability at saltmoore.co.uk, booking.com or mrandmrssmith.com The Nici, Bournemouth Perched on the clifftop coastline of Bournemouth, The Nici offers guests a luxury seaside escape in a modern, sleek hotel and spa. With Insta-worthy interiors and stunning sea views, it’s the perfect place to switch off and indulge in some much-needed R&R. There are two restaurants, each with a distinct offering. Kickstart your morning with a leisurely breakfast at South Beach where you can choose from a classic continental or cooked breakfast, including brunch favourites like avocado on toast or pancakes. It also offers a delectable afternoon tea which you can book as a standalone or as part of a spa day package. For dinner expect Miami-inspired seasonal dishes and familiar favourites like fish and chips and the Big Nic burger and fries on the main menu, with select dishes being available for room service. The second restaurant, Old Harry Rocks, showcases delicious seafood dishes such as rainbow trout served with rosti, and duck egg and lobster linguine. Enjoy with a signature or classic cocktail or mocktails, or something from the extensive wine list. To make the most of the seaside location, book a seaview room so you can wake up to beautiful views of the coast. These rooms also come with a rolltop bath in front of the window to really relax with a view. The spa experience The spa facilities include heated indoor and outdoor pools, a steam room, sauna, hydrotherapy pool and gym. With eight treatment rooms, including a room for two, book one of the many treatments on offer, combining expert techniques and award-winning spa brand, Oskia. We recommend the Nici signature massage for a full hour of pure relaxation. Rooms from £138 per night, check availability at thenici.com or booking.com Scarlet, Mawgan Porth, Cornwall Nestled in the cliffs above Mawgan Porth bay, this boutique, adults-only eco hotel feels like a remote beach hideaway but is just a 10-minute drive from Newquay Airport or 30 mins from Bodmin station. The vibe is relaxed coastal chic with lots of little rooms and nooks to cosy up with a book, play games, get creative with the art supplies or relax with a drink – local art is dotted everywhere. All of the rooms have seaview balconies or terraces so wherever you are you can fall asleep to the sound of waves. The décor is calming, pale wood and pops of colour, deep luxurious baths and powerful waterfall showers with toiletries are from Cornish eco brand Oula. Dogs are very welcome and get their own bed, bowls and treats. Complimentary loose-leaf tea, coffee and water is delivered to rooms day and night on request. The Scarlet restaurant has floor to ceiling windows overlooking the Atlantic and a terrace for sunnier days. The menu offers precise, inventive cooking and an emphasis on seafood. On our visit cured local mackerel and monkfish tail with butter masala sauce were particular highlights. There’s also a well priced wine list with some great Cornish bottles from nearby Trevibban Mill and Polgoon. The upstairs bar has snacks and lighter options such as crab linguine as well as some expertly crafted cocktails. Breakfast is a leisurely affair, served until 11am with no need to book. After a selection of caramelised grapefruit, daily cleansing juices, pastries and granola the hot dishes include full Cornish breakfasts, scrambled eggs with cured trout, pancake stacks and smashed avocado sourdough toast. The spa experience The spa area encompasses a sea-facing pool and steam room, outdoor reed-filtered pool, hot tubs and a wooden sauna hut. There’s also a relaxation space and a path down to the beach for swims or sunset walks, plus complimentary yoga, tai chi and mindfulness sessions. Inspired by Ayurvedic principles, the tented, low-lit treatment rooms give a cocoon-like atmosphere for the likes of the PadaMukha massage, a combined face and foot massage using Ayurvedic oils to restore and reenergise. The Scarlet Reset Break offers a bespoke 1-2-1 fitness and lifestyle consultation followed by personalised sessions and post-stay mentoring to stay on track. Also included is a spa treatment and all breakfasts and evening meals. Rooms from £235 per night on a B&B basis, Scarlet Reset Break from £970 based on two sharing a Just Right room, check availability at booking.com or scarlethotel.co.uk Middleton Lodge, North Yorkshire This Georgian estate tucked away in 200 acres of peaceful North Yorkshire countryside is a destination for serious food lovers and wellness seekers. The jewel in the crown of the estate is Forge, a restaurant that recently earned its first Michelin star, thanks to head chef Jake Jones’s nature-led, hyper-seasonal tasting menus. Dishes highlight foraged ingredients and estate-grown produce, with inventive flavour combinations – dry-aged Nidderdale hogget with summer’s last mint and north coast cod with York asparagus, preserved lemon and English sparkling wine. A standout cheese course of Cashel Blue with pickled walnut, medlar and birch syrup precedes intricate desserts like forced rhubarb tart with custard and toasted milk. Drinks are equally thoughtful, with pairings ranging from a lemon thyme saison by Salt Brewery to a bright ortega from Kent and a rich reserva tinto from Alentejo, Portugal. Coach House offers a more relaxed approach for breakfast, all-day dining and cocktails inside and on the covered terrace, while Forest Spa, next to Forge, has its own light and nourishing spa menu, ideal for pre or post-treatment grazing. Rooms are spread across the estate – from the charming Tack Room with woodburning stove, huge freestanding bath and beamed ceilings, to contemporary suites with outdoor copper tubs and views of wildflower meadows. Interiors mix natural textures with understated luxury: Burlington showers, stone walls, linen drapes, oak floors and velvet armchairs. Outside, the Tom Stuart-Smith designed walled garden is both colourful and serene, adjacent to the working kitchen garden. The spa experience Forest Spa is a soothing, sensory escape. Guest numbers are cleverly limited so it can feel like you have it almost to yourself as you claim your chic green and white striped towel-draped lounger around the stunning 15-metre outdoor pool with views over the countryside. There’s an outdoor hot tub, thermal cabins and a steam room. Cute treatment huts named for herbs growing nearby offer a range of nature-inspired treatments such as massages and Voya seaweed wraps – the signature In Bloom massage is a favourite, blending deep relaxation techniques with aromatic oils to reflect the estate’s gardens through the seasons. Rooms from £235 per night, check availability at middletonlodge.co.uk The Spa at Manor House, Alsager, Cheshire Nestled in the heart of Cheshire’s tranquil countryside, Manor House in Alsager is a hidden gem. Overnight guests will find the hotel rooms comfortable, with all the essentials for a pleasant stay. While they may not match the spa’s lavish opulence, they provide a restful base for an unforgettable spa-centric getaway. The restaurant rounds off the day beautifully – the AA Rosette awarded Stables serves quality seasonal British fare with attentive service that feels both relaxed and refined. Highlights were the spring vegetable pappardelle and the sardines beautifully served on a bed of perfectly ripe tomatoes. The spa experience The spa at Manor House offers an indulgence that feels tailor-made for both special occasions and spontaneous escapes. From the moment you step into its contemporary sanctuary complete with a signature swim-up bar, suspended daybeds and lush spa garden you will feel enveloped in luxury. The facilities are impressively up to date, featuring indoor hydrotherapy pools, aromatic saunas, soothing steam rooms and a sensory herb garden. Every detail suggests thoughtful design, making each corner of the spa feel like a private retreat. The variety of experiences ensures there’s always a new indulgence to discover and the overall atmosphere leaves you feeling truly cherished. Rooms from £255, check availability at booking.com or manorhousealsager.com The Gilpin, Windermere, Lake District The Lakes has an incredible food and hospitality scene, and The Gilpin is up there with the best the area has to offer. The Relais & Châteaux bolthole is set across the two sites – the main Gilpin hotel and the Lake House, which are both a short distance from Lake Windermere – every consideration has been made to ensure your stay is a memorable and ultra-cosy retreat. The 30-room main hotel is plush and characterful but it’s the spa lodges and suites that really take the comfort up a notch. The spa suites are top tier – these open-plan wood and glass lodges are epic in size and luxury, flooded with natural light and decorated with botanical touches to bring the outdoors indoors. The bowl bath and rainforest showers feel extra decadent, as does the private deck overlooking your own pond. As the lodges are located on the elevated, rugged landscape of the Lakes, they offer both magnificent views and privacy. The main Gilpin hotel has two restaurant options – SOURCE and Spice. The Michelin-starred SOURCE is headed by The Fat Duck alumnus Ollie Bridgwater and offers a six or 10-course tasting menu with wine pairings that changes daily. Our menu included refined dishes like scallop, celeriac, truffle & white kelp, Sladesdown duck, beetroot, endive, kampot pepper & parfait, and white chocolate, caviar & hojicha. The more informal option is Gilpin Spice, a buzzy fusion restaurant with an open-plan kitchen. Here, menu highlights include Asian fried chicken, ox cheek rendang, Herdwick lamb rump boti, and sticky Jamaican sponge pudding with a coconut sorbet. Breakfast is served in the main hotel – we recommend the bright and bucolic conservatory. The menu consists of classic dishes like a full English and eggs benedict, alongside buck rarebit with poached eggs. Guests not wanting to leave their cocoon-like rooms can order breakfast and Spice dishes to their room. Afternoon tea is served at the secluded Lake House. Traditional with a gentle twist, we liked the thoughtful savoury options, including a shot of tomato soup and coronation chicken served in pani puri: a nod to a signature dish at Spice. If you're making a weekend of your stay, check out our picks of the best restaurants in the Lake District for more inspiration. The spa experience For the ultimate spa experience, book into a spa suite, where you’ll get your own personal sauna, steam room, massage chair, thermal hot tub and infra-red bed. In-room treatments are available using products from ESPA or local producer The Lakes, and include full-body or localised massages. Spa lodges also have their own facilities, and for those staying in the main hotel, there’s central spa for treatments. Rooms from £305 per night, inclusive of full English breakfast. Check availability at thegilpin.co.uk or booking.com. Lime Wood, Hampshire Secluded in its own estate in the heart of the New Forest, Lime Wood is a luxuriously renovated 13th century hunting lodge. The owner’s outstanding art collection adds a contemporary feel to reception rooms, made cosy with squishy armchairs, crackling fires and heaving bookshelves, set around a chic central atrium with retractable roof. Aperitifs at the bar include a trio of arancini paired with refreshing Americano cocktails and a six-strong espresso martini list. The restaurant, Hartnett Holder & Co, has a hushed, elegant ambience, serving Italian dishes such as house-cured Loch Duart salmon with pickled rhubarb, frilly mafalde pasta with slow-cooked ragu, and monkfish in a spiced shellfish and fennel broth. Finish with a dozen delicate madeleines served hot from the oven in their scalloped tray. A breakfast grazing table awaits in The Scullery come morning, laden with homemade pastries, house-smoked salmon, DIY granola bowls and more, while you decide between cooked-to-order plates such as caramelised pear buckwheat pancakes. The main house features stone fireplaces, Italian marble bathrooms and large sash windows with magical forest views. Other rooms around the estate include Pavilion rooms with forest-fringing patios and rustic-chic forest and lake cabins, the latter perched on the water with a terrace tub and log burner. All are enveloped in country elegance, with upholstered bedheads, Bamford toiletries and mini bars kitted out with New Forest shortbread, Flack Manor Brewery beer and Hambledon sparkling wine. The spa experience A night at Lime Wood includes full use of the Herb House Spa, a serene complex nestled on the forest edge. The sauna and hydro pool have windows to soak up the forest zen before a nature-inspired Ground massage ritual. Take a pilates class, work out in the gym or do laps in the indoor pool and cool off on a lounger amongst the aromatics of the rooftop herb garden. Sip cold press detox juices and CBD drinks while picking from nourishing plates at the adjacent Raw & Cured café, including the likes of British-grown quinoa with harissa roasted cauliflower and house-cured sea bass ceviche in a zingy rhubarb dressing. Rooms from £495 per night including spa access. Check availability at limewoodhotel.co.uk or mrandmrssmith.com The Royal Crescent Hotel & Spa, Bath Few visitors to Bath see beyond the façade of the magnificent Royal Crescent, the city’s most impressive landmark. And even fewer guess that No 16 extends into beautiful hotel gardens with a lavender path – a haven for birds and butterflies – where you can have afternoon tea, cocktails and light lunches. Chef Martin Blake balances simplicity with on-trend touches. Montagu’s Mews’ evening tasting menu starts with tiny canapés of Bath Blue cheese and avocado mousse with cucumber and borage, then shokupan is served; a soft Japanese-style milk bread with Somerset’s Ivy Farm butter and smoked roe studded with salmon ikura. Hollandaise for beef tartare is spiked with Bath Ale and IP8 (beer) vinegar. A forced rhubarb dessert is softened with olive oil and vanilla. The comprehensive wine list includes confident choices such as a barrel-aged assyrtiko. Rooms are built for comfort and luxury, some with terraces and views on to the gardens or over the sweeping lawns of the Crescent. Fireplaces in bedrooms may be filled with decorative pinecones, modern art sits alongside vintage portraits and busts, and the outside is brought in with plants and floral displays. The spa experience The hotel’s five-star spa includes a heated pool with sauna and steam rooms, tranquil treatment rooms, and a small garden where you can relax after a swim, still in your robe. Rooms from £300 per night including spa access. Check availability at royalscresent.co.uk or booking.com The Store, Oxford In Oxford’s newest boutique hotel there are references to its previous incarnation as a department store in playful illustrations dotted throughout communal spaces along within black and white photography of the historic city. Restaurant Treadwell has a comforting menu of ale-battered fish and chips, chicken pie and elevated pastas like pappardelle with red mullet, Pernod and fennel. For breakfast, creative touches like a torched chashu pork benedict complement more traditional choices. Innovative cocktails crafted from regional ingredients are best enjoyed on the roof terrace. The Store's bedrooms and suites feature cosy bedding and soft, calming tones. Many rooms offer stunning views of Oxford’s architecture. Communal areas offer plenty of space to unwind or socialise, and during the week a visible laptop or two suggest it’s a good meeting or coworking place. The spa experience The spa’s super power is its modest size: just three treatment rooms, a steam room, sauna and quiet relaxation space – therapists will schedule your time to ensure you feel the space is all yours. Yoga and PT sessions are also available. Oskia, a brand that uses over 50 nutrients in its formulations, offers reviving facials, massages and body treatments, after which you’ll be offered a choice of calming teas. Doubles from £227. Check availability at booking.com or thestoreoxford.com Four Seasons, Hampshire Set within a restored Georgian manor and surrounded by 500 acres of picturesque countryside, Four Seasons Hampshire offers a refined yet relaxed country retreat. Interiors blend traditional English charm with understated luxury — think grand fireplaces, plush armchairs and elegant nods to the estate’s rich heritage. Wild Carrot, the hotel’s main restaurant, serves up modern British dishes that showcase local produce, from tender Hampshire lamb to perfectly seared sea bass. Breakfasts are equally impressive, with everything from classic full English platters to delicate smoked salmon with scrambled eggs and champagne Bellini's on weekends. For drinks, the cocktail bar’s inventive creations — many inspired by garden herbs and hedgerow fruits — can be enjoyed fireside or on the terrace overlooking rolling meadows. Rooms and suites are generously proportioned, with deep soaking tubs, crisp linens and soft, neutral palettes that echo the natural surroundings. Many offer sweeping views of the grounds or walled gardens, and communal spaces invite you to linger with a book or glass of wine. The spa experience The spa at Four Seasons Hampshire is a sanctuary of calm, housed in a converted 18th-century stable block. Its highlight is the glass-walled indoor pool, which opens onto a vitality pool and sun terrace. Treatments feature acclaimed brands like Dr. Barbara Sturm, 111SKIN and Ila, and they offer everything from tension-releasing massages to skin-brightening facials. There’s also a sauna, steam room and aromatic relaxation lounge to complete the experience. The changing rooms are as luxurious as the spa, with underfloor heating, luxury products and private lockers with dressing gowns, slippers and plush towels. Doubles from £520. Check availability at the Four Seasons Rudding Park, North Yorkshire This 2,000-acre Georgian country estate just outside Harrogate is a lesson in country luxury with a contemporary edge. Stone fireplaces and staircases contrast with pops of colour including pink chandeliers, mustard window seats, striking sculptures and modern art. This playful design extends through to the 89 rooms, split between the original Ribston wing (eight rooms of which have terraces that back onto rhododendrons) and the newer Follifoot wing, its larger rooms boasting standalone baths in copper-tiled bathrooms. All are kitted out with luxuries including tea and coffee from local favourite Taylor’s of Harrogate. Breakfast is taken in all-day restaurant Clocktower, with dishes such as harissa mushrooms on toast and the Full Yorkshire, as well as a modest cold buffet. We recommend finding a spot on the south-facing terrace or beside the 400-year-old olive tree in the conservatory. The hotel’s kitchen garden-led restaurant, Horto, is housed in the swish spa, so expect a relaxed approach, with guests padding through in robes and slippers. Neon canvases, mustard chairs and teal velvet booths beckon punters from the bar, and flashes of florals creep in to complement the garden view. Sharing plates include crisp tempura broccoli, honey roast fig and walnut flatbreads, toasted focaccia club sandwiches and tandoori monkfish kebabs. Hazelnut and chocolate choux are filled with hazelnut praline for a decadent finish. 300 acres of landscaped gardens and woodlands make relaxing walking routes, with views over the golf course all the way to the Kilburn White Horse in the North Yorkshire Moors. The spa experience The impressive spa was the first rooftop spa to open in the UK. Take a leisurely circuit, alternating between hot and cold experiences such as an outdoor hydrotherapy pool, steam rooms and panoramic woodland saunas as well as sunlight therapy rooms, oxygen pods and a dedicated foot spa. Book a 50-minute bespoke treatment (try the invigorating body polish, which includes a heavenly head, neck and shoulder massage) to unlock access to the Escape Zone, a space to sip on herbal teas while wandering between rooms that offer relaxing visual and audio experiences. Rooms from £249 per night. Check availability at ruddingpark.co.uk or booking.com Lucknam Park, Wiltshire This five-star Palladian mansion blends old-school opulence with high-tech wellness, secluded within its own 500-acre estate. A short drive from Bath, Lucknam offers a country retreat as well as a trip back in time, restoring many of its 18th-century features to impeccable condition. Roam around the hotel and you’ll be transported to its aristocratic past, with high-ceilinged rooms furnished with chandeliers and antique furniture. Each of the 42 individually styled rooms evoke Georgian grandeur, with 13 suites offering views stretching out over the manicured lawns. There are also seven chic country cottages within the estate. We stayed in Juliet, a plush suite with first-class attention to detail: fresh fruit, juicy dates, shortbread and champagne all awaited in the lounge, with a Nespresso pod coffee machine, dinky milk bottles and a fridge stocked with soft drinks at our disposal. In the bedroom, a luxurious four-poster bed promised the most luxurious sleep. The bathroom was finished in smooth marble, with underfloor heating and Lucknam branded fig & vanilla toiletries. Head to the most majestic of all the rooms, The Drawing Room, for preprandial cocktails showcasing the premium whiskies lining the bar cart. Make a beeline for the Cotswold Old Fashioned, combining Cotswold Single Malt, vanilla bitters, orange bitters and maple syrup. Lucknam has two restaurant options – Michelin-starred Restaurant Hywel Jones and The Walled Garden Restaurant, the latter being one of the facilities to recently undergo a refurb. It’s a stylish all-day brasserie flanked by floor-to-ceiling windows to invite the outdoors in. Menu highlights include lemon sole with seafood linguine, chicken schnitzel with green beans and caper and lemon butter, and strawberry and pistachio knickerbocker glory. Breakfast is also served here, showcasing West Country produce including sausages from Huntsham Farm, bread from Hall Quality Bakers and strawberries from Cheddar Valley. The spa experience Lucknam’s award-winning spa within the walled gardens brings guests back into the 21st century, with a contemporary complex drenched in light from the towering window walls. Available to use for all guests, the spa includes eight state-of-the-art treatment rooms and four thermal cabins, as well as a programme of wellness classes, including pilates and yoga. You can also book a high-luxury treatment (try the 111SKIN Celestial Black Diamond, a non-surgical lift facial involving 10 steps to lift, contour and boost the skin). Rooms from £472 per night, including spa access and breakfast. Check availability at lucknampark.co.uk, booking.com or mrandmrssmith.com The Gainsborough, Bath This grand neoclassical retreat in the heart of Bath is the only hotel in the UK with direct access to the city’s natural thermal waters. Housed in a 19th-century building originally constructed as a hospital, The Gainsborough Bath Spa now attracts wellness seekers and design lovers alike with its elegant interiors, curated spa rituals and Asian-influenced dining. The Brasserie, led by a team drawing inspiration from the hotel group’s Malaysian heritage, serves dishes include tender charred beef short rib with sesame glaze, the signature Dancing Prawns tossed in a spicy-sweet sambal, and a comforting bowl of laksa spiced coconut soup with noodles, tofu and coriander. A classic afternoon tea is served in the adjacent Canvas Room. Rooms are understated luxe, with high ceilings, velvet armchairs and elegant panelled walls in calming neutrals. Marble tiling, deep tubs and Elemis products make each bathroom special. Some rooms offer in-bathroom access to the healing thermal waters, too. Across the hotel, sustainable practices are quietly integrated: single-use plastics have been eliminated and energy is locally sourced where possible. The spa experience The Spa Village Bath is set beneath a dramatic glass atrium, the thermal bathing circuit guides you through a series of warm and cool pools filled with the city’s mineral-rich waters, alongside saunas, a eucalyptus steam room, an ice alcove and sensory showers. Before and after treatments guests are offered chilled herbal-infused teas, specially blended for their grounding and hydrating properties. Treatment rooms offer deep tissue and aromatherapy massages, facials and full-body rituals. The signature Golden Body Treatment – using Omorovicza’s gold-infused oil and sugar scrub has anti-inflammatory and skin-revitalising effects. Post-treatment, the relaxation room is dimly lit and hushed, with reclining beds and headphones. Even at peak times this spa has a serene, restorative atmosphere. Rooms from £280 per night check availability at thegainsboroughbathspa.co.uk or booking.com Carey's Manor and SenSpa, New Forest This ostensibly small New Forest manor house disguises labyrinthine corridors of 77 rooms and 22,000ft of spa facilities – yet it somehow maintains the vibe of an old-fashioned country pile. The entrance lobby is a case in point, where you can cosy up in front of the log fire or stroll into the bar where the panelling and sofas keep up the period styling. But take a different exit and you’ll find yourself in a mirrored yoga studio or a very modern ice room. There are three restaurants to choose from: French, Thai and the main dining room, which serves intricate British-inspired dishes. Breakfast is not to be missed, thanks to some of the strongest turmeric and ginger shots we’ve ever tasted, delicious spiced poached prunes and pastries, English breakfast classics and smoothies. Walk it all off in the beautiful New Forest countryside, or try an exercise class or visit to the spa if the weather isn’t up to it. The spa experience Guests can use the main pool and there is also a poolside sauna, steam room and hot tub available if you’re staying at the hotel. However, it’s well worth paying £39 for access to the rest of the SenSpa, where it’s easy to while away an hour or two moving between the massage jets in the hydrotherapy suite, the different thermal spa rooms (including a crystal steam room and laconicum) or the experience showers, which replicate an invigorating sea storm or a tropical rainforest downpour, depending on how much of a shock to the system you need. Treatments are gently themed around traditional Thai massage, using the hotel’s own SenSpa products or Espa treatments, and cover the gamut from ayurvedic head massage to a Thai herbal poultice full body massage. Check rates and availability at careysmanor.com, booking.com or spabreaks.com Package: The New Forest Dining Break starts from £259 per room, inclusive of continental breakfast, use of health club facilities (swimming pool, sauna, steam room, hot tub and gym) and dinner at one of three on-site restaurants (£35pp dinner allowance). Please note prices are subject to change. Armathwaite Hall, Bassenthwaite, Lake District On edge of the unspoiled Bassenthwaite Lake you’ll find Armathwaite Hall, an imposing period building with grand lounge rooms, modern suites and a resident cat called Saffy. Warm service awaits in the warren-like hotel, which has two restaurants plus a well-furnished spa. For dinner, the more casual option is The Grill, a classic steakhouse with inventive starters, plenty of main course options and friendly, personable service. Steaks are served with beef dripping chips, grilled veg or salad, and traditional sauces like béarnaise and peppercorn, washed down with fruity red wine. Lake View Restaurant has an elegant, more cheffy menu with favourites like chicken kyiv and crème brûlée, served with a local or seasonal twist – we liked that the brûlée was offset with blood orange sorbet. The breakfast is served in the (hopefully sunny) conservatory and has a self-service continental menu plus a list of classic hot options including a full Cumbrian breakfast, Isle of Man kippers and smoked haddock with hollandaise and eggs. Guests can then head out on one of the many local walks to soak up the epic Lake District landscape, head next door to the Lake District Wildlife Park or just take a stroll down to the edge of Bassenthwaite for a moment of peace. The spa experience The smart spa has an exhaustive treatment list, including walker’s recovery massages for hikers, as well as a range of spa day options like sunset and sunrise sessions. We had a 55-minute full-body massage with a meticulous technician using Templespa products – after we relaxed in the hush room with fruit salad and cucumber water. The facilities are extensive and include an indoor pool, outdoor infinity pool and a strong range of thermal options including sauna and salt aroma room, with invigorating, circulation-firing ice scrub for after. Doubles from £295, check rates and availability at armathwaite-hall.com or booking.com Grantley Hall, Ripon, North Yorkshire Grantley Hall is a masterpiece of refined elegance and understated opulence. As you approach the grand entrance, a smartly dressed staff member greets you with warmth, setting the tone for your visit. The drive through the picturesque estate, with its beautifully manicured gardens and rolling Yorkshire countryside, is breathtaking. The historic house, thoughtfully extended over centuries, cleverly blends heritage with modern sophistication. The suites are luxurious, with exceptional attention to detail. Plush furnishings, exquisite design and state-of-the-art amenities create a sense of comfort and indulgence. Unlike some luxury establishments where grandeur can feel unapproachable, the charm of Yorkshire hospitality ensures guests feels special and right at home. Dining at Grantley Hall is like a journey in itself. With a selection of world-class restaurants, including Shaun Rankin’s Michelin-starred fine-dining experience, the culinary offerings are exceptional. Your evening begins in an elegant lounge, where staff eloquently introduce the menu and guide you through a curated selection of drinks. In the restaurant the experience unfolds with precision and artistry, featuring Shaun’s signature creations, such as his reimagined childhood favourite, bread and butter, a tasteful nod to traditional bread and dripping. From the impeccable service to the breathtaking setting and world-class cuisine, Grantley Hall is an experience where history, luxury and warm Yorkshire hospitality come together perfectly. The spa experience Grantley Hall’s spa and wellness facilities offer a serene retreat boasting indoor and outdoor pools, a cutting-edge hydrotherapy suite and a state-of-the-art gym. The unique snow room offers an invigorating experience, leaving guests feeling refreshed, revitalised and perfectly chilled. The expertly curated treatments, delivered in sumptuously designed treatment rooms, provide a haven of relaxation and restoration. Whether savouring an afternoon tea, unwinding with a crafted cocktail in the bar or basking in the estate’s tranquil beauty, Grantley Hall is a true sanctuary. Ideal for a romantic escape or an indulgent retreat, it is a destination that surpasses expectations. Doubles from £575, check availability at mrandmrssmith.com or booking.com Rockliffe Hall, Darlington Self-taught chef James Close spends any spare time he has travelling the world for food inspiration. Looking for a new challenge he joined Rockliffe Hall as culinary director and opened dinner-only TERRA in the space used as the spa’s café during the day, while the hotel builds a completely new restaurant space opening in 2025. Although billed as a modern bistro, the level of skill and detail in dishes such as prawn and crab toast; burnt lime hamachi ceviche; wagyu tournedos rossini speak to his Michelin star background (two stars at his previous home, The Raby Hunt), while gratinated gnocchi and tropical baked alaska hit the comfort food bullseye. During the day, the space is called Nu Sana and offers buddha bowls, burgers and brunches with plenty of vegan options. The spa experience The award-winning Spa at Rockliffe Hall spans 50,000 square feet, including a 20m indoor pool, hydro pool, monsoon showers, thermal suite and outdoor hot tub, plus a dedicated wellness restaurant, Nu Sana, with in-robe dining welcome daily. The spa treatment menu combines holistic spa rituals with results-driven treatments. Most recently, the hotel partnered with Proverb – the sustainable beauty and bodycare company – to offer guests a 'skin fitness' journey with a new stretch and align massage treatment. The sumptuous Spa Garden includes a sauna, private infinity pool with sweeping views of the grounds and beyond, plus tepidarium beds. Guests can enjoy the private space while sipping on Piaff champagne. Access to the spa is included for guests of the hotel throughout their stay, though not including treatments. The Spa Garden is £25 per person for guests staying at the hotel, while day and evening packages are also available to non-guests. Rooms from £390 per night. Check availability at booking.com or rockliffehall.com Four Seasons Park Lane, London Four Seasons Park Lane is a short walk from Hyde Park, the theatre district and a wealth of London attractions, but is situated on a serene street away from the hustle of the city. The hotel feels luxurious from the moment you’re ushered into the dramatic lobby, but the atmosphere is relaxed and unpretentious. You’ll find sleek rooms with plush beds, decadent marbled bathrooms and plenty of added little luxuries from room sprays to a pillow menu, they take sleep very seriously here. Dining at the hotel’s Pavylon restaurant is an all-round immersive experience, request a counter seat and the theatre you’ll spectate will rival any of the West End shows. Headed up by multi Michelin-starred chef Yannick Alléno, it took him less than a year to win a star for Pavyllon. Them menu focuses on French classics using the finest British ingredients, each dish is presented like a work of art but the balance of flavours is where the real power in his dishes is held. You can expect plates like monkfish tail seared with black pepper oil, succulent Lake District lamb cutlets and flambéed cherries with almond ice cream. Breakfast is served a la carte and includes British and French classics, the Parisian omelette with ham, Comté cheese sauce and parsley is perfection, you’ll find plenty of freshly squeezed juices, pastries and exceptionally good coffee on the menu too. The spa experience Situated at the very top of the hotel you’ll find dramatic city views from the changing rooms and gym, the sleek spa is home to a salt-wall sauna, eucalyptus steam room and huge vitality pool which is difficult to tear yourself away from. The treatment menu offers everything from personalised facials to immersive sound bath healing. The Gastronomic Getaway starts from £214 per person, including an overnight stay with full use of the spa, a signature cocktail at Bar Antoine, six course tasting menu at Pavylon and a Four Seasons breakfast the next morning. Check availability at Four Seasons Park Lane. Cliveden House, Berkshire Sink into grandeur at this mansion retreat where a clocktower distracts from the time with its gilding. Inside, mahogany panelling is studded with oil paintings of former residents, including Frederick, Prince of Wales (mid-1700s) and socialite Nancy Astor (circa 1908) gazing demurely over a bared shoulder by the yawning fireplace. Cliveden also hosted the Profumo scandal, recapped by our concierge as we pass the outdoor pool where, in 1961, Christine Keeler frolicked with the Secretary of State. We’re shown to the Prince of Wales suite, boasting three fireplaces and sweeping views of formal gardens and the Thames cleaving through forested hills. It comes with access to the Butler’s Pantry for complimentary drinks and snacks. Cocktails in the library nod to the past. The Profumo is richly fruity (lychee and strawberry liqueurs topped with champagne) but we opted for the Prince of Wales, a toned down version with maraschino and bitters. Dinner echoes Cliveden’s initial use as a hunting lodge, with a silky venison tartare among the raw starters, then a surprisingly dainty slow-cooked guinea fowl. Desserts are generally rich with cream, but the lime macaron with lemon sorbet delivers a clean finish. Cooked breakfast is served in the same formal dining room but do venture next door where the continental is beautifully presented in baroque surroundings. The spa experience The ‘Profumo pool’ and hot tubs are cloistered by the old stables, which now house the indoor facilities (pool, jacuzzi, sauna and steam room) in neoclassical style, complete with wafting voile curtains. Massage treatments are administered with lotions specially formulated for Cliveden by Oskia – the Nancy, floral with berries and wild mint, or the spicier Anna Maria with black rose, named after the mistress to the second Duke of Buckingham. Opt for a facial and you’ll be treated to a comforting candle-wax massage between rounds with the Theragun, delivering gentle vibrations and a brightening wash of LED light. Rooms from £445 per night including spa access. Check availability at clivedenhouse.co.uk or booking.com The Bath Arms, Wiltshire Established in 1736 and bordering the Longleat Safari Estate (just 35-minutes outside Bath), the dog-friendly Bath Arms instantly envelopes you in its quiet rural setting. Its Elizabethan architecture, open fires and rustic comforts are mixed with an unpretentious chicness; you’re as perfectly placed sipping an RBO gin fizz with Tack Room rhubarb & blood orange as a Beckford Craft Lager in its deep leather armchairs. Five of the house’s 17 country rooms are in the converted stable block, set around a quiet courtyard next to the main house. Siberian goose down duvets, Mozzo cafetière coffee, Prince & Sons tea, and bathrooms stocked with Bramley Bath products create an indulgent haven for retiring. Guest-dining is an elegant but comfortably unfussy affair, with a seasonally curated menu of estate and locally sourced produce. Heralding from Dartmoor’s hills, venison strip loin is a must-try, served sliced on finely shredded sauerkraut with smoked pancetta, celeriac, confit kohlrabi and finished with poached blackberries. It’s a triumph, cooked with the same care that pairs tender pan-fried pigeon breast with Jerusalem artichoke, hazelnut dressing and a split 8-year-old cabernet vinegar. Armagnac prunes bring an adult, jammy richness to the duck egg custard tart with apple purée and a scoop of salted caramel ice cream for pudding. A playful addition to the breakfast menu is eggy bread with maple syrup and bacon. Look out for the DIY Bloody Mary cocktail station, too. The spa experience Overlooking The Bath Arms’ beehives and the Somerset countryside beyond, you'll find the Bramley Treatment Cabin – a new mini spa by the Beckford Group. Its personalised face and body treatments use the locally made Bramley Skin range, founded in 2009 with sustainably sourced and cruelty-free ingredients. Massages are priced from £50 up to £85 for a full body 90-minute therapy. The Apple Peel AHA Facial (45 min, £50) is among four on offer, using glycolic, lactic, and malic acids for rejuvenating skin. There’s even a head-to-toe nurturing treatment for mothers-to-be, to help ease tiredness and reduce stress on joints. Rooms from £140 per night. Check availability at batharmsinn.com or mrandmrssmith.com Dormy House Hotel, Cotswolds Despite the grandeur, this 17th-century Cotswolds farmhouse-turned-spa-hotel is as welcoming as it is luxurious. There are 38 bedrooms spread across the main house and farmhouse outbuildings, including two Hot Tub Suites in individual cottages with their own private patios. The Shed serves hearty pub-style food (think spiced cauliflower pie and double-patty burgers) in a low-key setting, while The Back Garden celebrates homegrown produce with simple, seasonal dishes. This is also where the lavish breakfast buffet is served, that includes a DIY bloody Mary bar as well as homemade yoghurts, honeycomb, fruit and an ample a la carte menu. If you’re celebrating a special occasion, book a fun and intimate chef's table experience MO for an eight-course tasting menu including the likes of smoky barbecue monkfish, white asparagus with seaweed, fennel and lime and heritage beef fillet with pickled turnips, watercress and wild garlic. The spa experience The recently updated spa offers guests an indoor/outdoor blend of therapies, there’s a serene indoor pool, terrace hot tub with outdoor fire and a scandi-style thermal suite including an indoor shower with choice of forest mist, tropical rain or arctic blast for the brave. Treatments take place in plush, candle-lit rooms and options include a rejuvenating stretch and align massage which is perfect for those who’ve spent too long over a laptop. There’s a floatation tank and wave touch massage on offer for those who’d prefer a private treatment without a therapist. The greenhouse offers freshly blended smoothies, ginger shots, CBD drinks and nutritious snacks and light lunches, as well as its very own sun terrace so you can soak up some Cotswold rays. Rooms from £309 per night, check availability at dormyhouse.co.uk or booking.com Coworth Park, Berkshire An idyllic countryside escape set in 240 acres of parkland with five-star service, a blissful spa and Michelin-starred food. A modern country house hotel, Coworth Park is light and airy in shades of cream and gold with fun horse motifs throughout, reflecting its equestrian heritage – it’s home to Guards Polo Academy and hosts tournaments throughout the season. Luxurious rooms – spread out between the main house, converted stables and private cottages – feature four poster beds and copper roll-top baths. There are three restaurants, the Spatisserie (see below), the Barn serving smart takes on British classics, and the jewel in the crown, Michelin-starred Woven by Adam Smith. At Woven, the menu is a celebration of homegrown produce, from Cornish crab to Devon chicken, with a strong focus on English wine. Dinner is a five-course affair, dishes are fun and innovative, and there’s incredible attention to detail. Highlights include coronation chicken skewers; a bread basket with an outrageously cheesy croissant; and a bite-sized potato truffle tart with light-as-air pastry. Breakfast (not included in the room rate) is served at Woven, and you might need a swim first to work up an appetite – there’s a continental buffet loaded with homemade muesli, seasonal fruit and pastries, followed by eggs and avocado or, if you’re really hungry, toasted crumpet with Tunworth, sticky short rib, mushrooms and a fried egg. The spa experience The spa has a pool with underwater music, a steam room, experience shower, gym, treatment rooms and a Spatisserie offering healthy platters. Treatments take place on warm beds and are so incredibly relaxing, falling asleep is inevitable. Options include massages, facials and reflexology, and showcase Ishga products, a Scottish organic seaweed skincare range. Superior stable room from £545 per night, includes use of the spa facilities, check availability at dorchestercollection.com/ascot/coworth-park or mrandmrssmith.com Beaverbrook Hotel & Spa, Surrey Set in the golf courses of the Surrey commuter belt, Beaverbrook is an oasis of luxury where you'll dine and be pampered to the highest of standards. As the former home of Lord Beaverbrook, minister for War Production during WWII (he saw the potential of the Spitfire aircraft, now a symbol of British victory) and owner of the Express newspapers, there are nods to his famous connections and achievements throughout. Tiny Spitfires adorn the porters’ lapels and cocktail napkins, with the distinctive shape is even used for a bunker on the resort’s golf course. The Elizabeth Taylor Suite once housed the star, while there are photos of Beaverbrook’s friends, Winston Churchill and Alfred Hitchcock, in the library and cinema room. Rooms in the main house are quite special, and all the facilities are close at hand. Guests in the Village (which was opened in December 2023 and feels more family-orientated) have their own golf buggy to drive around. The four restaurants cover all tastes. Top billing is justifiably given to the gourmet Japanese Dining Room, but even the more kid-friendly fare in newly-opened Mrs Beeton’s is superior – with the dressed crab a highlight and the crunchy triple-cooked chips some of the best we’ve tried. For a real treat, head to breakfast in the Dining Room, where fresh cold-pressed juices, homemade compotes and truffled eggs – complete with chunky silver tableware – are the epitome of indulgence. The spa experience Two pools (indoor and outdoor), a jacuzzi, steam room and sauna are available to guests for some relaxation. The outdoor pool is heated to 29C – a toasty temperature for a winter swim. Between the massages, facials and personal training, yoga or pilates sessions – plus the relaxation room with its glass log burner and the spa café with wood-fired pizza oven – it’s easy to spend the best part of the day here. But, if you need a change of scenery, you can walk straight from the grounds out into the surrounding Surrey hills. Rooms from £553 per night including spa access. Check availability at beaverbrook.co.uk or mrandmrssmith.com Pan Pacific London, London Pan Pacific might be moments away from the bustling streets of Brick Lane and Spitalfields Market, but inside it’s an oasis of calm. The hotel’s ethos is to bring a slice of the Singapore experience to London, and you’ll find that influence in everything from the Kopi Tiam afternoon tea to the vibrant hotel bar Ginger Lily, where the attentive staff will mix you up a signature Singaporean classic or a contemporary creation, depending on your own unique tastes. Breakfast is served in Straits Kitchen and you'll find an opulent buffet with a choice of Asian and English classics, from freshly made omelette to beautifully fragrant Won Ton noodle soups. All rooms feature king size beds, expansive marble bathrooms and luxury bathroom products, but the views across the city are what make this hotel standout, you can admire the glittering lights and striking contrast of old and new architecture from the comfort of your very own bed, it might be hard to leave. The spa experience A night at Pan Pacific includes full use of the wellbeing floor, start your morning with a luxurious swim in the balmy and impressively large infinity pool, floor to ceiling windows offer you far-reaching views over Bishopsgate Plaza as you practice your front crawl. There are plenty of sun loungers to recline on in the light-flooded relaxation area and a mindfulness studio where you’ll find yoga classes, meditation, pilates and gong therapy. The bougie experience continues in the changing rooms with Diptyque products and a smart sauna and steam room for the ultimate heat experience. There are a range of treatments on offer from a rhythmical bamboo massage to a lymphatic drainage massage. Rooms from £395 per night including spa access. Check availability at panpacificlondon.com Sopwell House, St Albans Tucked away down a country lane in the historic Roman city of St Albans lies Sopwell House, a modernised Georgian property with a newly refurbished spa, plush bedrooms, and fine dining at its award-winning Omboo restaurant. Omboo offers a sharing menu inspired by the spice routes of Asia and the far east. Highlights include pulled duck, cashew and orange salad, and melt in the mouth miso-glazed black cod. Afternoon tea features tiered stands of delicate cakes (don’t miss the matcha cherry mousse), traditional finger sandwiches and warm scones. Swing by the Octagon bar to discover a little of Sopwell’s history through its carefully curated menu; The Battenberg Wine cocktail is a tribute to Lord Mountbatten, who was a former owner of the estate. The hotel has 128 guest rooms, 16 of which make up the exclusive Mews courtyard – the place to stay if you’re looking for luxury. Rooms are elegant and cosy with duck-feather duvets and super king-sized beds. The spa experience A trip to Sopwell wouldn’t be complete without a visit to the world-class Cottonmill spa. A spa day includes use of the indoor pool, vitality pools, gym, sauna, steam room and poolside terrace. Upgrade to a Club package for use of the state-of-the-art relaxation rooms, a heated indoor and outdoor infinity pool and spa gardens. Don’t miss the botanical steam room and sensory deprivation pods for the perfect way to unwind. Rooms from £239 per night including spa access. Check availability at sopwellhouse.co.uk or booking.com South Lodge, Sussex Located in the verdant Sussex countryside is South Lodge, with its dark wood interiors and plush carpets, and the air of a grand private home. The staff here are friendly and attentive, in a way you rarely see in hotels today. There are 88 rooms ranging from smart standards to luxurious suites and cottages. Our room had views over the gardens with a luxuriously large bed, soft pillows, a coffee machine and sizeable bathroom with a bath and Molton Brown toiletries. There was a handy tablet for ordering room service, snacks, fresh milk or late-night desserts. Not to mention a pillow menu, ensuring you get the best night’s sleep. There are multiple restaurants and bars, so you’re spoilt for choice when it comes to food and drink. Try Camellia or book The Pass for intimate Michelin-star dining. Head Chef Ben Wilkinson changes the menu with the seasons – during our stay we enjoyed scallop on a bed of sweet roasted squash with rich almond foam and salty coppa ham, succulent roast venison with liver dumpling, toasted hazelnuts and bitter leaves, and a wonderfully sweet-sour dessert of blackberry, yogurt and lemon thyme. With interesting wine pairings, like crisp Slovenian Pinot Gris, and a course of fantastic local cheeses, this is the kind of meal you won't forget. The spa experience Sweat it out in the sauna, swim lengths in the infinity pool, take a dip in the outdoor pool or watch the sunset from the bubbling jacuzzi. For an extra treat, indulge in a massage, facial or nail treatment. Included in your booking is breakfast in Camellia or brunch in the dairy-free Botanica restaurant located in the spa. Rooms from £415 per night including spa access. Check availability at exclusive.co.uk/south-lodge or booking.com The Beaumont Hotel, London Old school opulence and faultless hospitality are the name of the game at The Beaumont. The polished walnut panelling, shiny marble floors and gilded edges set the scene as you walk into the Art Deco-style lobby. Suites are just as plush, with luxurious touches and 5-star attention to detail: Beaumont-stamped chocolate, sweets and snack jars all waited in our room, while sustainable toiletries were by heritage London perfumer D.R Harris. Rooms and suites are stylish, ultra-comfy and peaceful, cocooned from the busy Central London streets below. There’s even a room designed by artist Antony Gormley. The hotel’s Colony Grill is an elevated take on an NYC steakhouse, serving classics done with serious panache. It’s dimly-lit, intimate and elegant, with colourful wall paintings and retro booth seating. Everything on the menu is that little bit extra: the tame-sounding shrimp cocktail arrives as grand whole prawns fanning from a stemmed bowl; the steak is salt-aged in-house and served with whipped bearnaise; you can build-your-own sundae using a fun tick sheet (we added a chestnut and rosemary ice cream to ours). Breakfast is served in The Colony Grill and is just as chic as dinner. We ate smoked salmon, scrambled egg and brioche with house-pressed pomegranate juice, but the made-to-order menu is huge and includes signature hashes, cold breakfasts, pancakes, French toast and eggs served every which way you can imagine. The Viennoiserie table included almond croissant, cinnamon rolls and pain au chocolat, all made in the Beaumont bakery. Service is impeccable. The spa experience The peaceful basement spa at the Beaumont has a really fun USP – its range of hammam treatments. We experienced the Signature Hammam which involved an invigorating exfoliation using black olive savon noir scrub and an enriching rose & geranium clay. You can follow up with a massage treatment, or enjoy the facilities which include two steam rooms and one of London’s only cold water plunge pools. Rooms from £648 per night. Check availability at thebeaumont.com or booking.com The Tawny Hotel, Staffordshire The Tawny Hotel guarantees a truly restful experience away from the stresses of modern life. Set on a staggering 70 acres, there’s plenty to explore – stroll around the lake, heave a game of life-sized chess on the hill, or walk deeper into the woods. Welcoming staff are on-hand for a buggy around the grounds. The Shepherd's Huts with log burners are a cosy option, or fully immerse yourself in nature in one of the Hillside Treehouses or Retreats. Botanical embroidered blackout curtains ensure a restful night’s sleep. Land & Water shower and body products feel luxurious on the skin and provide refreshing fragrances of grapefruit, orange and samphire extract. The fluffy white towels and bathrobes are perfect for wrapping up in after a dip. Floor to ceiling windows make the stunning views the central focus of the room, and although there is a TV, guests are encouraged to leaf through books on forest bathing and poetry. The complimentary mini bar is well-stocked with local beers from Lymestone brewery, carbon neutral soft drinks and celebratory bubbles, as well as an array of ethical organic coffee pods from Cru Kafe (with your own coffee machine) and breakfast and herbal teas. Breakfast and dinner are served at the stylish modern Plumicorn restaurant; if you’re early enough for breakfast, you can watch the sun rise from the double height 180-degree windows. Choose a freshly cooked dish from the menu – including traditional Staffordshire oat cakes – and serve yourself a selection of fresh fruit, yogurt, charcuterie, pastries and fresh juices. At dinner, you'll find an extensive wine list with traditional and new world wines, local ingredients and options for a variety of dietary requirements. Room service is available if you’d rather not venture out of your calming oasis. The spa experience Choose from a variety of personalised spa experiences at the Thatched Cottage, the on-site treatment room. The wellness therapists are trained in the GAIA method, natural skincare products handmade in Britain. Bespoke massages start with a relaxing foot soak and scrub while you pick your massage oil aroma of choice. Calming music, along with the sound of birdsong from outside, create a truly blissful experience. Afterwards, enjoy a dip in the nearby outdoor pool. Sitting below the Plumicorn, it has the same exceptional views of the lush grounds. Order a poolside drink or simply lap up the incredibly fresh air as you relax in the year-round heated water, set to a warm 31C. Or, relax in the privacy of your own freshwater hot tub on your decking while taking in the magnificent views. Rooms from £250 per night. Check availability at thetawny.co.uk The Eastbury, Dorset Slow down, de-stress and be cosseted at this character-packed hotel in the Dorset market town. Guests can stay in the main Georgian townhouse, Potting Shed rooms in the walled garden or in Eastbury Cottage, with each accommodation offering laid-back vibes and a homely atmosphere. Guests can venture outside the grounds to explore the town’s food and craft markets, as well as Sherborne Castle (and sample The Castle’s wines in the Eastbury’s bar for good measure). On the menu, Chef Matthew Street works with local suppliers and some further afield to ensure his menus offer the best ingredients: Devon crab from Paignton is served with a chilled cucumber and wasabi soup for starters, followed by satisfying mains such as Japanese braised pork belly with miso broth, and burrata and ricotta agnolotti with parmesan crisp. Alternatively, for a more intimate evening, there’s the option to book the garden pod; a unique glass snug looking out across the lawn, furnished with plump cushions, soft blankets and ambient lighting. Interior designer Kathleen Fraser balances muted tones of pale blue and green with colourful prints and interesting textures throughout. The new Eastbury Cottage adjacent to the hotel has three delightfully cosy bedrooms, one with a free-standing bath as well as a separate modern shower room. Standout features include the inglenook fireplace, low beams, a well-equipped kitchen, and sunny private garden with hot tub and dining area. The spa experience The hotel’s small but deluxe garden spa comes with hot tubs and a steam room for fully fledged relaxation. Rooms from £250 per night including spa access. Check availability at theeastburyhotel.co.uk or booking.com Merchant's Manor, Falmouth Merchant's Manor is an Edwardian manor house turned boutique hotel in a foodie corner of Cornwall, with 39 rooms, two luxurious self-catering apartments and a polished restaurant celebrating the area’s culinary riches. Despite the hotel’s century-old beating heart, the decor feels box-fresh – calm, muted tones, parquet flooring, wood panelling, ornate coving and snuggle-into arm chairs. If you’re craving space, or arrive as a gaggle of guests, go for one of the stand-alone residencies. Ask for the Lookout for the best sea views once the Cornish mizzle clears. Clad with reclaimed timber and home to two double bedrooms and two Pinterest-perfect bathrooms, it also stretches to a kitchen, lounge and dining area, plus a private hot tub. Arrive early so you can make the most of the welcome hamper, bulging with homemade scones, jars of clotted cream and jam, freshly baked bread, fudgy brownies, Cornish Furniss ginger biscuits and chilled fizz from Padstow vineyard Trevibban Mill. Even the tea (Tregothnan) is locally grown. Breakfast is an impressive spread with as much attention to detail as lunch and dinner. With toast there’s local honey, Cornish jams and freshly ground nut butter. Overnight oats and homemade granola are offered with freshly stewed rhubarb and Trewithan Dairy yogurt, nuts and seeds while orange juice is swapped for Polgoon Cornish apple juice and a DIY bloody mary station. There are warm croissants, cheese and hams, plus a selection of hot breakfasts, including the classics and vegan options. The must-order, though, is buttery hot-smoked mackerel with chive butter, grilled tomato and poached eggs. The spa experience The Linen Rooms spa offers a selection of massage treatments from hot stone massages to the 'work it out' massage and pamper packages. Blow off steam in the indoor pool, then enjoy afternoon tea or snack on small plates. Day passes to the spa are available. Doubles from £141. Check availability at booking.com or expedia.co.uk Seaham Hall, County Durham A short amble away from the rugged Durham Heritage Coast lies Seaham Hall Hotel, a beautiful hotel and spa just outside the village of Seaham, around 30 minutes’ drive east of Durham. The imposing Georgian country house is home to 21 huge suites as well as a luxurious Asian-themed spa. We stayed in an executive suite, which ticked all the five-star hotel boxes: a huge king-size bed with a ‘pillow menu’, a beautiful white-tiled bathroom with walk in shower, freestanding bath and fancy Elemis toiletries, and the fluffiest robes and slippers. In the separate lounge area, squishy sofas, a Nespresso machine, a fridge with free soft drinks and huge windows out onto the garden meant we had everything we needed for a good few hours’ lounging. For dinner we visited Byron’s Restaurant. This is Seaham Hall’s fine dining offering and the vibe is one of opulent indulgence (Lord Byron has history here – he married the daughter of a past owner). A pewter-topped oak bar sweeps along one side of the grand high-ceilinged room. Prized tables are the velvet-lined curved booths in the corners of the room and the rest is made up of intimate small tables. Afternoon tea is also a highlight at the hotel. Served in the lounge at the back of the hotel, overlooking immaculately tended gardens, it’s not to be missed. The spa experience After a brisk walk along the coast (a path at the back of the hotel leads you directly down to the sea) we attempted to burn off some more calories before dinner with a trip to the Serenity Spa. Even if you are not booked in for a treatment the spa facilities are great. As well as a huge pool surrounded by loungers there is a separate hydrotherapy pool, plunge pools, salt sauna, Indian steam room, jacuzzi and outdoor hot tub. You can even pop into the next-door Ozone restaurant in your robe for a coffee or a glass of fizz. Check rates and availability at seaham-hall.co.uk Sofitel St James, London Looking for a day spa option? Boasting a 60-minute massage, three-course meal by a Michelin-starred chef and spritz cocktail, all for just £130, there’s no need to feel guilty about pampering yourself with the Spa and Spritz for One at Sofitel London St James by Pall Mall. As well as being fantastic value for money, the seasonal spa menu by Anthony Demetre at Wild Honey is light and elegant without feeling puritanical. A crisp and yielding pig’s head terrine is among the starters, and mains might include tender rabbit in a gloriously sticky jus, or miso-glazed Cornish skate with a refined take on cheesy peas. Ask about the tart of the day and snap up the gypsy tart if it’s on offer – lusciously dark with caramelised muscovado sugar, yet not too sweet. All this comes after the massage and before the spritz. In summer, watch the world go by on a Parisian-style terrace with one of six cocktails, including an understated pear and ginger, signature blends with rose or grapefruit, or the classic Aperol. In chillier weather, huddle up with a drink in the cosy art deco bar. The spa experience From the top of your head to the tips of your toes, no aching muscle will be left untended in the thorough, full-body massage that comes with this package. Sip a herbal tea (served with buttery shortbread) while you wait and choose your oils – among them, Sothys’ zesty orange blossom and cedarwood, or festive cinnamon and ginger – then settle in for an hour of warm, enveloping luxury. Given you’re just a stone’s throw from Piccadilly Circus, the spa area is a quiet haven, but the relaxation room is small, so be mindful that you may be relegated to the armchair rather than one of three luxe recliners. In all, though, for the money being asked, this is five-star treatment at a steal. Spa & Spritz for One package, £130, at sofitellondonstjames.com More hotel guides Best hotels in Wales Best health and wellness retreats Best Scottish hotels Best hotels in London Best UK boutique hotels Best hotels in the Cotswolds Best Cornwall hotels Best hotels in the Lake District Best London hotel bars to visit Best romantic hotels in the UK European hidden gems: hotels off the beaten track Best Paris hotels Best Spanish hotels Best Italian hotels Best restaurants with rooms in the UK Best Amsterdam hotels Best foodie day trips from London by train
Best restaurants in St Albans: where to eat and drink
The best food spots to try in St Albans, including the city’s most popular pizzeria, sharing tacos and our favourite farm shop cafés, restaurants and bakeries
Looking for restaurants in St Albans? Want to know where to eat in the cathedral city? Locals Cassie Best and Charlotte Morgan share their insider tips for the best places to eat in St Albans, including where to find the best cocktails, cinnamon buns and tacos. For more travel guides, check out our best foodie day trips from London by train and small towns across the UK that every foodie should visit. Also discover our pick of the best restaurants in Winchester, best restaurants in Oxford and best restaurants in Cambridge. Best places to eat and drink in St Albans Vesper – best for late-night small plates and martinis Vesper is a restaurant within a restaurant, tucked into an intimate corner of The Hub on Verulam Road. You might already know this space for its sun-trap terrace, hidden cinema room, summer BBQs, excellent roasts or as a great place to work from during the day. Its latest incarnation, however, has really put it on the food map. Open in the evenings only, Vesper feels like a distinct destination in its own right. I visited on a Friday night and immediately loved the glamorous feel: low lighting, deep, rich décor and a buzzy yet cool atmosphere. The menu focuses on modern European small plates from chefs Drew Knight (also behind Hazels) and Myles Fensom, designed for sharing but each generous enough to enjoy solo. We started with wedges of smoky grilled focaccia and aïoli to whet the appetite alongside an apéritif. Martinis are a big part of the experience here and the tableside trolley is a lovely touch. I went for the seasonal spiced pear martini which I enjoyed immensely. The BBQ XL prawns with garlic butter and green chilli aïoli were a standout – plate-sized and not to be missed. The barbecued whole Cornish seabass with XO sauce and burnt lemon was beautifully cooked, tender and juicy, while the Basque-style slow-cooked pork belly with romesco and crisp crackling was exceptional. Sides deserve a special mention, too, particularly the patatas bravas and creamed spinach with nutmeg. Koffmann fries were also everywhere you looked resulting in some serious chip envy. The dessert menu leans heavily towards after-dinner cocktails and dessert wines, so if you’re after pudding you may feel slightly short-changed. vesperstalbans.com Iberos – best for small plates This new counter-style restaurant is inspired by the tabernas of Spain and Portugal, and it’s quickly become one of my favourite recent openings in St Albans. I’ve visited twice since it opened in November, drawn back by its buzzy atmosphere and sleek, modern décor. It feels like exactly what the city has been missing, bringing to mind stylish London spots such as Oma or Bocca di Lupo – somewhere to meet friends for a glass of wine and a few plates, without committing to a long, formal meal. I kicked things off with an Agua de Verano cocktail, a refreshing mixture of cava, gin, orange blossom and orange bitters, though I was also tempted by the spiced winter sangria. The wine list focuses exclusively on Spain and Portugal, and there are thoughtful non-alcoholic options too: the olive lemonade is excellent (also great over dry sherry and ice). Food-wise, start at the bar with buttery jamón ibérico cebo de campo, carved in front of you, alongside salt cod fritters with aïoli, and creamy Olavidia goat’s cheese drizzled with honey. A small selection of larger plates changes seasonally. On my last visit, highlights included fried ceps with an oozy egg yolk and a gloriously fatty (in the best way) ibérico pork chop with artichoke hearts. I’m told the skate wing is not to be missed, so that’s next on my list. Desserts are intentionally limited: almond torte, wine-poached pear and what’s fast becoming a signature: panna cotta with olive oil and sea salt. I went for the latter and can confidently call it my favourite dessert of the year, best enjoyed with a glass of oloroso. Iberos is walk-in only, so get there early if you want one of the few tables at the back. iberos.co.uk Dylans at The Kings Arms – best for cosy, seasonal gastropub dining Wander down the cobblestoned George Street in St Albans’ Cathedral Quarter (flat shoes recommended) and you’ll find Dylans at The Kings Arms, one of the city’s oldest and cosiest pubs, set inside a beautiful 15th-century Tudor building. It’s my go-to local for an after-work drink, mainly because of its fantastic bar snacks – don’t miss the smoked duck scotch egg with Guinness brown sauce. This is a proper neighbourhood gem, loved by locals for its warm, unfussy hospitality, an impressive line-up of craft beers, specialist wines and spirits, and a comforting but elevated British dining menu. The food is all about simplicity and quality, with menus that change seasonally and make the most of excellent produce from small local suppliers. Highlights for me include beautifully cooked Cornish fish, rich txuleta dairy cow rib and elevated pub classics done with real care and confidence. The sticky toffee pudding with clotted cream is hard to resist. The pub itself is compact and full of character. The front bar is often buzzing at weekends, while the restaurant at the back seats around 50 and feels cosy and intimate, making it a great choice for a special dinner. Expect rustic décor, candles, floral touches and plenty of twinkly lights. There’s a bar menu for casual visits, a more formal à la carte offering and a great-value set lunch (£25 for two courses, £29 for three), which is one of the best in town. dylanskingsarms.com Gracey’s Pizza – best for pizza Who would have thought that Chiswell Green, a quiet conurbation halfway between St Albans city centre and the M25, would be home to 2024’s most talked-about St Albans eatery? Gracey’s Pizza, next to the village store, is so popular that townsfolk like me have been waking up early to guarantee a slot on its online click-and-collect system. It's a tiny joint, with one or two tables inside, a few places to perch outside and an open kitchen where the family-run team transform smooth balls of 36-hour fermented dough into American-style pizzas with crunchy crusts, charred air bubbles and a San Marzano tomato sauce. It's a sauce so flavoursome and fresh that one pizza, the marinara, doesn’t even need cheese on top to be a success – just a few shavings of sweet garlic and fresh oregano (no dried herbs here). Whether it’s the pizza sauce, hand-cut slices of spicy Calabrian salami, 36-month aged parmesan, or dough made from flour milled at nearby Redbournbury Mill (a beautiful working mill – visit for bags of flour and fat eccles cakes), it’s the quality of ingredients that really makes these pizzas shine. If you can only choose one, get The New Haven – baked extra-long for optimal charring, with a base thick with sauce, two types of mozzarella, Pecorino Romano and garlic. graceyspizza.com Hazéls – best for a special occasion Hazéls, a pocket-sized, candle-lit restaurant with linen café curtains and warm, wooden interiors, only opened in July 2024 and is already the most fashionable place to eat in St Albans. It’s the passion project of chef (and St Albans local) Drew Knight, whose love for ‘jazz kissa’ (niche Japanese jazz cafés with high-end audio systems) inspired the venture. A custom-built oak bar at the back showcases Drew’s vinyl jazz collection, which is played throughout the evening by guest DJs on twin vintage turntables. The sound system is on its own circuit to avoid interference, and even audio ingénues will notice how crisp the acoustics are. It’s more than just background music – but still unobtrusive, and not loud enough to drown conversation out. You’re welcome at Hazéls for just a glass of wine, craft local beer or short cocktail (we liked the rhubarb negroni for its aroma and rhubarb-infused vermouth), but Drew’s French-style menu shouldn’t be missed. We loved the panisse, a trio of cylindrical cheesy chickpea chips with the lightness of a gougère and a velvety comté middle. Also from the small plate menu is the juiciest fillet of flaky Cornish mackerel, balanced on top of pommes Anna and finished with sauce vierge and tiny basil leaves; and a towering wedge of airy focaccia sprinkled with sea salt chunks and spread with whipped cultured butter. Larger plates (double in price and size) might include grilled onglet steak with courgette two ways (buttery chunks and mouth-puckering pickles); and Cornish sole on the bone, the star of which was the accompanying flavour-packed moules marinière. It’s worth noting that Hazéls is probably best enjoyed by omnivores – and adults, for that matter (over 12s only). Finish with lemon tart for dessert, with its crème brûlée-style topping and wobbly, lemon curd filling, or a signature Snickers old fashioned (peanut butter, cacao nib, salted chocolate and bourbon). hazels-stalbans.co.uk Per Tutti – best for Italian “For everyone” indeed, family-run Per Tutti manages to keep us all happy: bustling groups of friends, young families hoping for a kids’ menu (two courses and a drink for under £8), and quiet couples in search of romance will all find sanctuary here. From the outside, with its pretty red bricks and curved bay window, Per Tutti looks like a tiny trattoria, but it’s a rabbit warren inside, with tables tucked into all sorts of corners and an expansive dining room upstairs (the place to be for big groups). Our preference is the cosy, softly lit space on the ground floor, where olive-green panelled walls and low-hanging pendant lights set the scene for intimacy. Risotto gamberetti, with its fat prawns and flecks of chilli, is excellent, but we suggest picking from the pasta menu: homemade, paper-thin ravioli stuffed with velvety butternut squash, or long strips of fettuccine in a rich Italian sausage, red wine and rosemary sauce are our current favourites. pertutti.co.uk Boot Cantina at The Boot – best for sharing plates Built in 1420 right next to the city’s Clock Tower (the pub walls would have witnessed the very first Wars of the Roses battle), The Boot and its gnarled wooden beams has always been worth visiting. But, now that Boot Cantina is here, it’s an absolute must. The team launched its sharing fusion menu in 2021. Hand-sized tacos are piled high with vibrant and eclectic toppings, including rich confit duck leg with oi muchim (a kind of spicy cucumber salad), gochujang mayo and chipotle black cherry jam; and slow-cooked pork with jalapeño coleslaw, chipotle barbecue sauce and pickled pink onions. It's all very relaxed – go with your pals and order as many different taco types as you can (but leave room for the chocolate-stuffed churros). Want to keep the party going? Head to The Boot’s sophisticated sister pub, Dylans at The Kings Arms on George Street (a 45-second walk away), for craft beer and specialist cocktails in a 15th-century tudor building. It serves an excellent espresso martini made with 58 and Co British vodka, Mr Black Coffee Liqueur and The Gentlemen Barsita’s espresso. @bootcantina No Nuisance – best for cocktails Also on George Street (probably the prettiest shopping street in the city) is No Nuisance, a new cocktail bar from mixologist maestro Alastair Burgess, owner of the London speakeasy bar Happiness Forgets. Head here to sip exceptional cocktails in a trendy, low-lit, moody bar decorated with splashes of crimson and mustard-yellow bar stools. There are at least 10 cocktails to choose from, including classics (we love the spicy margs for their chilli oil kick) and innovative concoctions. Brighter Later is an irresistible, fragrant blend of mezcal, umeshu Japanese liqueur, amontillado sherry and genmaicha tea – sweet and slightly sour, with a buttery, toasty aroma. @nonuisancebar Sopwell House – best for afternoon tea Sopwell House Hotel is a grand affair, with more than 100 rooms, two restaurants, a spa and 12 acres of grounds to its name. Among all of that, the best place to relax is in the cocktail lounge, where afternoon tea is served. It’s a long, breezy room that starts at a marble-topped bar and stretches all the way to a library, with little alcoves and giant sash windows along the way. Waiters make the rounds with silver trays of sandwich refills, and scones are well-risen and shiny on top, with fluffy interiors and a good bite. But, by far the best tier of Sopwell House’s afternoon tea stand is the homemade cake selection. Bright-yellow lemon macarons burst with zest, their shiny shells sandwiched together with a thin layer of sharp raspberry jam. Little pastry cases come filled with soft crème patisserie and topped with blackberries, and deliciously moist squares of carrot cake are decorated with chocolate feathers. sopwellhouse.co.uk For more, check out the best afternoon teas in London. Darlish – best for ice cream Darlish, the Persian ice cream specialists, set up shop here in spring 2018, bursting onto the scene with a clever seasonal special – hot cross bun ice cream sandwiches. All the ice cream is made by hand in St Albans, and it sits in creamy mounds under silver domes on the countertop. Blackboards spell out the day’s flavours: floral orange blossom studded with pistachios and apricot, aromatic coconut and cardamom, or sweet cream and sour cherry. There are sorbets, too (vegan coconut and raspberry rhubarb, with an intensely sweet and sharp berry flavour, is our favourite) and you can garnish your chosen flavour with a sprinkle of homemade halva or sesame brittle. Turkish coffee, deep-red Persian tea and mini cones for children are also available. A couple of tables line the walls, but you’re best off moseying around the weekend market (which dates back to the ninth century) or nearby St Albans cathedral while you lick – this is a very pretty part of town. darlish.com Lussmanns – best for a sustainable dinner Lussmanns is the kind of neighbourhood restaurant that you can always rely on. The bright, modern space is a reflection of what to expect from the menu: clean, colourful plates of food, smartly presented without pretension. Menu highlights include a pretty tangle of seasonal salad leaves, lovage pesto, roast beetroot and local Wobbly Bottom goat’s cheese to start, and plaice with North Sea brown shrimps and a coin of melting paprika butter for main. Ninety five per cent of the ingredients used at Lussmanns are grown or produced in the UK, all the fish is Marine Stewardship Council (MSC) approved, the beef and mutton is organic (try the latter in an aromatic kofta with a brioche bun and cucumber mint raita), and the British Saddleback pork is woodland-reared. Order a pint of Farrs Brew bitter, Mad Squirrel pilsner, Zealous pilsner or Three Brewers classic English ale with your dinner – all of them are brewed in Hertfordshire. lussmanns.com The Waffle House – best for waffles Opposite a quaint ford and over the brow of an 18th-century brick bridge, The Waffle House is well worth the 10-minute walk from St Albans city centre. It sits in the middle of St Michael’s village (a winding road lined with red-brick cottages and ancient pubs) and is housed in a 16th-century watermill. Choose from a menu devoted to Belgian waffles made from organic flour milled just three miles away, including a breakfast special of smoked back bacon, fried banana and grilled vine tomatoes. Make a feast of it by ordering a savoury waffle to start (topping highlights include slow-cooked barbecue pulled pork with homemade slaw) and a sweet waffle to finish. The latter are piled high with everything from banana and crumbled flapjack, to pecans and butterscotch sauce – there’s always a seasonal special, too, such as blueberry-studded waffles with wild blueberry sauce. Help yourself to as much maple syrup as you like, and don’t forget to marvel at the original water wheel and millstones before you leave. Once only a breakfast and lunchtime spot, The Waffle House is now open for dinner, too. wafflehouse.co.uk The Potting Shed – best for lunch Carpenters Nursery, with its position just off the main road to Sandridge village, is easy to miss. But, locals know better than to pass by this treasure-trove of home-grown produce. It’s been both a garden centre and farm shop since 1923, selling vegetables grown in the fields right next to the building. A tiny team of three plant seeds in early spring, eventually filling the farm shop with everything from chard and marrows, to red lettuce, beetroot and Brussels sprout tops. Optimal freshness is the aim: carrots pulled and bunched in the morning are on the shop shelves an hour later. You can also pick up cereals, soaps, beers, chocolate, eggs, oil, honey and even vodka, all from Hertfordshire producers, and there’s always a hefty selection of organic breads made by Redbournbury Mill (the same folk who mill flour for The Waffle House). Even better, a barn at the back of the farm shop has been converted into a sleek café, which transforms all that home-grown produce into breakfast, brunch and lunch. The Potting Shed is a modern, L-shaped space flanked by bifold doors that beautifully frame a rockery with open fields beyond. It’s a bucolic view, given how close you are to St Albans city centre. Mushrooms on toast for brunch may sound modest, but you’ll be served a powerful plate of punchy pickled mushrooms on sourdough with a poached egg, truffle oil and a little puff of superbly rich goat’s cheese mousse. For something bigger, try harissa-roasted sweet potato with hummus, chill and garlic kale, fried capers and tahini yogurt. There’s a separate kids' menu and an afternoon tea option with homemade scones and local jam. pottingshedcafe.com, carpentersnursery.co.uk/farm-shop The Prae Wood Arms – best for a country pub Once a standard carvery joint, this “little cottage” (as described by its original owner, Lady Frances Cooke Grimston, in 1838) has been transformed by Brunning & Price into The Prae Wood Arms, a destination pub and restaurant. You can walk to it via The Gorhambury Estate, which encompasses a roman theatre, the 16th-century ruins of a house built by Sir Nicholas Bacon, a neo-palladian mansion, babbling River Ver brooks, and dense woodland that's home to everything from muntjacs to woodruff (a sweet-fragranced plant with tiny white flowers that taste like vanilla). Downstairs is a warren of dining rooms, each with its own ambience from family-friendly to romantic, and most tables have views of the pub’s expansive lawn and the Gorhambury Estate beyond. There’s even a rickety wooden gate that leads from The Prae to the banks of the River Ver, which shines with wild trout. A rusty old tractor, piles of gnarled tree trunks and a gentle hill to roll down keeps kids entertained for hours, while parents watch from a terrace sheltered by an elegant iron awning. It’s posh pub grub to eat, including braised shoulder of lamb with dauphinoise and rosemary gravy, baked whole plaice with butter sauce and, for dessert, a teeth-tingling sticky toffee pudding with matching sauce. To drink, order from a mighty gin menu, which is split into flavour profiles (there are 23 options in “smooth and fruity” alone), or go for a pint of Side Pocket for a Toad, a citrussy, floral golden ale that’s brewed in nearby Tring. brunningandprice.co.uk/praewoodarms Bishop’s Cave – best for cheese Holywell Hill, said to be the site where Saint Alban was executed (his head apparently rolled all the way to the bottom), never used to be fashionable, but over the past decade several independent restaurants – including the aforementioned Per Tutti – have chosen it as their home. Bishop’s Cave, sister to the original Cave in Bishop’s Stortford, is the city’s first cheese, wine and craft beer emporium, and it’s housed in one of the Hill’s most historic spaces. Sloping beamed roofs, geometric tiled floors and crumbly red-brick walls ooze history, while a St Albans coat of arms, soft lighting and vintage wine crates add to the atmosphere. Create your own cheeseboard from a fridge crammed with around 45 options (try Baron Bigod, Britain’s first unpasteurised brie; gruyère-style Red Wine Farmer, which is washed in Swiss red wine; or Darling Blue for its mellow butteriness) and eat it alongside a glass of Tuffon Hall English pinot noir. There are also more than 100 modern and craft beers to sip, including Millionaire – a decadent salted caramel milk stout made by Wild Beer. Prefer spirits? The team behind Bishop’s Cave has recently opened The Gin Cave in the shop next door, where you can pick from a menu of more than 70 small-batch gins – try a spicy, citrus-tinged Silverback Old Tom gin with lemongrass tonic. thebishopscavestalbans.co.uk, thegincave.co.uk More UK restaurant guides Best restaurants in Penzance Best restaurants in Deal Best restaurants in Birmingham Best restaurants in Bristol Best restaurants in Edinburgh Best restaurants in York Best restaurants in Whitstable Best restaurants in Oxford Best restaurants in Cambridge Best restaurants in Margate Best restaurants in Manchester Best restaurants in the Lake District
Make this summer holiday a staycation with our coastal breaks for foodies – try house-cured gravadlax, local lobster and fish and chips on the UK's best beaches, then sleep in a secluded shepherd's hut or boutique hotel
Looking for the best British seaside holidays for a foodie staycation? Need a gourmet seaside break? Read our guide to the best British seaside holidays, from Devon and Cornwall to Suffolk, Sussex and Yorkshire. For more seaside inspiration, check out our guides to the best restaurants in Deal or the best restaurants in Margate, or soak in the UK coastline from a different perspective with our 10 best lidos and outdoor pools in the UK. Deal, Kent Deal, a once-notorious smugglers’ haven, charms with its Georgian conservation area, shingle beach and thriving food scene. What foodies can do in Deal Local gems include award-winning butcher The Black Pig, fourth-generation fishmonger Jenkins and Sons (for seafood and street food) and Middle Street Fish for the best fish and chips (check opening hours, bring cash). Saturday’s Market proffers splendid bakes, with Swedish Buns from Bygga Bo and artisan cakes from Eat and Mess, while historic pubs have become culinary hotspots: The Rose serves Nuno Mendes’ seasonal menus and craft cocktails, The Port Arms serves up Soul Chef’s Caribbean street food, and The Deal Hoy tempts with slow-fermented pizza and negronis. Holy Dough also turns out standout takeaway pies. For provisions, The Merchant of Relish stocks spray-free Kentish produce and more, while Arno & Co offers fancy olives and a fridge of fabulous homemade dishes. Pop Up Café is a go-to for vegetarian brunch, viennoiserie and excellent coffee, while Hut 55 keeps beachgoers happy with flat whites, prawn sandwiches and homemade bakes. Where to stay in Deal 15 minutes from Deal is magnificent Updown Farmhouse: a 17th-century red-brick restaurant with rooms, set in seven stunning acres with a tree-cocooned heated pool. Run by Ruth Leigh and chef husband Oli Brown, it offers gorgeously designed accommodation and, in the vine-draped restaurant, hyper-seasonal menus showcasing Kentish produce drawing on French and Italian techniques. Most recently, the duo have launched 'Bar Vita' on site, a glossy, marble and laquered wood-clad drinking spot inspired by Rome's most glamorous bars, serving up perfectly mixed cocktails and delicious bar snacks. updownfarmhouse.com Rosie Birkett Elie, Fife Imagine Cornwall, only quieter. Much of The Kingdom of Fife, just over the Forth Bridge from Edinburgh, is neat farmland and its coastline is peppered with sand and old stone villages. Harbours team with fishing trawlers unloading creels of langoustine and lobster, and lanes are lined with fancy farm shops and Italian ice-cream cafés (check out Jannettas in St Andrews): in summer Fife feels like a giant picnic hamper. This is old-fashioned, make-your-own-fun, bucket-and-spade territory – go cockling on the shore, build sandcastles or tuck into a barbecue in the beer garden. What foodies can do in Fife Join the Fife Coastal Path on a seafood safari through postcard-pretty fishing villages, stopping for smoked fish tacos at East Pier Smokehouse in St Monan’s or deservedly popular fish and chips at Anstruther Fish Bar. Where to stay in Elie The Ship Inn is a local institution with a newly designed upstairs restaurant and six contemporary bedrooms, decked out in a fresh, coastal style with a smattering of junk-shop finds. Contemporary comfort comes from roll-top baths, monsoon showers, flat-screen TVs and espresso machines. From the top-floor ‘Admiral’ room you can gaze down on dog-walkers weaving across the broad, sandy beach. Famous for its fish and chips, the inn champions Scottish seafood and local shellfish (the crab, lobster and langoustine are landed at nearby Pittenweem). Doubles from £190, check availability at booking.com Aldeburgh, Suffolk Aldeburgh, a small seaside town in Suffolk, is famous for its annual food and drink festival, and something of a hot gastronomic ticket. What foodies can do in Aldeburgh The Lighthouse serves simple home-cooked fare with a neighbourhood vibe – including its very own Lighthouse 77 gin, which includes botanicals such as heather and liquorice. Sea Spice is a beautiful restaurant that combines local Suffolk produce with flavourful Indian cooking. The beach is lined with shacks selling boxes of prawns and smoked fish from local artisans including Butley Oysterage. And, like all great coastal towns, there’s the iconic Aldeburgh Fish & Chips made the traditional Suffolk way – fried in beef dripping! Where to stay in Aldeburgh Be it colour palettes and decorative touches inspired by the Suffolk countryside or a guest pantry where you can pour yourself a complimentary cocktail, every detail of six-bedroom The Suffolk has been carefully considered. Enjoy the rooftop sea-view terrace, then head down to Sur-Mer restaurant, where chef Tom Payne makes impressive use of Suffolk produce, such as Gressingham duck or Dingley Dell pork. From Butley Creek oysters to lemon sole in Pernod garlic butter, seafood is prominent. Check rates and availability at the-suffolk.co.uk Margate, Kent A classic English seaside resort that’s been enjoyed by tourists since the 18th century, Margate still retains its appeal with more modern visitors, mixing its old-school coastal charm with cool vintage shops, the famous Turner Contemporary art gallery and bubbling café culture. What foodies can do in Margate To start the day, join creatives for brunch at Forts, known for its focaccia bacon sarnies, choose between Oast's fabulous rotation of sourdough and sweet buns or go for a proper fry up at The Dalby Café, before browsing the bars, shops and galleries along Cliff Terrace, including stylish fragrance store, Haeckels (which also sells a delicious seaweed tea made from locally foraged seaweed and sold in gorgeous glass jars). Mooch along the seafront and breathe in the fresh air with next-level fish and chips from Peter's Fish Factory. Or walk to the end of Margate's Harbour Arm to Sargasso for a great-value set lunch of moules marinières and a glass of dry sparkling rosé. In the afternoon, work up an appetite by strolling along the coastal path to Botany Bay or embracing the sea water with some lengths in Walpole Tidal Pool. Back inland, you can warm up with coffee and vinyl at Cliffs, enjoy legendary seafood suppers at intimate Angela's or make your way through Sète’s eclectic curation of wines and cheeseboards. Where to stay in Margate One of Margate’s iconic seafront buildings opposite Turner Contemporary gallery has been restored to its former life as Fort Road Hotel. In a nod to its history, sepia photographs and postcards of the seaside town in its bathing holiday heyday line the burnt orange walls. Local connections, including Kentish wine and gin, extend to the food and drink options, served in the smart, intimate ground-floor restaurant complete with flickering fire to warm up the colder months. Breakfast is a real treat, with bacon sarnies offering a satisfying crunch courtesy of hot baguettes from Oast Bakery down the road (that also bakes divine cinnamon buns). A brown paper bag of homemade cookies awaits in the room, best enjoyed with a sherry-laced hot chocolate on the rooftop while watching the sunset over the rugged coastline. Doubles from £140, check availability at fortroadhotel.com or booking.com. St Leonards-on-Sea, East Sussex Sitting on the Sussex coast, St Leonards is a seaside towns neighbouring Hastings, with pebble beaches dotted with beach huts. Only an hour and a half from London by train, St Leonards is peppered with antiques shops ideal for hunting for unique and quirky homewares. What foodies can do in St Leonards-on-Sea On King’s Road, you’ll find BAYTE, a café and restaurant championing seasonal produce with Italian references. Menus change regularly, but check out the board for cuts of steak from Haye Farm in Devon. Sirloin is served with a rich browned butter hollandaise. Along the road in Hastings, you’ll find coquina in Hastings Contemporary art gallery. Views of the sea make this the perfect setting to share small plates like a salad of peaches, shaved fennel and feta alongside a bottle of wine. Where to stay in St Leonards-on-Sea Book a stay at a self-contained three-bedroom apartment that’s is ideal for enjoying a weekend by the sea. It’s a serene, elegant space with wooden parquet floors and lime-washed walls. There are 60s influences in the form of red and cream chequerboard bathroom tiles, and hints of classic French style in the antique bed frames. The combined effect is awash with charm and comfort, where you can mix a cocktail in the well-appointed kitchen and enjoy it on the terrace, or lounge in the sitting room with a coffee and pastry from one of the many local cafes. Whole apartment from £225 a night (two nights minimum stay) – check availability at Airbnb. Babbacombe, Devon Babbacombe is the kind of place Agatha Christie might have sent a recuperating character to: there’s Devon sunshine, blue seas, charming Oddicombe beach (made private by the shelter of a steep, tree-lined cliff) and even an art deco funicular railway linking the beach to Babbacombe’s pretty clifftop green. Standing sentinel over all of this is the Cary Arms, squeezed inside the curve of the bay directly above the beach. Walk along Oddicombe beach via a wooden walkway to reach the funicular (look out for crabs skirting the rock pools below) and catch a ride up the cliffs. Where to stay in Babbacombe The 19th-century Cary Arms’ bedrooms (some dog-friendly) have a fresh, coastal feel. If there are more of you than two, rent one of the adjoining blue-and-white fisherman’s cottages or, for a romantic weekend, book a beach hut. At breakfast, take in the sprawling views of the pink-soil cliffs of the English Riviera while tucking into grilled kippers or the Devon full English. For dinner, pick one of the chef’s seafood specials for the freshest catch, and eat out on the terrace. Doubles from £365, check availability at booking.com Southwold, Suffolk This seaside town sits within the Suffolk Coast and Heaths Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty. A stretch of brightly coloured beach huts hug the shoreline that leads towards Walberswick – a quieter part of the coast backed with dunes and marshland. What foodies can do in Southwold If you have a car it’s worth exploring the local area. Drive 30 minutes south to Aldeburgh to enjoy the freshest fish and chips, and cones of stem ginger ice cream on the seafront. Another 15 minutes down the road is Orford, a small town home to Pinney’s smokehouse – where you can stock up on locally caught fish – and Pump Street Bakery, for silky smooth hot chocolates topped with homemade marshmallows. Where to stay in Southwold An extensive renovation in 2017 has breathed fresh sea air into The Swan Hotel. There are 35 cheerful bedrooms, a relaxed yet refined restaurant (reservations essential for indoor seating) and separate cosy bar area (the Tap Room). Breakfast is a leisurely affair; make yourself a spicy Bloody Mary with Adnams vodka and Tabasco sauce and choose from the likes of smoked kippers with herb butter and lemon and poached eggs, served Benedict, Florentine and Royale style. Doubles from £190, check availability at booking.com Isle of Sheppey, Kent Elmley National Nature Reserve on the Isle of Sheppey is a sprawling, unspoilt patchwork of meadows and waterways. As such, it’s abundant with wildlife – spot birds of prey, hares, butterflies and dragonflies. You might even catch sight of water voles hiding out near the ponds. What foodies can do in Kent Work up an appetite on a bike ride; there’s a 16-mile cycle route that will take you past all the most notable landmarks on the isle. If you fancy a drive, head out to one of Kent’s great foodhalls: Macknade, in Faversham, or The Goods Shed, in Canterbury. Where to stay on the Isle of Sheppey Waking up in a hut in Elmley Nature Reserve on the remote Isle of Sheppey is magical. Without getting out of bed you can watch magnificent birds glide past the window and hares hop around the fields, all while sipping your coffee. Preserving nature is at the heart of Elmley, while catering to little luxuries. Accommodation ranges from plushly furnished rooms in the 17th-century farmhouse (available for private hire) to remote vintage-styled huts with wood burners and custom built cabins with fully glazed front walls so you can drool over sunsets while snuggled under Romney Marsh wool throws. Some have separate kitchenettes and lounge areas, and boast outdoor tubs for soaking in while listening to the wildlife. Come evening, toast complimentary marshmallows over your own firepit. Breakfast and dinner, both delivered to your room in a hamper, are hearty and filling – think chicken curry with baked potatoes created with Wasted Kitchen using surplus ingredients, and thick-cut bacon sarnies – perfect fuel for long walks to spot owls. Pass the time with books and board games, or pop to the honesty bar for a quick tipple by the fire. In the summer, pizzas and picnics are available to enjoy around the reserve. Check rates and availability at mrandmrssmith.com or elmleynaturereserve.co.uk North Norfolk With its cinematic beaches and big skies, the North Norfolk coast has long drawn walkers, cocklers, twitchers and bucket-and-spaders. But, increasingly, visitors are lured there by the food, with Norfolk’s north-west region being especially flavour-intense. What foodies can do in North Norfolk Take a trip to Brancaster Staithe, where the freshest mussels and local smoked fish are stuffed into baguettes at the Crab Hut, while among Burnham Market’s pretty flint-and-brick cottages, you can buy potted shrimp from Gurneys Fishmonger and Norfolk pork pies from Humble Pie Deli. In nearby Thornham, Eric’s Fish & Chips, opened by Snaith in 2015, elevates the old coastal faves: sustainable fish in beer batter, IPA pickled onions and pineapple fritters. Where to say in North Norfolk Handsome redbrick Titchwell Manor gazes across the marshes. Built in the 1897 as a farmhouse, it’s now a smart 31-room hotel that marries Victorian stateliness with bold, modern brio. The manor guestrooms are a riot of statement wallpaper, vintage pieces and acid colours. There are calmer, more neutral retreats in the converted outbuildings; best is The Potting Shed, a standalone hideaway with log burner, veranda and roll-top bath. Like its rooms, Titchwell’s kitchen caters for all tastes: robust bar staples in the hotel’s Eating Rooms offer counterpoint to the Conservatory’s inventive menus and monthly supper clubs. Doubles from £240, check availability at booking.com Penzance, Cornwall Well on the way to the southernmost tip of mainland Britain, this historic, rough-around-the-edges Cornish town may not be as talked-about as its cousins of Padstow and St Ives, but has plenty of appeal for staycationers looking for a beach-side break. What foodies can do in Penzance Stroll the mile-long shingle promenade beach, or visit one of the neighbouring coastlines, such as that of the fishing port, Newlyn. Drop by Penzance Farmers’ Market, which takes place on Fridays and pick up freshly baked bread and cake, as well as local cheeses and Wild Smoked’s seafood. Polgoon Vineyard is worth a visit too – take in the 24-acre estate and try a self-guided tour and tasting. Where to stay in Penzance Chapel House is tucked away in Penzance’s Old Quarter. The Georgian building, which is replete with landscape paintings by students at Newlyn School of Art, has six stylish rooms. All come with sea views, painted white floors and a mix of antique and Scandi-style furnishings. Take breakfast either in your room, the large stone-flagged kitchen-diner in the basement, or – if the weather allows – out in the garden, and try the speciality of cod’s roe, smoked bacon, samphire and poached egg. On Friday and Saturday evenings, pre-booked suppers are available, too. chapelhousepz.co.uk Sandsend, Yorkshire This small, picturesque fishing village on the edge of the North York Moors National Park comes with a charmingly rugged beach and a rich history. It’s right next to Whitby in North Yorkshire, and affords some great views of the town’s historic abbey, a few miles south. Once you’ve acquainted yourself with Sandsend’s own beach and taken in the views of the 7th-century cliff-top abbey in the neighbouring town of Whitby, follow the coast down there and climb the 199 steps to see the ruins up close. Where to stay in Sandsend Estbek House is a restaurant-with-rooms housed in an 18th-century mansion on the edge of the beach. There are five individually styled rooms here, all sympathetic of the building’s regency roots. The kitchen team take regular deliveries of fresh North Sea lobster, Whitby cod and diver-caught scallops, which all compete for your attention on the sustainability-focused, seafood-championing menu created by co-owner-chef Tim Lawrence. Check rates and availability at estbekhouse.co.uk Brighton, East Sussex Known for its bohemian charm, lively seafront and lush surrounding countryside, Brighton has long been a popular seaside destination for holidaymakers from home and abroad. What foodies can do in Brighton Brighton and Hove has a wealth of brunch and lunch options. Why not try Moksha for unbeatable meat, veggie and vegan full English options, and excellent coffee; Mange Tout for French classics including croque madame and croque monsieur; or, for lunch, make your way to restored Victorian seafront food hall Shelter Hall, where an array of seven unique kitchens offers something for everyone, from top-notch burgers and pizzas to Egyptian street food and fish and chips. Come dinnertime, for a treat head over to Dave Mothersill's exceptional Furna opposite the Royal Pavilion for a menu of stunning small plates and audacious wine pairings; Wild Flor for its neighbourhood bistro vibe and superb British-French à la carte menu and wine list; Kindling for superb open-fire cooking, high-welfare meats and sustainable produce; or tiny Brighton institution Bincho Yakitori for adventurous, izakaya-style plates such as Korean-style cauliflower and chicken heart skewers, with warm sake alongside. Where to stay in Brighton Quirky boutique hotel Artist Residence has unique rooms decorated by local artists that overlook the iconic West Pier. There’s a lively cocktail bar serving bespoke drinks, and the hotel's new restaurant is a big hit thanks to a thrilling menu of excellent seasonal small plates. Doubles from £145, check availability at booking.com. Portrush, Northern Ireland This Northern Irish town sits on the Ramore Head peninsula and has three sandy beaches to make the most of – no wonder it’s one of the isle’s most popular resorts. What foodies can do in Portrush Portrush is right on the Causeway Coastal Route, so if you have a car it’s well worth exploring for the gorgeous sea views. Before you set off, head to Babushka Kitchen Café for fab Swedish coffee and homemade bakes. Local foodies flock to Harry’s Shack in neighbouring Portstewart, where you can enjoy fish and chips perched above the beach before taking a post-lunch stroll along the shore. Where to stay in Portrush Nicola Neill has converted an Edwardian townhouse into a luxury B&B, Blackrock House. Welcome drinks and homemade whiskey cake greet guests when they arrive, and Nicola – who grew up nearby in Bushmills, home to the world’s first licensed whiskey distillery – has created a bountiful whiskey honesty bar. Breakfast can be taken in the lounge, on the balcony or in your bedroom. Try a traditional fry up with Belfast tea, or pan-fried salmon and scrambled eggs with purple dulse seaweed. Nicola and her team throw occasional supper clubs too, to showcase produce from local farms and smokehouses. Check rates and availability at blackrockbandbportrush.com Isle of Wight Brits have been holidaying in the Isle of Wight’s resorts since Victorian times, and its sun-soaked charm still remains. On the island’s southern tip you can stay in a hotel (The Royal) that the Michelin Guide has recommended every year since it was first published in 1911. But skip over to Newport or Cowes and you’ll find ambitious young restaurateurs using island produce in sleek, modern recipes. What foodies can do on Isle of Wight Take in the beauty of Tennyson Down (the poet lived on the island for over a decade) on a walk from The Needles to Freshwater Bay, stopping off at Dimbola Lodge for fat scones with jam and cream. Where to stay on Isle of Wight The Royal hasn’t lost its Victorian feel, with manicured lawns and a lofty dining room that looks as if it once doubled as a ballroom. Bedrooms enjoy the same ambience and most are painted sky blue to complement the views of Ventnor Bay, a five-minute walk away. The Royal’s traditional dining room belies the kitchen’s clever, delicate cooking: try whipped goat’s cheese with beetroot sponge, or roasted pollock with fricassee of spring vegetables and pea velouté. Doubles from £270, check availability at booking.com Lyme Regis, Dorset Imposing cliffs, blue seas and historic landmarks earn this coastal resort the title of The Pearl of Dorset. Sandwiched between the Devon and Dorset areas of outstanding natural beauty, it’s right up there with one of the most scenic seaside locations in the country. What foodies can do in Lyme Regis Visit local deli, Ammonite Fine Foods, and browse the shelves of locally produced food and drink – perhaps treat yourself to a bottle of Dorset’s award-winning Pothecary Gin. Drop into Baboo Gelato on the beachside after exploring The Cobb (Lyme Regis’ famous harbour) and the magnificent, 100-mile long Jurassic Coast. Where to stay in Lyme Regis Alexandra Hotel was originally built as a house in 1735 for the Dowager Countess Lady Poulett. There are 23 rooms here, the most impressive being the sizeable Countess’s Room, with its towering headboard, floral furnishings and grand bay window overlooking the rear gardens and sparkling coastline. The restaurant is named Ammonite after the iconic fossils found along the Jurassic Coast, and focuses on the top-drawer seafood and local produce from the surrounding area. For breakfast, tuck into the West Country plate of dry-cured smoked bacon and award-winning sausages from Axminster, or whole grilled kippers, smoked by Chesil Beach Smokehouse in Bridport. Check rates and availability at hotelalexandra.co.uk Salcombe, Devon Enveloped in the South Devon Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty, this scenic coastal town hugs the Kingsbridge Estuary and blends sea views with lush, rolling countryside. What foodies can do in Salcombe Work up an appetite with a 45-minute coastal walk from Gara Rock to sandy Mill Bay beach, refuel at the cute little Venus beach café, then hop on the jaunty passenger ferry from East Portlemouth to Salcombe, where you can make your own gin at Salcombe Gin and watch ice-cream being made at Salcombe Dairy. Tuck into chargrilled scallops at cheery, bunting-garlanded beach café, The Winking Prawn. Book a visit to Overbeck’s, a National Trust property, and enjoy a mean cream tea in its tropical gardens overlooking the estuary. Where to stay in Salcombe Hip hotel Gara Rock, perched on a cliff over the harbour from Salcombe, has 12 rustic-chic bedrooms as well as a clutch of stylish self-catering family-friendly cottages – all of which are cleverly positioned to make the most of magnificent coastal views. Gara Rock’s restaurant and terrace offers a relaxed vibe, a limited but reliable menu that caters for all culinary persuasions, and panoramic vistas through floor-to-ceiling windows (tables 115 and 117 have uninterrupted views). Doubles from £548, check availability at booking.com More travel inspiration 10 unique walking holidays for foodies 8 of the most breathtaking train journeys across the world Swap popular tourist spots for these lesser known destinations
If you want to discover somewhere new at the weekend, we've picked our 15 best day trips from London, all journeying by train and packed with foodie hotspots
No car? No problem. Whether a quick 20-minute hop from London or an extra special trip, a new foodie destination awaits. Eat fish and chips by the seaside in Margate or Brighton, stroll through an English vineyard or explore the famous university towns of Oxford and Cambridge. We've picked the best restaurants, cafés and bars at each day trip destination to keep you fuelled all day long. Read on to discover our best day trips from London by train. For more like this, check out our guide to the best small towns in the UK or the best spa hotels in the UK for a relaxing weekend away. Jump to: Day trips under 1 hour from London Day trips under 2 hours from London 16 best day trips from London by train for foodies Under 1 hour from London St Albans How to get there from London: take a train from St Pancras or Blackfriars, direct trains from 18 minutes, single tickets from £12.20 at Trainline So close to London that it's popular with commuters, St Albans is the easiest day trip from London, with direct trains from St Pancras getting you there in under 20 minutes. That leaves plenty of time to explore this city packed with history, taking in the famous cathedral, Roman wall remains and a walk around the lake in 100-acre Verulamium Park. Pick up huge takeaway banh mi and noodle salads from Taste of Vietnam for a picnic in the park. If it's not picnic weather, head to Lussmans – a sustainable neighbourhood restaurant you'll wish was in your town. The bright, modern space is a reflection of what to expect from the menu – clean, colourful plates of food, smartly presented without pretension. Sweet tooths are spoilt for choice in St Albans. The Waffle House is a 10-minute walk from the city centre in a quaint 16th-century windmill – the prettiest spot to choose a loaded waffle, from savoury options topped with BBQ pork to sweet waffles loaded with everything from chocolate mousse to banana, flapjack and caramel sauce. Darlish, home of Persian ice cream, and the famous The Pudding Stop bakery will complete your sugar high – grab some doughnuts for the journey home. See our full foodie guide to St Albans for more. Reigate How to get there from London: take a train from Victoria or Blackfriars, quick trains from 46 minutes, single tickets from £13.80 at Trainline Reigate has had an influx of foodie establishments in recent years, making it well worth an easy visit for a food-filled day trip. Stop first at Chalk Hills Bakery which makes artisan breads that use traditional long-fermenting methods, each kneaded by hand, including sourdough with potato, rosemary and nigella seeds. For lunch, try Lebnani from chef Jad Youssef. Its menu is inspired by the food of Beirut with traditional meze and charcoal grills designed for sharing, using the finest spices, herbs and grains from Lebanon, combined with local ingredients. For something quick, The Chapel is an independent café specialising in perfectly brewed coffee, open sandwiches and sausage brioche rolls using meat from local family butcher Robert & Edwards. And New Gurkha Kitchen serves up authentic Nepalese cuisine, like Gurkha aloo (potatoes with turmeric and cumin), Kathmandu chicken and Nepalese-style chow – stir-fried noodles with spices. Cambridge How to get there from London: take a train from Kings Cross or Liverpool Street, direct trains from 48 minutes, single tickets from £8 at Trainline Head to this famous university town for punting down the river, exploring the many different colleges and climbing the Great St Mary's church tower for views over the city. Detour to Stem & Glory for excellent small sharing vegan plates, while meat-lovers should head to Steak & Honour for must-try burgers. The best gelato in Cambridge can be found at Jack's Gelato – the seasonal, regularly changing menu could include gooseberry sorbet, hazelnut cookie dough or Manuka honey and white miso. Order a scoop and sit on the wall outside King's College for some people-watching. Fitzbillies is a Cambridge institution: stop for afternoon tea or make sure to pick up an eclair for the train home. If you're sticking around for dinner, book a table at Michelin-starred Midsummer House for fine dining or enjoy British classics at slightly more casual Parker's Tavern, a brasserie serving hearty dishes such as fishcakes, truffled eggs on toast and roast suckling pig. Get more recommendations at our full Cambridge foodie guide. Denbies Vineyard How to get there from London: take a train from Victoria Waterloo to Dorking, quick trains from 50 minutes, single tickets from £11 at Trainline Just a 20 minute walk from Dorking Station, a visit to Denbies Vineyard is the ideal day trip for wine lovers. Established in 1986, Denbies offers indoor and outdoor winery tours. The former explores the working winery along with a cellar tasting, while the latter takes you on a 50-minute toy train tour of the vineyard (book the sparkling wine tour to enjoy a glass of bubbly on the train), showing off panoramic views of the North Downs. There are several dining options at the vineyard once you have finished exploring. The smart Gallery restaurant looks over the 265-acre vineyard. Order Sussex confit pork belly with savoy cabbage, pan-fried halibut with roasted romanesco, or, on a Sunday, the Surrey Farm roast beef with rosemary-roasted potatoes. The Conservatory restaurant serves classic afternoon teas, or grab quick refreshments al fresco at The Hatch on The Lawn. See our full guide to the best UK vineyards to visit for more like this. Oxford How to get there from London: take a train from Liverpool Street or Paddington, quick trains from 52 minutes, single tickets from £5.40 at Trainline Another famous university town to tick off your day trip list. Start your day with a coffee at Society Café, a vibrant space that acts as a hub for local creatives. Peruse an open counter laden with squidgy almond croissants, slabs of gooey peanut butter brownies and slices of cinnamon and walnut loaf while you decide on your coffee. All are labelled with tasting notes and made with Origin beans – which you can buy in bags to take away. For food-fuelled exploring, wander down the aisles at Oxford Covered Market, where you can stock up on seasonal produce before heading to Teardrop, a tiny micropub (part of West Oxfordshire Church Hanbrewery) serving cask ales to drink in, as well as local draught and bottled beers to takeaway. Be sure to check out Objects of Use while you’re on Market Street, a treasure trove for cooks, too. For a sit-down meal, cosy Pompette serves French classics with European influences, Spiced Roots is your go-to for Caribbean flair and pretty Cherwell Boathouse is the spot for lunch with a view. If you're visiting at the weekend, The Harcourt Arms does a splendid Sunday lunch. Folkestone How to get there from London: take a train from St Pancras, from 55 minutes, single tickets from £13.10 at Trainline The coastal town of Folkestone in Kent offers a unique blend of creativity, seaside charm, and hidden foodie hotspots which are lesser known than some of its trendy seaside neighbours such as Margate and Rye. The Folkestone Harbour Arm is home to an outdoor array of shipping containers which have been converted into independent food businesses, offering everything from fresh oysters and champagne to global street food, all set against the backdrop of stunning sea views. Highlights include poffertjes (mini Dutch pancakes), and inventive cocktails. If you're going for a day trip with the family, head to Rocksalt for a great family meal, where local produce takes centre stage in dishes like Romney Marsh lamb and Folkestone-caught mackerel. Explore Folkestone's Creative Quarter which brims with live music, tapas, cafés and Kentish beers and wine. In the evening, discover strong and perfectly-formed cocktails at The Potting Shed which will transfer you back-in-time to the vibrant 1920s. Brighton How to get there from London: take a train from Victoria, London Bridge, Clapham Junction or Blackfriars, from 58 minutes, single tickets from £7 at Trainline One of the most popular day trips from London, the trains down to Brighton are guaranteed to be busy should there be a last-minute sunny bank holiday. The foodie scene in this buzzy south coast city is booming, with a diverse range of local independent restaurants making the most of seasonal Sussex produce. Start your day with brunch at Lost in the Lanes (dishes include an indulgent croque monsieur, smoky spiced beans or green eggs with a coriander and jalapeño salsa) – a great base to get lost exploring the independent shops of the Lanes. To fuel your afternoon, pick up a coffee from Loam or pause for a beer on the terrace at Unbarred. At lunch, soak up sea views and choose from an array of stands at the Shelter Hall food hall on Brighton promenade before a stroll along the beach. If you're visiting on a Sunday, join locals for a southern American spin on a British roast at Alberta's. The heated roof terrace at The Flint House is a perfect date night spot for dinner before you head home, or try Med-inspired small plates at Burnt Orange, one of the hottest seats in town. Check out our full guide to the best restaurants in Brighton for lots more recommendations, including where to stay if you decide to make a weekend of it. Under 2 hours Bath How to get there from London: take a train from Paddington, from 1 hour 15 minutes, single tickets from £25 at Trainline From matcha granola to agnolotti with smoked Winchester cheese and craft cocktails, there's a bumper crop of independent places to eat, drink, shop and sleep across this Somerset city (see all our Bath foodie recommendations here). Once you've swum in the rooftop pool at Bath Spa and strolled the length of the famous royal crescent, it's time to tuck in. Go to The Scallop Shell for upmarket fish and chips in an unpretentious setting or be transported to Spain with impeccable tapas at Pintxo. For a memorable meal, book a table at Elder to enjoy wild game and sophisticated Sunday roasts. Dark wood floors, framed hunting paintings and terracotta-coloured leather banquettes add a lavish cosiness to this converted Georgian terrace. For foodie souvenirs to take home, stop at Berdoulat. Over 50 spices from the jar, shelves of small-batch wines and a bakery concession can all be found at this impeccably restored grade II listed food emporium. Order a loose-leaf tea and fresh madeleine from Frome’s Rye Bakery concession and head up to the gallery where cookbooks sit alongside candles and aprons for sale. If you've still got space, hip Landrace Bakery is on a mission to promote high-quality grains grown in the UK and, specifically, the South West, which it stone-grinds locally to produce flours for its cakes and sourdough breads. Save your cinnamon bun for train snacking on the way home. Whitstable How to get there from London: take a train from St Pancras or Victoria, quick trains from 1 hour 18 minutes, single tickets from £11.80 at Trainline The seaside town of Whitstable has plenty to offer foodies, from Michelin-starred gastropubs to long-standing oyster bars and kitsch ice cream parlours. Each July it even hosts a whole festival dedicated to local Whitstable oysters. You've got to have oysters whilst visiting – candy floss pink-fronted Wheelers has been dishing up oysters in its parlour-sized dining room since 1856. Kids will enjoy the classic fish and chips from V.C. Jones. If it's a special occasion, book Michelin-starred gastropub The Sportsman in Seasalter for lunch. Take a taxi out to it for lunch then enjoy a leisurely walk back along the coast to walk off any excess. Bookings need to be made quite far in advance, but it's worth it. Broadstairs How to get there from London: take a train from St Pancras, quick trains from 1 hour 23 minutes, single tickets from £13.20 at Trainline If you've already visited Margate and Whitstable, Broadstairs is an underrated seaside day trip with plenty to offer foodies. Before heading to the beach or harbour, don't miss the Samworth & Mee bistro for comfort food, fresh seafood and excellent breakfasts (the French toast with berries and maple syrup is particularly good). If the crab sandwich with chips is on the menu, order it. As with most places in the area, fish and seafood is provided by local fisherman Jason Llewellyn and his shop, Fruits de Mer along The Broadway (the high street). Stop off here on the way home if you want to take a slice of the seaside home with you. On sunny days, Morelli's is a must-visit for ice cream lovers along the north Kent coast. This branch has been here since 1932 and sells gelato in myriad flavours, from vanilla to pistachio to nocciola. It's not all British seaside classics. Making serious culinary waves is tiny, spartan Stark. As the name suggests, you don’t come here for plush surroundings but for “good food, laid bare” – serving a frequently changing, seasonal, six-course tasting menu. For something more relaxed, Osteria Pizzeria Posillipo has been providing locals with real-deal Italian food (think rustic vibes and charming Italian service) for over 20 years. The decked terrace draws in a lingering summer crowd who are happy to sip wine while grazing on antipasti and watching seagulls on the beach, a stone’s throw away. Moreton-in-Marsh How to get there from London: take a direct train from Paddington, taking 1 hour 25 minutes, single tickets from £14 at Trainline The Cotswolds may feel like an area you can only explore by car, but trains from Paddington to the pretty village of Moreton-in-Marsh (set in the Evenlode Valley, within the Cotswolds Area of Outstanding Natural Beauty) mean it's easy to get a feel of the region as a foodie day trip. The main street is lined with handsome stone buildings dating from the 17th and 18th centuries, many of them shops, tea rooms, pubs and places to eat. The main public building is the Redesdale Hall which holds antiques and craft fairs, and there’s a weekly Tuesday street market. When it comes to eating out, Henne is highly regarded by the locals with its inventive and sustainably driven menu using hyper-local produce. If it’s artisan bread and patisserie you’re after, Otis & Belle bakery is exceptional and The Cotswold Cheese Company sells countless local cheeses. Deal How to get there from London: take a train from St Pancras, quick trains from 1 hour 27 minutes, single tickets from £15.10 at Trainline Deal, a once-notorious smugglers’ haven, charms with its Georgian conservation area, shingle beach and thriving food scene. Local gems include award-winning butcher The Black Pig, fourth-generation fishmonger Jenkins and Sons (for seafood and street food) and Middle Street Fish for the best fish and chips (check opening hours, bring cash). Saturday’s Market proffers splendid bakes, with Swedish Buns from Bygga Bo and artisan cakes from Eat and Mess, while historic pubs have become culinary hotspots: The Rose serves Nuno Mendes’ seasonal menus and craft cocktails, The Port Arms serves up Soul Chef’s Caribbean street food, and The Deal Hoy tempts with slow-fermented pizza and negronis. Holy Dough also turns out standout takeaway pies. For provisions, The Merchant of Relish stocks spray-free Kentish produce and more, while Arno & Co offers fancy olives and a fridge of fabulous homemade dishes. Pop Up Café is a go-to for vegetarian brunch, viennoiserie and excellent coffee, while Hut 55 keeps beachgoers happy with flat whites, prawn sandwiches and homemade bakes. 15 minutes from Deal is magnificent Updown Farmhouse: a 17th-century red-brick restaurant with rooms, set in seven stunning acres with a tree-cocooned heated pool. Run by Ruth Leigh and chef husband Oli Brown, it offers gorgeously designed accommodation and, in the vine-draped restaurant, hyper-seasonal menus showcasing Kentish produce drawing on French and Italian techniques. Most recently, the duo have launched 'Bar Vita' on site, a glossy, marble and laquered wood-clad drinking spot inspired by Rome's most glamorous bars, serving up perfectly mixed cocktails and delicious bar snacks. updownfarmhouse.com Margate How to get there from London: take a train from St Pancras or Victoria, quick trains from 1 hour 29 minutes, single tickets from £12 at Trainline This cool coastal town is bursting with foodie hotspots. When you arrive off the train, walk to Forts Cafe, a popular place always bustling with local creatives catching up over some of the best brunch dishes in town. The focaccia sandwiches are legendary on the Margate food scene. For seafood, head to Angela's. Plump Whitstable rock oysters, mussels with cider and garlic, whole roasted plaice and thornback ray with brown butter are just some of the reasons why Angela’s is still in rude health after more than half a century. Ask locals where you can get the best fish and chips in Margate, and they’ll point you in the direction of Peter’s Fish Factory, overlooking the seafront. There will be queues, but the salty, crisp and golden chips, waft of malt vinegar and perfectly cooked cod is more than worth the wait. Follow up with a visit to Oast, a bakery with must-try buns. See our full guide to Margate for lots more recommendations including the best wine bar and Italian picks. Bristol How to get there from London: take a train from Paddington, quick trains from 1 hour 30 minutes, single tickets from £15.40 at Trainline A slightly longer day trip but still doable, a quirky and undeniably Bristolian beat pulses through this city’s food and drink scene that makes it very much worth the journey. Hart's Bakery is conveniently set under the arches at Bristol Temple Meads railway station and the queues snaking out the door tell you all you need to know. Swing by for epic sausage rolls and Saturday bread to rejuvenate you post-train. Take your pick of European classics for lunch: a signature carbonara at Italian Cotto, special Spanish small plates at Paco Tapas or hearty, regional French dishes at littlefrench. For a meal in a memorable location, head to Bristol Lido. Do a few lengths in the restored Victorian pool to sharpen your appetite then enjoy a two-course poolside lunch at the restaurant. Round off the day with a cocktail at Hyde & Co, Bristol’s prohibition-style bar. We recommend a 'Stroll in the Grounds'; Somerset cider brandy shaken with sloe gin and lavender sherbet, topped with Camel Valley fizz. Tisbury How to get there from London: take a train from Waterloo, from 1 hour 46 minutes, single tickets from £13 at Trainline For a true escape to the countryside, visit Tisbury – more village than town, yet still packing a punch with great restaurants – in Wiltshire’s pretty Nadder Valley. On arrival in the morning Genius Coffea, on the High Street, is the first port of call. For sustenance to go with it, continue on to Tisbury Deli where the shelves prop up goodies from croissants to pork pies. Pick up a bottle to go with your supplies from The Beckford Bottle Shop, where you can try-before-you-buy and get expert advice from staff. Pubs in the area are plentiful but few focus on food; the exception is The Beckford Arms where you’ll need to book to get ahead of the locals who come for a Beckford Bloody Mary and stay on for Sunday lunch. It's a destination restaurant worth the journey. Pythouse Kitchen Garden should be on everyone’s radar too; not only for the first-rate restaurant but because the company’s glamping village, tucked away in the orchard, is the perfect place to stay if you're looking to extend your day trip into a weekend away. York How to get there from London: take a train from King's Cross, from 1 hour 53 minutes, single tickets from £19.60 at Trainline This medieval town has always offered plenty to history buffs and café-goers, but a quiet foodie revolution, too, has recently been taking place. Wander down one of York's higgledy-piggledy backstreets and you'll find a new crop of young chefs putting the city's food in the spotlight. Get an early train and head to Partisan for brunch when you arrive. It's simultaneously an impressive bakery – its gorgeous cake counter visible from the street – and, behind that, a vintage styled café and art gallery serving memorable plates of, for example, shakshuka, eggs benedict and seasonal french toast variations. York has many exciting bakeries to keep you fuelled all day – see Little Arras, Flori, the new Heppni Bakeri. Visit Cosgriff & Sons for stellar breads, innovative pastries filled with seasonal jams, custards and crumbles, and a short, daily menu of sandwiches served on a hybrid sourdough focaccia. Visit Cresci for pizza, Spark for street food or Skosh for inventive small plates. For a special occasion, at Michelin-starred Roots, Banks and head chef Will Lockwood blend influences (hyper-seasonal Scandi, modern British, high-end fine dining) in deliciously original ways. More travel guides Best country house hotels in the UK Best health and wellness retreats Best hotels in London Best UK boutique hotels Best hotels in the Cotswolds Best Cornwall hotels Best hotels in the Lake District Best London hotel bars to visit Best romantic hotels in the UK European hidden gems: hotels off the beaten track Best Paris hotels Best Spanish hotels Best Italian hotels Best restaurants with rooms in the UK Best Amsterdam hotels
Beyond London - 10 regional bakeries putting their towns on the map
From Eccles cakes in Suffolk to sourdough in Wales and croissants in Scotland, these are the British bakeries worth travelling for
When I first embarked on the task of discovering and documenting Britain’s best bakeries I set myself the goal of uncovering the city favourites, but also the specialist independent businesses tucked away in more remote towns and neighbourhoods. The idea was for the book to tell the stories of bakeries worth making a trip for – whether that’s a 5 minute stroll from your home (in pyjamas), or a mini-break designed entirely around a destination bakery. These ten bakeries, all featured in the second edition of my book wonderfully serve the towns they are located in – making wholesome bread and beautiful viennoisserie that both satisfy locals and thrill visiting bakery fans. Imma, Henley-on-Thames The Van Alloys Industrial Estate on the outskirts of Henley isn’t the most glamorous destination, but this unusual location makes Imma even more of a revelation. Owner Tona Erreguin’s previous ventures include two philosophy PhDs and running a fine dining restaurant in Mexico. Preferring the title ‘Head Chef’ to ‘Baker’, she brings culinary flair and creativity to Imma’s goods (the orange curd and meringue pastry, finished with a scalding-hot blast from an iron, is just one example of her anarchic food alchemy). But Imma also do the classics very well. Their Oxford Country Loaf, with a beautiful leafy illustration scored into its crust, was declared the best sourdough in the country at Britain’s Best Loaf 2024 competition (Imma added three more gold medals to their haul the following year). Most lycra-clad visitors swing by after a cycle ride and get their goods to go, but if you’re enjoying a slower morning, there are seats to perch on and coffee made from locally roasted beans. immabakery.com Pump Street Bakery, Orford The dusty-pink facade of this pioneering speciality bakery has become almost as iconic as the sweet creations they sell inside. Pump Street Bakery was one of the first destination artisan bakeries in the UK and are well known for their craft chocolate, made by hand from bean-to-bar using traditional methods. Located in a 15th-century building on the charming Suffolk coast, the bakery was founded in November 2010 by father and daughter team, Chris and Joanna Brennan. You’ll find their chocolate at their boutique across the road, but it’s worth sampling a pain au chocolat with your coffee so you can taste it in action, enveloped in addictively flaky pastry. But this isn’t all they’re known for: pick up other Pump Street favourites from the generously stocked counter, including the bear claw (croissant dough folded over a light almond frangipane, finished with a dusting of icing sugar) or their excellently humble Eccles cake (butter puff pastry punctuated with currants and raisins). pumpstreetchocolate.com Orange Bakery, Watlington It’s easy to adore the father-daughter team behind Orange, who radiate kindness and enthusiasm for everything they do. Al taught his daughter Kitty to bake as a coping mechanism when she suffered from depression, and their shared hobby bloomed into a small business. At one point sleeping next to the oven as it was the only place where she felt safe, Kitty’s love and passion for bread have grown ever since, and she now helps others find the joy in baking with her creative initiatives – most recently the Kitty’s Kits bread mixes. Each item on the menu has a story, from the Albert loaf, a tribute to Kitty’s brother who prefers white sliced to sourdough (delicious toasted with butter and marmite), to the brilliantly creative half-pizza half-bagel ‘bialys’. Not only are the Orange Bakery team talented; they’re promoting a great cause – 100 per cent of the Kitty’s Kits profits go to Breaducation charity, which gives free bread classes and kits to schools, prisons, food banks and community groups. instagram.com/the_orangebakery/ Chez Maitre, Eltham Pierre Maitre spent years working in prestigious pastry kitchens before a stint baking at home during the Covid lockdown inspired him to open Chez Maitre in October 2022. After renovating the venue in the old Eltham railway station entirely himself, Pierre set about creating a traditional French sourdough boulangerie with community at the heart of the operation (the staff’s lovely rapport with locals says it all). Real attention to detail runs through every aspect of Chez Maitre, from the beautiful antique chemist cabinets used to display pastries and cakes, to the speciality coffee beans from UK-based Extract Coffee. The baked goods on offer here show an unrivalled level of expertise and knowledge: immaculately glossy laminated croissants and exemplary baguettes (with awards to prove it) – the perfect vehicle for a classic jambon-beurre sandwich. It is difficult to know what to choose, but the tarts are particularly special. These striking bakes are an ode to the seasonal fruit: sharp, ripe rhubarb sprinkled with crushed pistachios; pineapple and coconut frangipane. Buy them by the slice – or whole, if you’re feeling greedy. chezmaitre.com Gwyn’s, Horsham A gem of the West Sussex food scene, this Horsham bakery is owned by Ben Lines, whose extensive cheffing experience includes a stint at triple-Michelin-starred The Fat Duck. Humble in every sense of the word, Ben chose to honour his mother’s great uncle with the bakery’s name. The purpose-built building is refreshingly spacious, an open-plan bakery and cafe, with clean stylish design by Jon May. Gwyn’s core range includes a variety of sourdough, white and wholegrain loaves, and the pastry section highlights the team’s nut- and sesame-free kitchen with linseed chocolate croissants and seasonal Danishes. But from the sweet pastries, it is the pillowy sugar-encrusted cinnamon buns that are a favourite with regular customers, with their addictive balance of sugar and spice. Order a takeaway coffee (made from ethically sourced beans that are roasted locally, of course) and appreciate the brilliantly cheerful illustrated paper cups by Tom’s friend, Joanna Hu. gwynsbakery.co.uk Oast, Margate This lovable neighbourhood bakery is found in Margate’s hippest district, Cliftonville. Run by husband-and-wife team Will and Charlotte, Oast is named after the buildings synonymous with the Kent countryside (the area’s Oast Houses, with their signature conical roofs, were traditionally used to dry out hops). It is a calming space, with muted dark green tones and communal wooden tables that encourage long, relaxed brunches. Both Will and Charlotte grew up and met in Kent, but baker Will learned his craft in Edinburgh’s artisan bakeries. Oast offers a wide range of breads, from sourdoughs to rye, yeasted loaves to sweet buns, which all sell out fast. The counter offers an enticing selection of pastries (cheesecake cookies and pumpkin-spiced buns are highlights), plus sandwiches to enjoy with a perfectly poured coffee from nearby Curve Coffee Roasters. oastmargate.co.uk Angel Bakery, Abergavenny Abergavenny is a Welsh town known for its artisan food businesses and local creativity, and The Angel Bakery and general store is found at its heart. When it opened in 2016, two bakers (Sophie Kumar and Polly Hunter) made everything from long-fermented sourdough breads to immaculately laminated pastries. The team has grown, thanks to increased demand, and Angel also now supplies wholesale customers. There is a lot of choice when it comes to choosing your breakfast here: fresh fruit Danishes are delightful (often showcasing a seasonal stone fruit like peaches or plums) and their satisfying, sugary brown butter and hazelnut cookies are perfect with a coffee. But it is the assortment of breads that defines this bakery: opt for bouncy focaccia (which also features in their hefty sandwiches) or one of their five organic sourdough loaves. Set within the bakery, the shop is a wonder emporium of artisan foods and produce, all sourced from like-minded, eco-conscious companies. theangelbakery.com Aran Bakery, Dunkeld If you are journeying to the Highlands, stop here en route. Found in the quaint town of Dunkeld, Great British Bake Off alum Flora Shedden is behind this beautiful business, with its whimsical floral entrance and chic, minimalist branding. ‘Aran’ is an old Gaelic word meaning ‘bread of loaf’, and the name is apt: with seeded rolls and cheddar and kimchi toasties, bread is at the centre of the offering. Flavour and style go hand-in-hand with everything Flora creates, from the loaves stacked high on the bakery counter to the Danishes adorning her social media feed (including praline or potato dauphinoise). Aran is a feast for the eyes. There are a few places to perch inside, but better to grab your goodies and wander round the picturesque town. aran-bakery.com Bostock, North Berwick Everything that comes out of these ovens is reliably delicious, from sourdough breads to precise, French-style viennoiserie. The bakery is co-owned by Lindsay and Ross Baxter, with Ross having trained with Michelin star chefs across the country (winning the Scottish Food Awards’ Pâtissier of the Year in 2018), so it’s no surprise that Bostock’s bakes are brilliant. Named after a French pastry traditionally made with leftover bread and almonds, Bostock’s version is unique, made using a croissant loaf as the base. Dab hands at all things dough, they are known for their sourdough bread (made over 36 hours with organic flour) and bulky almond croissants, as well as the eponymous bostocks. The original bakery, a staple on the high street, can feel cramped at peak hours, but the newer East Linton branch is airier, popular with larger groups and cyclists cruising along the dramatic North Berwick coastline. bostockbakery.co.uk Rye Bakery, Frome Just off Frome’s main street, in a glorious, lovingly restored former church, is Rye Bakery. Set up in 2017 by enthusiastic Frome locals Owen and Amy, the bakery was born from a seriously foodie background: Owen spent over ten years honing his skills working with bakers around the world, specialising in viennoiserie and sourdough bread, and met Amy (who previously cooked at Owen’s mum’s cafe) through their shared love of food. After a run of pop-ups making pizzas at festivals and markets, the couple started Rye, showcasing their passion for local grains to make their celebrated sourdough. The space is grand but has a welcoming feel, bustling with kids or groups of friends eager to relax over a baked snack and a good cup of coffee. Everything on the Rye counter is utterly divine, from glossy croissants to dense chocolatey brownies – and the lunch menu will convince you to stay for your next meal, too. rye-bakery.com Britain’s Best Bakeries (2nd Edition) by Milly Kenny-Ryder is £22.95 and is out now. More UK restaurant guides Best restaurants in Deal Best restaurants in Birmingham Best restaurants in St Albans Best restaurants in Bristol Best restaurants in Edinburgh Best restaurants in York Best restaurants in Whitstable Best restaurants in Oxford Best restaurants in Cambridge Best restaurants in Margate Best restaurants in Manchester Best restaurants in Glasgow Best restaurants in the Lake District
10 premium hot chocolates in London to try this festive season
Fight the winter blues and treat yourself to one of these handcrafted hot chocolates, expertly blended for a bespoke and luxury experience
As the temperature drops and Christmas lights start to twinkle, there’s nothing more comforting than wrapping your hands around a cup of thick, silky hot chocolate. London is home to a bundle of independent cafés stirring up luxurious versions of this classic winter warmer – read on to discover where to find the most indulgent hot chocolates this festive season. Recreate a rich and creamy hot chocolate in the comfort of your kitchen with our hot chocolate recipes, including a chocolate orange twist and boozy alternative. Or seek more ways to make the most of the season with our four festive UK city getaways perfect for shopping, eating and exploring and these magical winter travel experiences for food lovers. Maison Pierre Marcolini, Notting Hill This glossy new boutique from the famed French chocolatier is the first of the Marcolini emporiums to serve bean-to-cup hot chocolates, using cocoa beans sourced directly from independent producers in Madagascar, Peru, Cuba, Brazil and São Tomé. Super-smooth and milky serves include ‘Speculoos’ and a signature ‘Piedmont Hazelnut’, topped with whipped cream, caramel sauce and hazelnuts. Those who prefer a darker cup of chocolate are also catered for, with cocoa percentages ranging from 77%-83%. You can enjoy these artisanal creations hot or cold, with the choice of whole, pea or oat milk. We're excited to visit again soon to try its new hot chocolate which now comes with an espresso shot. marcolini.co.uk Barnabys, Covent Garden (and Tottenham Court Road and City of London) This handmade chocolate shop may be known for its thick, gooey chocolate bars, but its newer range of hot chocolates, using real chocolate, are just as noteworthy. Available in three flavours – classic, malt and peanut butter and caramel – all offerings are equally drool-worthy. Dip a bar of the weekend special into your cup and you'll notice that the chocolate pools in the bottom – just heavenly. barnabybars.com Dark Sugars, Greenwich A visit to Dark Sugars is a sensory experience, with their viral hot chocolate poured thick and topped with generous shavings of their own dark, milk or white chocolate. Each cup is a spectacle, crowned with curls of chocolate that melt into the drink, creating a multi-layered, ultra-rich treat. For hot chocolate aficionados, this one’s a no-brainer.⁠ darksugars.co.uk Chin Chin Desserts, Soho Chin Chin's team of dessert alchemists ensures everything is handmade in their Soho development kitchen, from theatrical cookie dough pie sundaes to boundary-pushing potato soft serve. Its unashamedly decadent hot chocolates are finished with gooey, flame-torched marshmallows, and festive specials from previous years include the snowball cookie hot chocolate, where a raspberry-filled coconut marshmallow sensually melts into the steaming chocolate. instagram.com/chinchinicecream The Nook, Hampstead There's possibly no nicer way to spend a London afternoon than mooching around leafy Hampstead with a hot chocolate in hand. Secure the goods at The Nook, a charming drinks and bites bar on a cosy little corner of Hampstead Heath. The team craft luxury chocolate milks by melting Belgium chocolate with steamed milk, resulting in a sweetly silky drink. Choose from six chocolate strengths, from 28% all the way up to 80%. Milk and cream is from The Estate Dairy and fresh roasted marshmallows from Kensal Sugar Kitchen. The list of specials is up there with some of the best, such as the Pistachio, which sees pistachio paste mixed into the chocolate. thenookhampstead.co.uk Mello by Chin Chin Ice cream, Covent Garden London's first marshmallow bar, complete with a viral-worthy marshmallow drawer, is fast becoming one of the city's hottest spots for a well earned 'sweet treat'. From the team at @chinchinicecream, you can expect smooth, nutty handcrafted sips capped with blowtorched marshmallows, with options including a hazelnut s’mores and even a frozen hot chocolate. instagram.com/mellodeluxe Qima Cafe, Fitzrovia Claiming to be the UK’s first tree-to-cup café, this smart coffee shop pays just as much attention to its hot chocolate as it does to coffee. Expect rich yet well-rounded cups, starring a creamy combination of single-origin 72% dark chocolate from the Solomon Islands and Valrhona's 70% Guanaja. It's then accented by a sweet dose of brown sugar, depth of cocoa powder and a final sprinkle of sea salt to keep the sweetness in check. Pair your cocoa with one of the flaky pastries on the counter. qimacafe.com Venchi, Covent Garden (and Richmond, King's Road and more) Find this Italian chocolate boutique and cafeteria right in the middle of Covent Garden. The signature hazelnut hot chocolate, poured from a tap and finished with a scattering of chopped nuts, is unabashedly rich, and may just be the thickest cup of cocoa going (and incomparable to shop-bought powder). There's even the option to drink its hot chocolate poured over ice cream, served in an elegant cocktail glass with lashings of whipped cream and a shot of Venchi's hazelnut chocolate. venchi.com Melt, Notting Hill (and Holland Park) This boutique chocolatier in West London stirs up hot chocolate with luxury front of mind, melting its signature house-made chocolate into thick, glossy, sippable heaven. Customers can choose their preferred chocolate, mix up flavours and top up with a flamed marshmallow for extra indulgence. meltchocolates.com William Curley, Soho This orange-painted boutique by Scottish chocolatier William Curley is a charming spot which promises cosy, comforting vibes. Order the rich, velvety classic or experiment with an Aztec chilli, Mayan spiced or gianduja variety. Whichever you choose, you can be certain that your beverage will be crafted with care and precision. williamcurley.co.uk Knoops, Richmond Despite the fact that multiple locations are sprouting across London, Knoops still takes hot chocolate incredibly seriously. Offering a menu of different cocoa percentages, origins and milk, you are free to choose your strength — from a creamy 34% milk to a punchy 85% dark — and add custom extras like orange zest, chilli or sea salt. Though the stores tend to fill up at peak times, each cup is still expertly blended for a bespoke, luxury experience. knoops.com
Find out where to go for the best windswept winter walks along the coast - plus where to eat and drink to warm afterwards
Who says Britain's beaches are just for summer? On a crisp, sunny winter day, there's nothing better than wrapping up warm for a brisk walk along the coast, taking in the wide views and enjoying the quiet after summer crowds have long gone. From fish shacks on the sand in Tynemouth to dramatic sweeps of coastline in Northumberland, these are some of the best beaches around the UK to visit in winter. Plus, we've included the best restaurants, cafes or pubs you need to visit after your walk as a reward to warm up. For more winter travel inspiration, check out our 8 magical winter travel experiences for food lovers, best winter city breaks and the UK's best festive day trips. For more outdoor activities, check out our 10 best lidos and outdoor pools in the UK. 9 best UK beaches to visit in winter King Edward’s Bay, Tynemouth It might not be the prettiest beach, but this small sandy bay enclosed by cliffs has a secret that makes it well worth the steep stairs down. It’s home to Riley’s Fish Shack, one of the best beachside restaurants around. And with the summer crowds long gone, only the hardcore fans make the chilly pilgrimage, rewarded with wood-grilled seafood straight off the fire. Aldeburgh, Suffolk Aldeburgh’s long, stony sweep may not be the place for barefoot paddling, but in winter it turns wonderfully still – a pretty, pastel-lined seafront where the North Sea feels close enough to touch. Base yourself at The Suffolk, where owner George Pell has beautifully restored the townhouse hotel with quietly elegant rooms and food worth travelling for. With summer gone, the queues for fish and chips at Golden Galleon or Aldeburgh Fish & Chip Shop finally ease, but you’ll still be jostling with locals at bakery Two Magpies for bread with proper heft and pastries that vanish fast. Pubs are aplenty, but the White Hart Inn is the one locals point you towards. It’s what I call a ‘proper boozer’ where locals spill out onto the pavement in their sandy Birkenstocks in summer but come winter, they wrap up indoors alongside the super cute pub cat. Embleton Bay, Northumberland My husband’s favourite beach in the world, Embleton Bay is dramatic, wide and so windswept in winter it can almost knock you sideways, but that’s exactly what makes you feel so alive. The sweep of sand seems to go on forever, with Dunstanburgh Castle looming in the distance like a piece of perfectly placed scenery. After a bracing walk, warm up at The Ship Inn in Low Newton, a proper local favourite with its own microbrewery. Keep following the coast path to Craster for its famous kippers or grab a table at The Jolly Fisherman for crab overlooking the harbour. Stay in one of the many cosy seaside cottages in nearby Bamburgh, then book dinner at The Potted Lobster, a must for seafood lovers. Mawgan Porth, Cornwall Tucked between Newquay and Padstow, Mawgan Porth is a wide, wild crescent of sand that feels wonderfully elemental in winter. The Atlantic barrels straight in, the wind scours the dunes, and even a short walk leaves you riding that salt-stung, alive-again feeling. Warm up at The Scarlet, a grown-up, eco-minded escape perched high above the beach; its clifftop hot tubs and Ayurvedic-inspired spa make it one of Cornwall’s most soothing winter hideaways. If you want something more casual, wander to Catch or The Merrymoor Inn for seafood-led menus. And when you’re ready to explore, Padstow is just up the coast for bakeries, shops and harbourside pottering, or make the trip to Rock for a long lunch at Paul Ainsworth’s pub, The Mariners. Three Cliffs Bay, Gower Beautiful, rugged and blissfully quiet in winter, Three Cliffs Bay is one of the Gower’s most dramatic stretches of coastline. At low tide, the sands of Three Cliffs, Pobbles, Tor and Oxwich sweep together into one vast, walkable expanse; at high tide, they pull apart again into separate coves. It’s not a spot for winter dipping (the rip tides are notoriously strong) but for photography, hiking and that edge-of-the-world feeling, it’s unbeatable. If the tide and weather play ball, you can follow the coastal path around to Oxwich Bay, home to Beach House, where Hywel Griffith serves refined, deeply rooted Welsh cooking right on the shoreline. For a gentle base, stay in Mumbles for a slow, sea-breezy weekend: wander the pier, graze through indie shops and spend your evenings pub-hopping, BeerRiff and other local breweries make it an easy place to settle in after a day on the coast. Bantham Beach, Devon One of my favourite beaches in Devon, Bantham is all rolling dunes, a wide estuary and knockout views across to Burgh Island. Rugged, scenic and blissfully quiet, this corner of Devon really comes into its own once the crowds disappear. In winter it’s dramatic, wind-whipped and perfect for long walks that end at The Sloop Inn, or Outside, a relaxed spot created by Paddy Wellens and musician Ben Howard. Across the water, Bigbury-on-Sea offers another huge sweep of sand and the iconic crossing to Burgh Island, where an overnight stay feels wonderfully otherworldly. The Oyster Shack is a go-to in summer, but winter brings shorter hours (and a full January closure), so always check ahead. Botany Bay, Kent Framed by chalk stacks and sheer white cliffs, Botany Bay is one of the most photogenic beaches on the Thanet coast, and in winter, with the crowds gone, its quiet, otherworldly mood really lands. The tide pulls back to reveal wide stretches of sand and rockpools made for brisk walks and moody seascapes (though the strong currents mean it’s strictly a look-but-don’t-dip spot in colder months). Warm up in Broadstairs, where Kebbell’s leads the charge for smart, seafood-focused plates. For a longer weekend, I’m a big fan of Margate (basically East London by the sea) where you’re spoilt for choice with food and drink. Think Sargasso, Angela’s, Sète, Louie on Sea, High Dive and a whole run of indie cafés and bars to hole up in when the weather turns. Check out our guide to the best restaurants in Margate for all our top picks. Aberlady Bay, East Lothian Sweeping dunes, wide-open sands and a constant salt-sharp wind make Aberlady Bay one of East Lothian’s most exhilarating winter beaches. The nature reserve feels wonderfully remote once the season turns, all big skies, birdlife and long, quiet walks out towards the old wrecks at low tide. Just along the coast, Gullane offers another beautiful sweep of sand backed by dunes and golf courses, with a gentler, villagey feel. Stay at Tom Aikens’ The Bonnie Badger in Gullane, a warm, design-led inn that does comfort brilliantly, and book dinner at La Potinière, an icon in the Scottish hospitality scene. North Berwick also makes an excellent base, with independent shops, wine bars and the always-busy Steampunk Coffee for post-walk caffeine. And with Edinburgh only 40 minutes away, this stretch of coastline is easy to reach making a perfect winter double act of wild walks and city exploring. <img src="https://images.immediate.co.uk/production/volatile/sites/2/2025/12/GettyImages-1032848070-befd8f9.jpg" width="724" height="483" alt="Mini Subs: UK, Scotland, East Lothian, Aberlady: Wrecks of WW2 midget submarines, exposed at low tide on a sand bar and accessible to visit twice a day are two Royal Navy XT class midget submarines... Here is the known history of them: This is one of two of the six midget submarines class XT (T - Training) built by Vickers-Armstrong Ltd; They were manned by a crew of 4; The ship`s were 52ft long and 5ft in diameter; Their range was generally taken to be 500 nautical miles surfaced and 82 nautical miles submerged; At a speed of 6.5 and 5.5 Knots and powered by a Gardner diesel engine (as was used in a London bus!) on the surface and battery propulsion below the surface..." title="UK, Scotland, Aberlady, coast with submarine wreck at sunset" /> Runswick Bay, North Yorkshire With its red-roofed cottages tumbling down the cliffside and a long, sheltered sweep of sand, Runswick Bay is one of the prettiest winter beaches on the Yorkshire coast. It feels quiet and cocooning once the colder months arrive, and it sits perfectly between a run of gorgeous fishing villages, from storybook Robin Hood’s Bay to my personal favourite, Staithes, with its steep lanes, artists’ studios and proper old harbour. From Runswick, you can walk or drive up the coast to Sandsend, home to the boutique Saltmoore spa hotel and one of the county’s best low-key lunch stops, Mary’s Sandwich Shop. Or keep heading north into Whitby for fish-and-chips and obligatory arcades (my go-to is Magpie Café). More travel inspiration Best UK spa hotels for food lovers Best day trips from London by train Best seaside staycations Best restaurants in St Albans Best new restaurants in the UK Best holiday cottages for foodies Best autumn breaks Best cosy cabins for foodies Best restaurants in Bath Best UK afternoon teas Best Irish holidays
Best restaurants in Bristol: Esther Clark shares her favourite local food and drink spots
This thriving city is now a must visit for foodies across the country, and the perfect choice for a long weekend away
Looking for Bristol restaurants? Check out the best places to eat in Bristol, including cafés, bars and restaurants. Here you'll find local beers and interesting wines, lively bars and buzzy cafés. Check out our local food and drink guide to Bristol... For more exciting restaurants and weekend ideas for food lovers, check out our best UK city breaks and the UK's best artisan bakeries. Also read our city guides to the best restaurants in Bath, best restaurants in Cardiff, best restaurants in York and best restaurants in Oxford. Jump to: Best places to eat and drink in Bristol Best cafés in Bristol Best food and drink shops in Bristol Foodie neighbourhood in Bristol Where to stay in Bristol Best places to eat and drink in Bristol Marmo For modern European food and wine Marmo is one of Bristol’s most special dining experiences. It sits on bustling Baldwin Street – inside are high ceilings, an open kitchen and a buzzy, inviting atmosphere. It has an extremely pleasing menu taking influence from Italy, and an exceptional organic/biodynamic wine list. Marmo is headed by couple Cosmo and Lily Sterck. Cosmo is ex St John and Brawn, and Lily worked front of house at Luca in their London days. The menu reads really well to a point that it’s hard to know what to order for fear of missing out. Simple Italian ingredients are given the best treatment. There’s plates of lightly fried gnocco fritto and salame rosa, perfectly pickled, crunchy vegetables and bobby beans tossed with white peaches and a pine nut cream. A fresh pasta dish is always available and the famous steak tartar always graces the menu. The staff are well versed in both wine and food so you feel in good hands. If you order any dessert make sure you get at least one chocolate mousse for the table – it’s perfectly set with a blanket of lightly whipped cream strewn over it. It’ll be the ideal end to what’s likely to be a flawless meal. marmo.restaurant Farro, Bristol For pastries and sourdough Farro is certainly Bristol’s best bakery. In fact, it’s renowned as one of the best in the country. Because of this you may be faced with a queue on weekends but don't let this deter you. The queues move fast and the cabinets are well stocked. Sitting comfortably in central Bristol, it’s a slick, small establishment but with limited seating so be ready with an empty tote bag for pastries and sourdough, and a free hand for takeaway coffee. There are classic French pastries from golden pain au chocolat to a classic croissant. The perfectly sweet and heavily vanilla-scented canelé de Bordeaux is the best we’ve tried outside of France. There's savoury scones packed with cheese and rosemary, seasonal fruit galettes (like strawberry and elderflower in the summer) and if you go on the right day you’ll find trays of custardy pastel de nata. Don't leave without a loaf of sourdough, and the dense and nutty rye bread is also excellent. The menu is seasonal so changes regularly but whatever’s on offer is never far off pastry perfection. farro.co.uk Root For veg-led dining Long standing favourite Root (opened in 2017) is known for its modern, small plate, vegetable-led dishes. It sings of seasonality, with just a few meat and fish dishes of the highest quality gracing the menu. Unsurprising that this place had earned such accolades when it’s owned by renowned chef Josh Eggleton (The Pony Chew Valley). Start with a seasonal cocktail like a gooseberry and elderflower martini or an apricot whisky highball. Root has a real skill at making humble veg the star of the show with a menu that boasts mouth-watering dishes such as a hispi cabbage caesar salad, crispy Cornish potatoes with curried butter, pizzettas with caramelised onions and Cotswold brie, and smoked Cornish monkfish with tahini, yogurt and pickled red cabbage. What’s great about Root is its extensive use of British ingredients, championing some of the country’s best producers. This is a fantastic shout for vegetarians, or those who just prefer a vegetable-led meal. rootbristol.co.uk Noah's For seafood or fish and chips Noah’s is a fish and seafood restaurant situated under a bridge on Spike Island overlooking the Cumberland Basin. It’s not hard to tell where its name came from – the restaurant itself, with modern wooden cladding and a subtle nautical theme, hints to fishing boats. Its simple approach to seafood is supported by the freshest produce, boasting a menu of fish caught from the south coast to the clear lochs of Scotland. To start there’s soft crumpets piled with lemony crab mayonnaise, hand-dived fat Orkney scallops drenched in garlic butter, and piles of Fowey mussels in a perfect white wine sauce. For a main you can choose your fish grilled or fried, like Cornish sole with brown butter and capers, or battered hake. There’s a rather clever Lock Keeper’s menu that runs for lunch daily 12-3pm as well as 12-6:30pm Mondays and Thursdays – this includes mussels, a fishcake or prime battered cod fillet with a pile of chips, mushy peas, homemade tartare sauce and a mug of builder’s tea. It comes in at £14.50, an absolute steal for some of the freshest fish you’ll get in the west of England. noahsbristol.co.uk Wilson's and Wilson's Bread Shop For fine dining Headed up by husband and wife team, Jan and Mary, Wilson’s opened its doors back in 2017 on Chandos Road in Redland. This one-Michelin-star restaurant happily brings together fine dining with farm-to-table eating in a relaxed neighbourhood setting. The small whitewashed restaurant features bare wooden tables and black painted boards with the leafy streets of Redland on the doorstep. The menu, though fine dining, is simple. You’ll find ingredients treated with the upmost thought and consideration such as raw seabass with smoked crème fraîche, gooseberries and thai basil, or blackcurrants from their farm turned into a smooth, delicate sorbet with basil leaves and oil, also made from their own crops. For a six-course menu available at both lunch and dinner you’ll pay £78, and the wine flight is an extra £50, which is very good value for such a fantastic dining experience. Just a few doors down from the restaurant is the bread shop, which absolutely should not be missed. Here you can pick up some of the exceptional sourdough served in the restaurant, as well as loaves such as Icelandic rye. There’s Wookey Hole cheddar toasties with house-made seasonal pickles, thick wobbly custard tarts and seasonal fruit-filled choux buns (with the fruit sourced from the farm). At weekends it serves up a real treat: the most excellent bacon rolls using Hokkaido milk buns, Koji-cured bacon and homemade red or brown sauce – just the perfect bite. wilsonsbristol.co.uk Bokman For modern Korean cooking Bristol favourite Bokman is a small Korean restaurant run by husband and wife duo Kyu Jeong Jeon and Duncan Robertson. It’s a small establishment in Stokes Croft, known for its independent businesses and thriving pub and live music scene. Bokman dominates the area as the best eatery around, serving up authentic, relaxed Korean food. A blackboard of up to 10 dishes serves as the menu, with regular changing Korean favourites. We started with pork and beef stuffed chillies, deep-fried in a crisp shell of batter and served with a dipping sauce with just the right balance of sweet and acidic, with notes of clementine. Sip on Korean beer before ordering a high-piled crunchy chinese leaf salad, tossed with seaweed, pine nuts and a creamy dressing, or try banchan, a plate of pickled Korean vegetables. There’s delicious locally caught fish on the menu along with rich, spicy braised tofu and a spectacular whole chicken stuffed with raw rice that’s slow cooked until the meat is tender and the rice has soaked up the fat and turned soft and sticky. A soft serve ice cream is always on rotation with seasonal toppings and usually one other dessert – if you’re lucky you may be there on a week where the matcha and chestnut tiramisu makes an appearance. The food feels like you’ve been invited to someone’s home as a guest for dinner. The staff make you feel comfortable, almost like a local. And no doubt you’ll wish you were once you’ve eaten at Bokman. bokman.co.uk Gambas For simple Spanish food at its best Gambas has a cool setting and slick menu – it’s one of those restaurants that does what it does extremely well. You feel in good hands eating there, under chefs that know what they’re doing and staff who competently chat you through the specials. Consistently excellent, it’s located in Wapping Wharf, overlooking the harbour, so on a sunny afternoon you’re in for a treat. The high-quality ingredients here never feel short of excellent. You’ll find fresh, juicy prawns pil pil, drenched in garlic butter, a fat tortilla with a wobbly centre and a smear of garlic aïoli, and plates of hand-carved jamón ibérico and golden, freshly fried croquettes. It all comes out at a good pace, never rushed, with enough time to enjoy the views and the wine. There’s a good wine list too and a jug of seasonal sangria never disappoints, such as cherry in the summer or clementine and rhubarb in the cooler months. gambasbristol.co.uk Dongnae For sophisticated sharing dishes Dongnae is the newer, sister restaurant to the popular Bokman. It sits on Chandos Road in Redland and has a much smarter setting than its more relaxed sister. The way of eating is different here too. You’re encouraged to share dishes from a charcoal grill, such a whole Brixham john dory, grilled pork belly and wagyu feather blade. These are all served with a wooden tray of ssam and condiments – essentially crispy whole lettuce and bitter leaves which act as a wrap for the smoky meat, fish, vegetables, pickles and sauces. There are also small plates, like beef dumplings in a delicate broth and the crispiest fried chicken wings in salty, almost caramel-like, lip-smacking sauce. You can order extra banchan too, including the homemade kimchi, which is the best we’ve ever tried. This is a really special dining experience. Book a table for an early evening and eat some of the most delicious Korean food in a calm, sophisticated setting. dongnae.co.uk Sonny Stores For Italian-led modern dining Pegs Quinn’s unassuming eatery sits happily on a corner in the backstreets of Southville. Unassuming it may be but here you’ll find some of the best food being served in Bristol. Pegs spent five years at The River Café before packing his bags and heading back to his home in the West Country to work in several restaurants before opening Sonny Stores five years ago. The menu reads head to toe of things you’ll be desperate to eat. There are fat, salted anchovies swimming in olive oil, large hunks of bubbly focaccia and the most sublime, crispy vegetable fritti to start with crispy curls of fried sage. There’s always pizza on the menu, smaller, chubbier and blistered or larger and thinner to share, the dough is light and fluffy, and toppings carefully thought out – like a pizza bianco with a creamy sauce, salami and little sharp pickled chillies. You could just eat the pizza because it’s so good but then you’ll want to save room for more. There’s hand-rolled pasta circulating the menu and meat braised slowly, served with the softest polenta. There’s a fat wedge of fluffy tiramisu, a simple, well-executed end. This small but perfectly formed restaurant is not to be missed. sonnystores.com Gigi's Pizza For New York slices This relatively new pizza joint is one of the hottest tickets in town. Located in the Old Market area of Bristol, it sings more of the backstreet pizza joints of Brooklyn. The premise is simple: American ovenbaked pizza with a crisp bottom and fantastic toppings. You can order Gigi’s by the slice or in whole 12-inch or 18-inch pies. The best way to dine here is to bring some friends and share some big pizzas. The margarita has a rich, glossy tomato sauce and a generous layer of oozy cheese. There’s pepperoni with just enough hot honey to cut through the spicy meat, and a really special cacio e pepe number. Order some slices, a pot of buffalo ranch and a couple of cold beers. Once you start it’s hard to stop ordering slice after slice. gigispizzashop.com The Kensington Arms For a very good Sunday roast Tucked away in the picturesque, leafy streets of Redland is local favourite The Kenny. It’s a cosy corner pub that serves evening meals, lunches and Sunday roasts that are as good as they come. There’s a sense of neighbourhood in this boozer, locals sit at the bar drinking Somerset cider and sleepy dogs wind themselves around their owners’ legs under the table. But what really makes this pub stand out is the exceptional cooking that comes out of the kitchen. Head for a Sunday roast and enjoy ruby red ex-dairy beef with fat yorkshire puddings, creamed celeriac and crispy roasties, or perfectly crackled iron aged pork belly. Start with a blackboard special that might involve some freshly caught Brixham scallops, lightly whipped cod’s roe on toast or pan-fried gnocchi with goat’s curd. Finish up with a wedge of sticky toffee pudding and a big satisfied smile on your face. Be sure to book as seating is limited in this cosy establishment and the Sunday roasts in particular are popular. thekensingtonarms.co.uk Fed For brunch Breakfast and brunch is always a 10/10 at one of the four Fed cafés that are dotted across Bristol (find them in Cotham, Gloucester Road, Fishponds and Westbury). With knock-out coffee, a really strong breakfast menu and some of the most delicious cakes in Bristol, order something sweet like apple overnight oats with earl grey soaked prunes, or a savoury number such as poached Cacklebean eggs on thick sourdough toast with garlicky greens, or a hot brioche bun with crispy bacon, eggs and chilli chutney. The huge selection of cakes is hard to pass by, strategically located by the exit, so don't leave without a big wedge of banana bread or a slice of the famous towering fudgy chocolate cake. fedcafe.co.uk Bristol Lido For building up an appetite Bristol’s Clifton Lido and its historic setting is one of the highlights of the city. Take a dip, sauna and hot tub before setting yourself down for a fantastic lunch in the bar or restaurant. The poolside bar offers a small plate menu inspired by the Mediterranean. There’s taramasalata with pickles, sumac and fluffy flatbreads, watermelon and barrel-aged feta salad, chargrilled lamb pintxo with harissa and seasoned yogurt, and Cornish sardines with tahini, coriander and lime. The restaurant above has a more extensive menu with larger plates such as slow-cooked tomato cavatelli or pan-fried skate wing. There are some fantastic packages on offer: for £55 you can bag yourself a swim and lunch package where you can use the facilities then enjoy two courses in the restaurant, or on Sundays have a swim and three small plates in the bar for the same price. Booking ahead is highly recommended as this is one of the most popular spots in Bristol. lidobristol.com More restaurants in Bristol loved by the olive team 1 York Place Chef Freddy Bird of Little French fame has opened his second Bristol restaurant, this time a split-level dining room on the outskirts of Clifton. Freddy’s food is flavour-driven and strongly European with opening snacks like jamón and smoked eel croquetas, and the lightest potato beignet with anchovy mayonnaise and pecorino. Seasonality comes into play in a starter of asparagus and a brown butter hollandaise with homemade sourdough. There is plenty of seafood on the menu – wild prawns, scallops, surf clams, hake, skate and gurnard – plus sharing options including roast rump cap with crisp cubed dripping potatoes and horseradish. 1yorkplace.co.uk Bank It’s a pleasure to spend time in this airy, welcoming space in Totterdown where all the important things matter: decent cocktails, imaginative wines, cooking over fire with seasonal ingredients, small plates and feasting menus, excellent coffee. Founder Dan O’Regan and his co-owner chef Jack Briggs work with local suppliers and seasonal ingredients, some grown at the restaurant’s allotment, to offer hearty plates for two or three to share like Hereford Cross sirloin with beef shin rendang, bone marrow and charred pineapple. Smaller, regularly switched-up dishes such as smoked pork belly, picked watermelon and mission crab butter; Scottish girolles, burnt sweetcorn custard, crispy poached egg and jalapeno show sharply-honed kitchen skills and influences from across the world. bankbristol.com The Pony Brother and sister Josh and Holly Eggleton are well-known on the Bristol dining scene. Their smallholding, a short drive from the city, combines restaurant with cookery school and polytunnels, gardens and orchards. Take lunch, dinner, afternoon tea – or a sustainable wine course. The Pony’s set menu is a great-value intro: cold roast beef with garden pesto, chalkstream trout with Pony herbs and vanilla set cream. theponychewvalley.co.uk Cotto Across several much-loved Bristol restaurants, including their eponymous flagship, the Bianchi family is an energetic proponent of modern Italian food. Cotto is steeped in tradition: old family recipes, cooking research in Padova, sourcing trips to storied Tuscan butchers. But it is colourfully innovative, too – for example, in its artichoke fritti with mint and hot honey or its Loco carbonara. Originally a cult hit at a previous Bianchi restaurant, Pasta Loco, a recently revived carbonara – which takes several days to make – arrives as a plate of saucy spaghetti and fennel sausage, topped with a slab of slow-cooked, crispy pork belly and a pancetta-wrapped poached egg. cottowinebarandkitchen.co.uk littlefrench Freddy Bird’s family-run restaurant in Westbury Park serves up hearty, regional French dishes which deliver on every level. With a menu of snacks, starters, mains, sharers and sides, you get the feeling Freddy’s trying to feed you up. Let him. A ‘snack’ of chargrilled baby monkfish is the juiciest we’ve ever tried, served with sauce vierge, fresh basil and a decent thwack of woodsmoke. We down massive oysters with shallot vinegar for a saline hit, seriously good olives sweet with garlic and rosemary, and creamy fizz from the Loire. littlefrench.co.uk Bianchis A painted Bell’s Diner & Bar Rooms sign still exists above the door at this famed Montpelier restaurant site, taken on by Dominic Borel and Ben Harvey to turn into a traditional Italian trattoria. Interiors include bottle-green banquettes and wood panelling, crisp white tablecloths, and a modern geometric print in the bar – and there’s a mix of bookable tables and those reserved for walk-ins. There’s a suitably grown-up nod to the restaurant’s Italian roots right from the off, with a bitter aperitivo list (negronis, Aperol and Campari spritzes, vermouth and tonics), and plenty of Italian wines, but there are also a few curveballs to look out for – including an Essex pinot blanc, an Austrian orange wine and a trendy Greek red. When it comes to the food, the team goes further than the pasta-centric offerings at its other sites. The menu – divided into cured, raw, antipasti, primi (showcasing their pasta-making skills) and secondi sections – makes the most of local West Country producers: think braised quail with pancetta, coco blanc, turnip and girolle agrodolce; and roast hake with Dorset clams and baby fennel. The kitchen is headed up by Pegs Quinn, who boasts the River Café on his CV. bianchisrestaurant.co.uk Bertha’s Once an engineer for the McLaren Formula 1 team, Graham Faragher and his wife, Kate, started Bertha’s as a street-food business, serving pizzas from a converted canary-yellow Land Rover Defender before opening a bricks-and-mortar pizzeria in Bristol’s burgeoning harbourside food quarter. For Graham, it’s all about a long fermentation for the sourdough – at Bertha’s, it’s between three and five days – and seasonal South West ingredients for the toppings. berthas.co.uk Poco Café by day, tapas joint by night, ethically focused Poco is a long-time member of the thriving indie community of Bristol, with food and drink menus featuring seasonal, British and often organic produce. The varied but cohesive collection of small plates (which is chalked up on the back wall alongside the producers whose ingredients it stars) is illustrative of Ian’s imagination and skill. Sweetcorn fritters are far more exciting than the image they conjure, and come loaded with jalapeño and rich crumbs of chocolate to offset that sweetness. Each is sat on an aioli-topped kohlrabi slice, for wrapping it in, taco-style. Cornish hake, dusted with kelp powder, is cooked with real care; the soft flesh falls away in thick, moist flakes at the mere suggestion of a fork, and slips into the silky oyster mayonnaise it’s partnered with. pocotapasbar.com Bulrush This modern British restaurant in the Cotham area of the city quickly made an impression on locals thanks to the clever cooking, interesting techniques (they’re big fans of fermentation) and bold flavour pairings from 30-year-old chef George Livesey. Originally from the Peak District, George has worked at St. John, for Dan Cox (executive chef of Fera at Claridge’s), and White Rabbit in Dalston before deciding to head West. His menus champion the produce of the region, including all the foraged ingredients he can get his hands on (from fiddlehead ferns and pine, to juniper and sea kale). With personable and passionate service, a cracking cocktail menu that complements the food, and sterling cooking coming out of the tiny kitchen. bulrushrestaurant.co.uk Pasta Ripiena Pasta Ripiena is the sister restaurant to the popular Pasta Loco. To keep things seasonal, the restaurant gets two weekly deliveries from the Milan fruit and vegetable market. This produce ends up in a range of dishes, particularly stuffed pasta, which is made on site every day. Typical main courses include tortellini of salt marsh lamb, artichoke barigoule, pancetta and ricotta salata, and ravioli of beef shin ragu, crispy coppa, chard and pedro ximénez. Dominic says: “You’ll find Joe rolling five different styles of stuffed pasta between the end of lunch service and dinner – the PX sherry jus on the beef ragu is sticky, sweet, rich and just plain naughty!” pastaripiena.co.uk River Station Bag a table by the window (or on the terrace) in the glass-fronted River Station (The Grove) to catch the action in the harbour. Go all out in the smart upstairs restaurant with mains such as roast hake with parmesan crust and cannellini beans, the two-course set lunch in the relaxed downstairs café-bar is a bargain. riverstation.co.uk Koocha Mezze Bar Koocha Mezze Bar is a Persian, all-vegan cocktail and mezze bar with a contagiously sparky, easy-going spirit, in Bristol’s independent quarter. Run by long-time vegetarian turned vegan, Noda Marvani, Koocha’s bold, all-black exterior hints at the snug, stylish space within. There are also bright blue picnic tables on the patio outside for warmer days but Koocha’s brought the outdoors in, too; festoon lighting against a dark ceiling makes for an atmospheric, dining-under-the-stars feel. The menu is short and sweet, with one page for mezze, mains, sides and desserts then another for drinks — including plenty of vegan cocktails and signature G&Ts. Menu highlights include the koopa – earthy rice balls, deep-fried and loaded with cinnamon and turmeric – and spiced, slow-roasted cauliflower teamed with saffron yogurt and pomegranate seeds. Almost everything here is made from scratch (including the seitan used in the kebabs) and what Koocha don’t make themselves they look to the Bristol community to supply. Desserts are brought in from Elspeth’s Kitchen — a vegan, gluten-free bakery down the road from the restaurant — and bread’s sourced from Bristol-based Abunoor Pitta Factory. koochamezzebar.com Nutmeg Located in smart Clifton, Nutmeg serves up seriously delicious Indian cuisine. With its buzzy, welcoming atmosphere, this restaurant doesn’t mind if you’re dressed up or down, but the dishes are certainly special enough for a celebration. In its dishes, decor and demeanour, Nutmeg is wonderfully colourful. Street-art-style murals on the walls are pure Bristol, while wooden floors and red banquettes add polish. Owner Raja Munuswamy and head chef Arvind Pawar source ingredients from local indie suppliers, including Ruby and White butchers and Bristol Sweet Mart. While the tasting menu focuses on one region at a time (on our visit the northern region of Kashmir), cycling quarterly to keep things fresh, the à la carte features flavours inspired by all 29 of India’s states. After a tray of well-balanced homemade chutneys, the amuse bouche of golgappa puri – a traditional street snack of deep-fried tried filled with tamarind water, chilli, chaat masala and chickpea – proved to be one of the standouts of the night. We also found ourselves particularly enamoured with the main course’s yakhni gosht – rich, slow-cooked lamb that was moreishly tender, warm with ginger and cumin and cooled with a hung yoghurt sauce. Paired with a fruity pinot noir rosé, the pudding rounded the evening off beautifully; a deliciously syrupy jalebi acted as the perfect foil to a fragrant ball of homemade rose kulfi ice cream. nutmeg.co.uk Bravas For a pre-dinner bite, cross Whiteladies Road to small, buzzy Bravas which, with its exposed brick walls and hessian coffee sacks, could be a backstreet tapas bar in Spain. Make sure you try the lamb à la plancha with hazelnut and parsley salsa or the tortilla with homemade aïoli. bravas.co.uk Bocabar For a sit-down Sunday lunch with friends and family, Bocabar is a Bristol institution (though it’s just as good on other days of the week too). There’s a local, sustainable ethos running through the menu; fish and meat dishes often list the farm or fishmonger those scallops, roast pork or lamb come from. It's a great option for kids: the relaxed vibe means there are plenty of child-friendly sharing platters stocked with West Country cheeses and meats. Wood-fired pizzas and Sunday roasts are other classic menu items here (though it’s also the kind of place you could just drop into for coffee and order some toast for the kids). And the large space and laid-back vibe makes it a breezy, chilled out place to be with children, where you don’t feel you’re impinging on other diners. bristol.bocabar.co.uk Green Man Tucked away in tranquil Kingsdown, the cosy Green Man could almost be in a Somerset village. Savour a pre-dinner pint of Bristol Best, made with British malt and hops by Westcountry brewers Dawkins (who own the pub). If you’re not booked elsewhere for dinner, the home-cooked food is good too. facebook.com/thegreenmanbristol Best cafés and coffee shops in Bristol Ahh Toots Tables are much sought after at this cool and cosy bakery-café, where, behind that historic Tudor façade, owners, Tam Galliford and Amy Symonds, create ace celebration cakes and lush afternoon teas. Sandwiches and unusually interesting scones (sour cherry and toasted pumpkin seed, for example) are followed by a variety of modish bakes, such as thyme and sea salt chocolate cookies or lemon mascarpone choux buns. Tam and Amy like to use products from fellow Bristol indies, such as Circumstance Distillery’s whiskey in their white chocolate truffles. Their house coffee blend was created with Radical Roasters. ahhtoots.com Hart’s Bakery The queues snaking out the door tell you all you need to know about Hart’s Bakery. Set under the arches at Bristol Temple Meads railway station, swing by for epic sausage rolls and Saturday Bread. hartsbakery.co.uk Two Day Coffee Roasters As unpretentious as coffee shops get, Two Day Coffee Roasters sells an impressive selection of beans by weight, as well as cups of coffee to go (there are no seats). The Bristol coffee scene may have grown over the past few years, but these guys were right there at the start. twodaycoffee.co.uk Primrose Café Ease yourself into the day with brunch at one of Bristol’s longest-standing food institutions, the Primrose Café (Clifton Arcade, 1 Boyce’s Avenue). Go for the All-In-Two cooked breakfast, haddock fish cakes, or a slab of its legendary chocolate and salted caramel cake. primrosecafe.co.uk Papadeli Transport yourself to the Med at Papadeli, a deli-cum-café-cum cookery school whose ‘papa’ is affable ex-chef Simon MacDonnell. If you’re staying beyond the weekend, book onto a weekday evening cooking class. Otherwise, devour a chocolate brownie in the café or snap up a Sorelle Nurzia Italian Easter Colomba cake in the deli. papadeli.co.uk Spicer & Cole Amble into classy Clifton for tea at Spicer & Cole, the antidote to faceless coffee shop chains. Ingredients are locally sourced and the sandwiches and cakes are handmade on site. The carrot cake is addictive. spicerandcole.co.uk Mark's Bread You can spot the queues long before you reach Mark Newman’s artisan bakery on the popular North Street. Bag a loaf of his sourdough, still warm from the ovens behind the counter, or settle down with a paper and croque Monsieur in the café next door. marksbread.co.uk Best food and drink shops in Bristol The Bristol Cheesemonger Shopping in a shipping container is cool, right? Literally in the case of The Bristol Cheesemonger, since the space is also refrigerated; proprietor Rosie Morgan sells excellent More Wine bag-in-box wine and the most marvellous array of British cheeses, including an awesome trio of cheddars (when in the West Country…). bristol-cheese.co.uk Bristol Sweet Mart Head to Easton (east of Bristol city centre) to find Bristol Sweet Mart, a glorious South Asian emporium where you can buy anything from tiffin boxes to bunches of herbs, chutneys, fresh pickles, pulses and grains (make sure to nose through the gargantuan selection of spices). sweetmart.co.uk Wai Yee Hong Apart from having one of the funniest Twitter profiles out there, Wai Yee Hong is a behemoth of a Chinese supermarket, requiring a whole day to fully explore its shelves. Charge round with a shopping trolley stocking up on all things Chinese, Japanese, Korean and Thai. waiyeehong.com St Nicholas' Market Soak up the atmosphere at St Nicholas’ Market which offers everything from wheatgrass juice to handmade Pieminister pies (try the Heidi with Somerset goat’s cheese), and pulled pork sandwiches from Grillstock Smokeshack. At the gorgeous Source food hall & café, grab a Gloucester Old Spot sausage roll or stock up on local goodies. bristol.gov.uk/st-nicholas-markets Reg the Veg Take your pick from the veg-laden cart outside another Bristol stalwart, Reg the Veg greengrocers. Reg has moved on and it’s now run by John Hagon and son Tom. Vegetables come from nearby Failand or in the case of asparagus, the Wye Valley. There’s Bradley’s apple juice and Ooh! Chocolata bars made in Nailsea too. regtheveg.co.uk Foodie neighbourhood to explore: Wapping Wharf Situated on Bristol’s historic floating harbour, Wapping Wharf is one of the city’s coolest and best loved neighbourhoods. And for good reason. It boasts a collection of shipping containers housing some of the best independent restaurants, bakeries and bars in Bristol. Here you’ll find more casual dining, lunches to grab after a visit to Bristol's famous M Shed museum as well as harbourside evening dining. There’s well known Bristol institution Root, for vegetable, seasonal-led eating, and Gambas for authentic waterside tapas (not to be missed, the garlic butter sizzling pil pil prawns). For a quick bite grab a New York style bagel from Bagelry Box, served from an old horse box – this small menu doesn't skimp on quality with freshly baked hand-rolled bagels filled with 10-hour smoked pastrami and all the trimmings – an ideal lunch alongside a coffee from Mokoko sat by the water. For finer dining head to Lapin, a small French eatery with modern twists: try golden comté gougères, Brixham scallops with garlic butter, and roast aubergine ratatouille with pistou. The best way to satisfy your after-dinner sweet tooth might be a trip to Swoon Gelato for its rich, creamy Italian artisan gelato, the pistachio and Bacio (hazelnut and chocolate) being nothing short of perfect. If you fancy grabbing anything for the road, independent supermarket Better Food stocks an array of great local Somerset produce, from cheeses, milk from Bruton Dairy and seasonal organic veg to delicious breads from Batches Bakery and local chocolate Where to stay in Bristol The Bristol First time visitors entering by Prince Street will be surprised and delighted to discover that that across the lobby of The Bristol lies the harbour, making it a great base for exploring much of the city’s most vibrant food scene. The hotel’s classic afternoon tea in the River Grille provides the opportunity to see the iconic yellow ferries putter along over cucumber sandwiches, Victoria sponge and hyper-local Bird and Blend tea. Next door is contemporary Rick’s Bar, for sharing boards and brunch on the terrace and signature cocktails at the bar. Book a cosy Harbourside Room for views of the Bristol Eye ferris wheel. Rooms from £98, B&B from £125. Check availability at booking.com The Artist Residence Looking for a place to stay in Bristol? The unstoppable Artist Residence team has restored a Georgian townhouse, previously an old boot factory, right by Bristol’s eclectic city centre. Loft rooms have standalone bathtubs, whilst the luxurious Lookout room on the top floor is spread over two levels with a private terrace for views over the city. Doubles from £154, check availability at booking.com or mrandmrssmith.com More UK travel guides Best restaurants in Penzance Best restaurants in Deal Best restaurants in Birmingham Best restaurants in Broadstairs Best restaurants in St Albans Best restaurants in Margate Best restaurants in Manchester Best restaurants in Edinburgh Best restaurants in York Best restaurants in Whitstable Best restaurants in Oxford Best restaurants in Cambridge Words by Esther Clark, Laura Rowe, Claire Thomson (Bristol-based chef and the author of three cookbooks), Mark Taylor, Rosie Sharratt, Tory Parks, Kate Authers, Christine Hayes and Helen Salter Photography by Sam Gibson, Mike Lusmore, Getty, Kirstie Young
Best restaurants in Bruton: where to eat and drink
From cosy bistros and chapel cafés to farm shops and boutique hotels, this small Somerset town has more to offer than just lush green countryside
Looking for where to eat and drink in Bruton? This small town nestled among green rolling hills in Somerset is only 45 minutes from Bath (see where to eat and drink in the city here) by car, and has become a something of magnet for unconventional chefs and arty culinary creatives in recent years, turning the once quiet market town into a gourmet hot spot. Next, check out our pick of the best restaurants in the Cotswolds or the best restaurants in Penzance. Take a look at our guide to small towns across the UK that every foodie should visit for more travel inspiration. Best restaurants in Bruton Da Costa Bruton’s Durslade Farm has replaced Roth Bar and Grill with Da Costa, a space inspired by Veneto, powered by Somerset. Traditional northern Italian dishes make up the menu, much of the veg and herbs for which are grown in the walled garden and cooked on the centrepiece woodfire stove and barbecue. A celebration of the two regions is seen in carpaccio of Durslade Farm beef and Cornish Yarg; handmade buckwheat pasta with fonduta and salt-baked beetroot risotto with toasted hazelnuts and Bruton soft cheese. To drink there are wines from Durslade Farm’s vineyards and amaro, aperitivi and Italian-inspired cocktails. Artwork features vintage photographs of the owner’s grandfather, whose Venetian roots are the inspiration for the restaurant. da-costa.co.uk The Old Pharmacy Enter Bruton’s old pharmacy and turn left to find yourself in a dinky, green-panelled deli, where you can buy bottles of wine, locally roasted coffee, artisan condiments and more. On the right, the adjacent dining room is lined with shelves groaning wine bottles, crinkly candlesticks and cookbooks, with creaky wooden floorboards underfoot and window seats overlooking Bruton's main High Street. Small plates include Westcombe finnochina (fennel-flecked local salami) with cantaloupe melon, Swiss chard ricotta malfatti in sage butter and candied beetroots, ricotta salata and almonds in a sweet mustard vinaigrette. oldpharmacybruton.com At The Chapel This light, elegant space proves not only that chapels can be stylishly and successfully converted in the right hands, but also that great food is to be found in the most unlikely of locations. In this case, much of that food comes from the giant wood-fired oven at the front of the building. There's also a bakery space that sells fresh loaves and cakes (among them, commendably, a no-profit loaf designed to make good quality, nutritious bread available to all), and a simple but carefully sourced menu of pizzas – try the Taleggio, field mushrooms and thyme topping. If you’re not a pizza fan, there’s plenty else to tempt, from cos, feta, fennel and almond salads to chargrilled local chicken with lemon, thyme and aioli. This is relaxed, modern food for a relaxed modern crowd (families are very welcome), many of whom book into one of the bedrooms above the restaurant and make a weekend of it. There’s also a wine store on site, with an interesting selection of organic, biodynamic vintages, and a programme of films, talks and events to tap into. atthechapel.co.uk Matt’s Kitchen Run by self-taught chef Matt Watson in what was formerly the front room of his house, this intimate BYOB restaurant (it seats only 26) serves a single main course dish on Friday and Saturdays evenings, plus a trio of starters and 'double desserts'. Check the website for the current week’s menus – expect everything from whipped feta with red grape compote to cod masala with fennel bhajis. One note of caution: it’s sometimes closed altogether for private functions. mattskitchen.co.uk Where to eat and drink near Bruton Westcombe Dairy Two of Bruton’s local food champions, Tom and Richard Calver at Westcombe Dairy, produce award-winning cheeses from their own herd of Holstein-Friesian cows (most famously a seriously tangy, nutty Cheddar, but also a Caerphilly and a Somerset Ricotta) using traditional techniques. Despite their appreciation for age-old techniques, the Calvers are anything but Luddites. In recent years they’ve built a cheese cave, pioneered the use of tiny microchips for cheeses, and commissioned the UK’s first cheese-turning machine, affectionately dubbed Tina The Turner. westcombedairy.com The Newt Visit The Newt, a stunning hotel and garden attraction between Bruton and the town of Castle Cary. Koos Bekker and his wife Karen have planted orchards, restored the gardens and turned the Palladian mansion into a hotel, and there's even a shiny state-of-the-art cider-making facility, complete with daily apple-pressing shows. The Garden Café here is a contemporary vision of glass and wood that overlooks the kitchen garden. Its seasonal menu has been designed as a gardener's notebook, and head chef Alan Stewart makes sure that the garden's fruit and vegetables are the headline acts. Even the bread and butter is on-message – the sourdough starter is made from apple pulp from the cider press, and the buffalo milk butter is flavoured with preserved orange and thyme from the garden. thenewtinsomerset.com Horrell and Horrell This micro-dining experience sees the eponymous Horrells, chef Steve and host Jules, welcome up to 40 guests to their Sparkford smallholding. Guests are invited for Thursday, Friday and Saturday dinners, as well as Sunday lunch, served in a converted barn on one long communal table, beautifully adorned with cosy blankets, sheepskins and candles. Using produce from their 6.5-acre smallholding (fruits and nuts, myriad vegetables, even home-reared lamb) and select regional, artisan suppliers (Chapel Cross goat’s cheese; Buffalicious mozzarella; Brown & Forrest smokery), Steve creates a seasonal, four-course menu in his bespoke outdoor kitchen. A southern European influence is clear in dishes such as artichoke fritti, basil mayonnaise and parmesan, or rosemary and garlic lamb, cime di rapa, chilli and pangrattato. horrellandhorrell.co.uk A festive visit to Bruton Whether absorbing art at the Hauser & Wirth or Bo Lee and Workman galleries, or browsing in Bruton’s stylish interiors and lifestyle stores, such as Philo & Philo, Smouk or New Romantic , this boho Somerset town is a chilled enclave in which to recharge before a busy Christmas period – with carols, craft stalls and late shopping. It is a tasty retreat, too. Renowned for restaurants such as Michelin-starred Osip, Italian Da Costa, artisan bakery, wood-fired pizzeria and all-day restaurant, At the Chapel, Matt’s Kitchen, and nearby communal barn dining experience, Horrell & Horrell (see more on all below). Seasonally wrapped in a huge bow (and promising eye-popping decorations at its Blue Ball pub, too), boutique hotel, Number One certainly gets into the Christmas spirit, with festive fare served at excellent restaurant, Briar, headed up by chef Sam Lomas. Should you feel the need to walk off any gastro-indulgence, Bruton has many brilliant walking routes on its doorstep, as does nearby National Trust estate, Stourhead. Where to stay in and near Bruton Number One Hotel Number One is a revamped Georgian townhouse that offers 12 bedrooms and a sense of playfulness behind the polish. On the ground floor is an honesty bar and a lounge lined with photographs taken by the likes of Terence Donovan and Perry Ogden, while legendary garden designer, Penelope Hobhouse, is behind the hotel’s tiny courtyard garden. In the Georgian townhouse itself, designers Frank & Faber have decorated the bedrooms with a tasteful riot of pattern on pattern, plus period fireplaces and gilt mirrors. For a more modern feel, a trio of cottages behind the main house (overlooking the courtyard garden) have simple white bathrooms, quarry-tiled floors and neutral colour schemes, reflecting their former status as workshops. Four extra bedrooms, industrial in style, are at the end of the garden in what was previously a forge. Breakfast, taken in Osip (see entry above), is totally unique in terms of its offerings. Try vanilla-spiked rice pudding topped with homemade granola and a spoonful of toffee-ish milk jam; still-warm boiled egg cradled in a little nest of hay; pheasant terrine and chutney on freshly baked sourdough; or a sliver of jammy pear and quince tart. numberonebruton.com Osip Merlin Labron-Johnson’s elegant farm-to-table restaurant offers chic rooms for a decadent bucolic getaway. Housed in a whitewashed coaching inn, Osip is perched roadside in rural Somerset. Pad round the back through the wildflower meadow and duck beneath exposed beams into the reception room where a stone fire is lit in winter to snuggle beside on squishy sofas over Chemex coffee. The open kitchen takes centre stage, offering views of the garden and countryside beyond, with diners positioned to face the action (plus two chef’s table spots right at the prep station). The tasting menu is a succession of Somerset produce, most grown on Osip’s farm up the lane, cleverly worked into the likes of pig’s head croquettes in a shiso lettuce cup. Dishes are complex and intricate – for instance grilled peking duck, candied cherries and grilled beetroot with duck meat sausage and liver sauce alongside beetroot mole-filled tacos topped with duck heart shavings for extra umami. The cheese course is next-level – a square of cider brandy-soaked malt loaf topped with Bath soft cheese. To finish, burnt honey tartlets with crème fraîche ice cream, soft meringue pollen and mead. The four rooms, hidden up a winding staircase, offer elegant luxuries while connecting guests to nature – super king-size beds with striking wood headboards, jute rugs and walk-in stone showers with Maison Osip toiletries. A selection of treats awaits in each – homemade canelés, Osip cider, Somerset apple juice and loose-leaf teas to sip in Wiltshire-thrown porcelain mugs. Brue has a mezzanine set-up, with standalone bath and spacious seating area downstairs plus ensuite bathroom and bedroom carved into the eaves up top, while Avon switches it round with the bathtub up on the mezzanine. Pitt and Somer are smaller yet equally charming. Superb hospitality continues through to breakfast, with an individually laid out array of toasted honey granola, jams and compotes, and squidgy little pear and cinnamon buns. There’s also a central table groaning with wild hay smoked trout, Wiltshire ham and cider mustard, treacly bread, Westcombe cheese and fresh fruit grown on the farm, plus coffees made to order. osiprestaurant.com Find more boutique hotels for food lovers here. Photographs by Maureen Evans and Rhiannon Batten More UK restaurant guides Best restaurants in Penzance Best restaurants in Deal Best restaurants in Birmingham Best restaurants in St Albans Best restaurants in Bristol Best restaurants in Edinburgh Best restaurants in York Best restaurants in Whitstable Best restaurants in Fowey Best restaurants in Oxford Best restaurants in Cambridge Best restaurants in Margate Best restaurants in Manchester Best restaurants in the Lake District
10 magical London streets and neighbourhoods for Christmas shopping
Shop, eat and feel merry on these festive London streets lined with unique boutiques and established brands – it'll make Christmas shopping a breeze
On the hunt for unique gifts for the food lover in your life? These London neighbourhoods are brimming with independent boutiques, artisan food stores and Christmas markets – perfect for shopping, exploring and soaking up some festive cheer. We've also included nearby foodie hot spots to refuel for an all-round shopping experience with seasonal sparkle. Discover our guides to the best UK city breaks and our favourite European hidden gem hotels. For more winter travel inspiration, see our guide to the best ski destinations or best winter sun destinations for something a little warmer. Festive London streets and neighbourhoods for Christmas shopping Columbia Road Market More than the heaving East End flower market that takes place every Sunday, Columbia Road's shops host a range of events during the year, including Columbia Road Christmas Wednesdays. Being one of the few streets in the country composed of sixty independent shopfronts, it's a good opportunity to pick up unique gifts in a local environment while enjoying a big dose of Christmas cheer (expect mulled wine and mince pies). You can also shop later in the evening along the small stretch of stores, where small art galleries sit next to English delis and homeware and antique shops. There’s also a wealth of great pubs, cafés and restaurants. Pick up custom cakes at Lily Vanilli Bakery or head to cool boozer The Royal Oak for a post-market tipple. Brawn is an olive favourite, serving European small plates alongside a menu of natural and organic wines. Coal Drops Yard and King’s Cross Once industrial, but now one of London’s most stylish shopping destinations, King’s Cross and Coal Drops Yard come alive at Christmas with a packed programme of markets. The Canopy Christmas Market is home to over 50 indie crafters, designers and artisan produce – perfect for ticking off your gift list and sampling street food and mulled cider. Other Christmas offerings include the Wine Car Boot, where each stall is an independent wine store; the N4 Makers’ Market; and B Corp-certified Lower Stable Street Market, to name a few. Outside the markets, browse unique brands such as designer Tom Dixon's flagship store and plant-filled Botanical Boys, then tuck into gooey hand-topped cookies from The After School Cookie Club. If you need a pause mid-shop, The Drop is an intimate wine bar housed within the Victorian stone arches – it has a stellar cheese and charcuterie menu – while Happy Face Pizza offers wood-fired slices with sloppy centres and puffy crusts. Peckham and Rye Lane Looking to shop small this Christmas? Peckham is the place. Starting as small boutique market, Pexmas is now an annual fixture on the London Christmas market scene. Taking place at Copeland Park, it's a great chance to stock up on handmade gifts while supporting some of the best micro brands in Peckham. If you miss it, visit the store on Market Row in Brixton Village. Elsewhere, dig through vinyl crates, unearth independent prints and meet local collectors at The Big Market Record & Art fair at Peckham Levels – perfect for those who like their Christmas shopping with a side of creativity. The area also promises some of south London's most exciting restaurants – Lai Rai is the spot for playful Vietnamese cooking, while Hausu's menu of modern sharing plates makes a cool date night spot. Redchurch Street and and Spitalfields Market Visit this buzzy east London district for its clutch of creative indie shops and designer-makers. Redchurch Street is dotted with cool and contemporary one-off shops, from fashion boutiques and vintage designers to home fragrance brands; Old Spitalfields Market is a bustling hub for thoughtful Christmas gifts, with unique stalls selling everything from London-made leather goods to vintage watches and hand-poured candles. Foodies should make a beeline for the market’s huddle of street-food traders, with options like Dumpling Shack and Le Bab. For a caffeine fix, head to Grind's pastel pink van, taste authentic chai from Chai Guys or tuck into fluffy Taiwanese pancakes at Wheelcake Island. Gloria, a flamboyant Italian trattoria on Great Eastern Street, is perfect for a fun group dinner, while Passione Vino offers a secret wine bar experience as well as bottles to gift wine lovers. Marylebone Village Marylebone’s elegant high street and surrounding lanes are a haven for good-quality shopping. Daunt Books is a book-lover’s paradise, while Le Creuset provides ultimate cookware inspiration. Pop into Rococo Chocolates for bespoke hampers and La Fromagerie for cheese, fine wines and extra virgin olive oil – speak to the affineur (cheese specialist), who will help with selections. The area’s boutiques – VV Rouleaux for ribbons, hats and accessories or KJ’s Laundry for covetable fashion – make present-hunting a joy. Refuel at The Ginger Pig with a hot sausage roll or linger over a coffee and cake at Fischer’s, a Viennese-style café. For a memorable dinner, Carlotta serves famiglia-style Sicilian classics with an American twist, complete with lavish gold décor and glitter ball-decorated toilets. Charlotte Street and Fitzrovia The surrounding streets of leafy Fitzrovia are heaped with quaint indie shops, making it a hot spot for those seeking a one-of-a-kind gift. Make a beeline for Rathbone, New Cavendish and Percy streets, where you can expect a blend of sleek interior shops, small boutiques and niche bookshops such as Treadwell’s Books – specialising in esoteric books and mystical gifts. Tottenham Court Road is a stone's throw away, should you need to hit the big flagships. Laid-back Charlotte Street is considered Fitzrovia’s foodie hub. Elsa offers Alsatian-inspired fare with a glow-up, while Roka's elegant Japanese robatayaki is a must. Nearby Kiss The Hippo makes top-notch coffee alongside a roster of brunch classics. End the day by grabbing a seat at Bar Kinky for inventive drinks in a sultry setting. Covent Garden No area does Christmas quite like Covent Garden, where twinkling lights, oversized baubles and a giant Christmas tree set the scene for some of the city’s best festive shopping. The cobbled piazza is home to a refined clutch of gifting specialists – lotions and potions from Aesop, floral-scented candles from Miller Harris and curated tea gift boxes from Whittard of Chelsea. Covent Garden’s Christmas market stalls add extra sparkle, with handmade or antique stocking fillers and seasonal treats galore. Hidden just off the main square, Neal’s Yard courtyard is a treasure trove for food lovers, with 26 Grains serving wholesome porridge bowls and seasonal plates, and The Barbary offering counterside Middle Eastern feasts. For a pick-me-up, head to Fabrique Bakery for cinnamon buns or La Gelatiera for Sicilian buns and hot chocolate. When you’re ready for something stronger, La Compagnie is a stylish wine bar tucked away in Neal’s Yard, ideal for a glass of something special and a few small plates. King's Road and Duke of York Square Chelsea’s King’s Road and Duke of York Square are royally dressed up for Christmas, with festive lights, markets and a cluster of chic stores selling their finest wares. Browse Nokwol for premium leather footwear and Monica Vinader for handcrafted, 100 per cent recycled gold and silver jewellery. Luxury British perfume house Penhaligon's boasts 180 years of olfactory experience. You'll also find the flagship stores of skincare favourite Dermalogica. If time allows, pay a visit to the Saatchi Gallery for a culture fix. You're also not short of delicious offerings on King's Road: tuck into contemporary Mediterranean at Kora or settle in for a cocktail-fuelled dinner at Ixchel, an award-winning Mexican restaurant and tequila bar. Carnaby Street Soho’s warren of streets is a goldmine for fun gifting, from designer homeware at Liberty to Korean beauty at PURESEOUL on Carnaby Street. The street's neon Christmas lights are legendary, and the area hosts festive pop-ups and late-night shopping events throughout the season. Refuel at Imad’s Syrian Kitchen, where a sharing-style menu of Syrian dishes steal the show. Find it in Kingly Court, Carnaby's three-storey food hall, where you can also take in Indian eatery Darjeeling Express and vegan Tex-Mex spot Club Mexicana. For a classic Soho experience, Bar Italia is open late for espresso, while Dishoom’s Bombay comfort fare is always a crowd-pleaser. Broadway Market This weekend market is an established Hackney institution, groaning with independent traders selling everything from small-batch accessories to quirky prints and wheel-thrown ceramics. There's plenty of street food vendors, too, for a quick nibble or on-the-go lunch. The market street is flanked by food shops and delis that are open seven days a week – stop at La Bouche for cheese and charcuterie or pick up pastries from Pavilion Bakery. Sune, a groovy neighbourhood restaurant, is a top spot for eclectic small plates and natural wines. For something sweet, check out popular Benny's Broadway, the viral banana pudding spot. Nearby Netil Market is a smaller, charming alternative, hosting artisan stalls and street-food offerings.
The 10 best festive UK day trips for food lovers
Soak up the yuletide atmosphere at one of these foodie hot spots across the UK, from artisan markets to twinkling wine bars, indie boutiques and more
Soak up the festive spirit without staying the night with a day trip that promises stellar food, indie shopping galore and a twinkling, wintry atmosphere. Each of these locations make an inspired day trip destination for food lovers, with plenty of independent boutiques, stalls brimming with hand-crafted wares and foodie hot spots which come to life at Christmas. All are easily reached by train or car from across the UK. Discover more winter travel inspiration with our guide to the best ski destinations or the best winter sun destinations for something a little warmer. For more like this, check out our guides to the best UK city breaks and our favourite European hidden gem hotels. 10 festive UK day trips for food lovers Bruton This chill, boho Somerset town provides all the carols, craft stalls and late shopping needed for a chilled recharge before a busy Christmas period. Browse its stylish interiors and lifestyle stores, from Philo & Philo to Smouk and New Romantic, for one-of-a-kind gifts, then walk up the footpath, past allotments, to the Hauser & Wirth for the free art exhibition. Art aside, Bruton is also known for its clutch of renowned restaurants, such as Michelin-starred Osip, Italian Da Costa, artisan bakery, wood-fired pizzeria and all-day restaurant, At the Chapel, Matt’s Kitchen and nearby communal barn dining experience, Horrell & Horrel. Seasonally wrapped in a huge bow, boutique hotel Number One embraces the spirit of the season (and recently launched a new farm-to-table restaurant, Briar, with chef Sam Lomas). For a longer trip and the chance to walk off any gastro-indulgence, choose from Bruton's many brilliant walking routes on its doorstep. Nearby National Trust estate, Stourhead offers a Christmas light trail, returning from 29 November. York York transforms into a festive playground each winter, with the York Christmas Market (12 November-21 December) bringing wooden chalets to the medieval city centre. Expect food producers selling everything from spiced apple chutney to pecan and amaretto brownies alongside local crafts and artisan products, with over 80% of the businesses coming from Yorkshire, as a way to celebrate local producers. If you’re feeling the chill, cosy up by the fire inside Thor’s Tipi and wrap your hands around a mulled wine. Before the day is over, squeeze in a pit stop at Betty’s Tea Rooms in St. Helen’s Square for signature creamy hot chocolates, or sample street food at the Shambles Market food court (highlights include savoury galettes from the Krep Truck and arancini from Pizzoli). For a sit-down meal, Skosh is not far from the markets, serving inventive small plates and seasonal cocktails on one of York’s most historic streets. Cosgriff & Sons bakery is a must for seasonal pastries and sourdough focaccia sandwiches. End your day with a glass of wine or seasonal cocktail at boutique hotel Malmaison’s rooftop bar - its impressive views over the famous cathedral marks a fitting close to a day of exploring. <img src="https://images.immediate.co.uk/production/volatile/sites/2/2025/11/GettyImages-1869686823-38fba6a.jpg" width="4592" height="3448" alt="York, UK - Nov 23 2021: Tourists and shoppers in the Shambles area of the City of York in northern England. On the side of an old timbered building, the road sign of the old street of Little Shambles." title="Tourists and shoppers in the Shambles area of the City of York" /> Frome This vibrant market town is renowned for its independent spirit and creative flair that comes into its own over the Christmas period. Winding cobbled streets flanked by stone buildings set the scene, and the town’s infectious energy is especially palpable when the festive lights are twinkling. The jewel in the town's events calendar, The Frome Independent (7 December) – a monthly market running from March to December – transforms the town centre into a treasure trove for unique, hand-crafted presents and local delicacies to take home for the Christmas table. Streets are closed off to make way for stalls brimming with one-of-a-kind wares, from contemporary craft and designer-made homewares to ethical clothing and artisan jewellery. Attractive street food options for refuelling include Tibetan Momos, stuffed souvlaki and grilled cheese (all made using West Country ingredients) – order as you soak up the twinkly atmosphere and live music on the ‘village green’. Food lovers can also fill their totes on funky local produce, from cheese and cider to vegan cakes and kimchi. The town's cluster of independent cafés and restaurants offer plenty of cosy corners to warm up in. On Cheap Street, Cafe Flora tempts passers-by with freshly-filled focaccia and real hot chocolates, while at the top of Catherine Street, Bistro Lotte serves classic French dishes such as charcuterie platters, coq au vin and boeuf bourguignon using locally sourced ingredients. Bath Bath’s cobbled streets and picturesque Georgian streets are a festive stunner, especially when the beloved Christmas Market (28 November-14 December), nestled amongst the city's most famous sights – the spa, Roman Baths and Bath Abbey – fills the city with more than 160 independent and sustainable retailers, offering everything from baked goods, warming drinks and artisan gifts. Start your day at Landrace Bakery with a fresh-from-the-oven cinnamon bun, then wander through the historic Circus crescent to Berdoulat, a grade-II listed food emporium selling artisan wares, shelves of small-batch wines and spices from the jar. Amble back down into town, via the sweeping grandeur of the Royal Crescent, to refuel with serious espressos at Colonna & Smalls, or while away an hour at contemporary tea house Comins. For a pre-dinner tipple, The Elder offers barrel-aged negronis in plush, cosy surrounds. If it’s dinner you’re after, tuck into a seasonal five-course menu at plant-based restaurant OAK, offering views of an unseen angle of Bath Abbey. The city's independent food and drink stores, boutiques and designer stores ensure shoppers are well catered for. Don’t miss Christmas shopping on and around Milsom Street, where you can find notable indies like cheesemonger Paxton & Whitfield, chocolatier Neuhaus, and, for wine and spirits, Amathus. For a spin on the ice, head to the annual Bath on Ice (open from 14 November 2025 until 4 January 2026). Tewinbury Farm Slow down and embrace the joy and sparkle of the season at Tewinbury Farm, located just 30 minutes outside of London in the Hertfordshire countryside. This 700-acre countryside retreat transforms into a glittering wonderland with a woodland light trail (running from Thursday 27 November), making a wholesome family outing, festive catch up or winter date. You can expect fireside marshmallow toasting, a horse box bar serving warming mulled wine and a riverside Après Ski Bar with live music, seasonal cocktails and street food each evening. Christmas afternoon teas with carols, feasts from The Cowshed & Granary Kitchen and Christmas parties are also on offer (or make a weekend of it with a festive stay from £175). Edinburgh With its narrow, winding streets and medieval buildings, Edinburgh’s old-world feel means it's far too easy to absorb the magic of the season. Southside's Marchmont and Newington neighbourhoods are the city’s festive (and more relaxed) foodie hot spots, with historic streets dotted with independent shops and local boutiques for gift hunting. Start with a pastry at bakery-café Kate’s or head to Pomelo for hand-ripped noodles and vibrant Asian sharing plates. Nàdair offers Scandi-style dishes using foraged Scottish produce, or for a special dinner book a table at Michelin-starred Condita for a tasting menu rooted in Scottish ingredients. If you're in the mood for buzzy festive fun, don’t miss the Christmas markets in central Princes Street Gardens for shopping galore, ice skating as well as a Hogmanay torchlight procession as part of the city’s winter festival. Otherwise, perkily pretty Stockbridge takes care of all your produce needs, from delis and patisseries to cheesemongers, butchers and bakeries. Retro-chic wine bar Smith and Gertrude is also worth checking for good wine, cheese and company. Heckfield Place, Hampshire There's possibly no better way to embrace the warmth of the season than with a dose of festive creativity, and Heckfield Place is an exemplary place to do it. Inviting guests to treat the house as their home, heartfelt traditions include a wreath making workshop (4 December) in the Glass House with Heckfield Place’s resident florist, using foliage and flowers from the Home Farm and estate. Or craft whimsical decorations from foraged materials gathered across its 438-acre estate at the festive fairy decoration workshop (7 December), complete with tea, coffee and cake. For those who fancy a spirited afternoon of mixing, shaking and bottling cocktails, the festive cocktail gift making workshop (14 December) with the Heckfield bar team includes making your own spiced daiquiri, margarita and espresso martini (making quite the toast to festivities). Winchester Winchester’s cathedral grounds are transformed each year by its German-inspired Christmas market (22 November–22 December), lined with wooden chalets offering glühwein, street food and handmade crafts. Outside of the market, coffee aficionados can geek out at Coffee Lab Academy – pair one of their speciality coffees with a freshly baked sourdough toastie. For a post-market nibble, stop by family-run Cabinet Rooms for a cheeseboard and glass from its discerning wine list, or perhaps a seasonal cocktail, such as its Montreal negroni. Or book a table at The Wykeham Arms for a classic Sunday roast – a short walk from the house Jane Austen once lived in, this 18th century coaching inn boasts beautiful curved, Georgian bow doors, a cosy but bright bar and a separate dining room decorated with wonky framed photos, Persian rugs and gnarled oak chairs. Relaxing with a drink by one of their original fireplaces is a merry way to while away an hour or so. Norwich Norwich, with its endless historic layers, looks particularly picturesque in winter – check the Insta-perfect cobbled Elm Hill – while offering a fab mix of food and indie shopping. Norwich's Lanes is a particularly vibrant, walkable hotspot of streets and alleys with indie boutiques aplenty, including sustainable slow-fashion store Atwin, Elm homewares and Bowhill & Elliott, makers of luxurious house slippers since 1874. There's also the legendary Jarrolds independent department store for reliable gifts. Shopping aside, the area is abundant in good food and drink. Start your day with a pastry from Bread Source bakery. For lunch, tuck into fresh pasta at Yard or classic French bistro fare at L’hexagone. As evening falls, book a table at Brix and Bones for live-fire cooking and next-level steaks or enjoy a modern British menu at Benedicts. The city is also home to a host of Christmas fairs and markets — perfect for picking up last-minute foodie gifts. Brighton It may known as a free-spirited seaside destination, but Brighton, particularly the Lanes, exudes a festive buzz in winter with its huddle of indie shops dusted in fairy lights. Lost in the Lanes makes a solid starting point for a seasonal brunch before exploring the area's string of independent shops. Browse the boutiques before heading to Shelter Hall on the promenade for a pitstop lunch. Soak up the sea views, then take a postprandial stroll along the beach. Elsewhere, Unbarred brewery's terrace is a local favourite for craft beer and Neapolitan-style pizza from Fatto a Mano. In the evening, head back to the Lanes for Mediterranean-inspired small plates at Burnt Orange or settle in at Bincho Yakitori for authentic Japanese small plates. For an unparalleled skate around the ice, the Royal Pavilion Ice Rink is a must.
Four festive UK city getaways for shopping, eating and exploring
Discover four of our favourite festive UK cities where you can gift shop, chill and eat magical food (plus the cool neighbourhoods you should be exploring)
Looking for a quick festive getaway which combines unique shopping with delicious food? Discover the most festive city getaways across the UK, then check out our guide to the UK's best boutique hotels for food lovers and farm stays for food lovers. Or find your new favourite neighbourhood in our top foodie neighbourhoods in 11 UK cities. Bath Milsom Street and around, Bath A Unesco World Heritage site, Bath is a festive stunner. Behind its Georgian facades, moreover, you will find incredible shopping that should cover all gift buying needs. Names like Kiehl’s, Russell & Bromley, Aesop and Lakeland cluster in and around Milsom Street, alongside notable Bath indies, such as shoemaker Chanii B or Gabucci Menswear. Foodie stops include cheesemonger Paxton & Whitfield, chocolatier Neuhaus, Green Street butcher and, for wine and spirits, Amathus. In the new Shires Yard (previously Milsom Place), you will find Coret coffee, classes at The Cookery Studio and an outpost of Bristol chef Josh Eggleton’s muchpraised, veg-led restaurant, Root. Elsewhere in Bath, other tasty options include: Corkage Handsome bottle shop, bar and dining room offering up to 60 wines by the glass to accompany seasonal sharing plates of, say, beef shin croquettes with capers and mustard, or salt-baked celeriac, burnt apple, black winter truffle, vanilla, pecorino and mint. corkagebath.com Magari Impressive fresh pasta kitchen in Shires Yard. High-quality Italian and British ingredients (Amalfi lemons, Mutti tomatoes, Cacklebean eggs, Sussex Charmer cheese) underpin competitively priced dishes of sausage ragu, pesto, carbonara and such. magaripasta.co.uk Chez Dominique A short walk from Milsom Street. Modern French and European cooking that delivers in mains of, for example, roast cod, butter beans, chorizo and tapenade, or onglet, wild garlic butter and pommes frites. chezdominique.co.uk Beckford Canteen Modern British restaurant which, since 2022, has taken Bath by storm in well executed dishes such as onion squash soup with hazelnut and sage; venison, celeriac and blackberries; and plaice in café de Paris butter. beckfordcanteen.com Norwich and Oxford Norwich Lanes, Norwich Remote enough to feel like a genuine getaway, Norwich is a city of fantastic food, fab indie shopping and endless historic layers. It also looks – check the Insta-perfect cobbled Elm Hill – particularly picturesque in winter. These features come together in Norwich Lanes, a colourful, walkable neighbourhood of streets and alleys, many home to Georgian and medieval buildings, that sits between the River Wensum and the Guildhall. Stylishly festooned at Christmas, Jarrolds independent department store is legendary. Start your gift shopping there before delving into the Lanes’ hundreds of boutiques, from sustainable slow-fashion store Atwin, Elm homewares or Lisa Angel jewellery, to Bowhill & Elliott, makers of luxurious house slippers since 1874. The Lanes are also abundant with good food and drink. Refuel at bakery Bread Source, brunch spot JC Pinto or burger joint Bun X. Later, after pre-dinner cocktails at The Drawing Rooms, pick from: Benedicts A much-loved modern British restaurant in which chef-patron Richard Bainbridge makes memorable use of regional produce in, as Christmas nears, dishes such as a spicy game pâté en croûte or a festive version of his GBM-winning Nanny Bush’s trifle. restaurantbenedicts.com Yard Fresh pastas, fastidious sauces and on-point cocktails are the draw at this buzzy walk-in only spot. Try the pappardelle with 12-hour beef shin ragu or the sausage and fennel rigatoni. yardnorwich.com L’hexagone Modern French bistro cooking from chef Thomas Aubrit. Expect dishes such as soupe à l’oignon, boeuf bourguignon and a stand-out crème brûlée. hexagonebistrofrancais.com Brix and Bones This attractive live-fire restaurant is a hit for next-level steaks (aging sides of beef are displayed in several gorgeous fridges) and chef George Wood’s modish dishes of, say, sesame pork toast with black bean emulsion or aged mutton, fermented celeriac and nasturtium. brixandbones.com East Oxford A historic gem of dreaming spires and ancient streets, Oxford is an evocative festive destination. Nearby attractions, including Blenheim Palace with its Great Court skating rink and seasonal light trail, seal this wonderland deal. But beyond this cute backdrop a different Oxford is doing its thing. East of the city centre, around Cowley Road, hip young Oxford is at play: browsing vinyl at record shop Truck, catching movies at the indie Ultimate Picture Palace and shopping at boutiques such as Scandi lifestyle store Löfgrens, and vintage clothing hub The Retro Room. Pick up foodie treats at Hamblin Bread, coffee roaster Missing Bean, health food store Wild Honey and, every Saturday, East Oxford Farmers’ and Community Market. Later, get a taste of the local scene at The Chester Arms (home of a legendary steak platter) or at these varied picks: Arbequina With its long zinc bar and lively vibe, Arbequina riffs winningly on Spanish tapas culture in plates of, for example, onion tortilla, aubergine, whipped feta, molasses and pomegranate, and ibérico de bellota pork tenderloin with mojo verde. Exciting news alert! Arbequina co-owner Rufus previously ran the acclaimed Oli’s Thai with his wife, chef Ladd Thurston, which they recently relaunched on boho Magdalen Road. Go, go, go. arbequina.co.uk Taste Tibet Spruce, stripped-back neighbourhood hang where Yeshi Jampa’s Tibetan dishes (beef momos, various curries, flatbreads, sides such as fermented mooli) have an enthusiastic following. tastetibet.com The Magdalen Arms For 16 years this gastropub has won hearts with its homemade focaccia, fresh pastas, classic cheese soufflé and feasting sharing dishes such as a seven-hour cooked lamb shoulder with dauphinoise and pickled cabbage. magdalenarms.co.uk Bigfoot With a neat line in DJs, margaritas and tacos, Bigfoot’s short menu includes taco toppings like miso oyster mushrooms, jalapeño crema and spring onion, or braised pork, pickled red onion and pineapple. bigfootoxford.com Edinburgh Edinburgh Southside, Marchmont and Newington Britain’s most Christmassy city? It is hard to look past Edinburgh which, around its central Princes Street Gardens, offers shopping galore and diversions, from ice skating to a Hogmanay torchlight procession as part of the city’s winter festival. After that excitement, chill in Edinburgh’s foodie neighbourhoods, such as Stockbridge, Leith or the simmering Southside, around Marchmont and Newington. Bordering the green Meadows and Holyrood Park (home of Arthur’s Seat) and close to the Hermitage of Braid and Blackford Hill nature reserve, the Southside boasts restorative walking country on its doorstep and cultural hotspots – notably, Summerhall Arts and music and comedy venue The Queen’s Hall. Ace places to eat include casual faves such as bakery-café Kate’s, Mara’s Picklery, contemporary sandwich shop Alby’s, and NY-inspired slice joint Sear’s Pizza. Also, these four zingers: Argile Ten-seat chef ’s counter, where engaging chef Jack Montgomery and team imaginatively deploy superb Scottish ingredients. Stand-out dishes include a slow-cooked egg (63C for 63 minutes) presented in a 96-hour cooked pressed onion broth, garnished with salted trout roe, togarashi and ibérico fat. argilerestaurant.co.uk Pomelo Chef-owner Jun Au’s modern Asian venue is loved for its cosy warmth, hand-ripped noodles and the vibrant creativity of its sharing dishes. Think roast cauliflower, Cantonese curry and spelt risotto, or scallop carpaccio, gordal olives and chilli crisp. pomelocafe.co.uk Nàdair Modish Marchmont restaurant where chefs Sarah Baldry and Alan Keery treat foraged and seasonal Scottish produce with distinctive Scandi-adjacent élan: including the likes of beautifully plated cured trout with spruce, smoked crème fraîche, pickled apple and sorrel. restaurantnadair.com Condita From individual hand-drawn menus to specialist ingredients cultivated on its owners’ Borders allotment, intimate candlelit Condita is a special experience. Chef Tyler King’s tasting menu takes the Scottish larder on a global tour in detailed dishes awarded a Michelin star in February. condita.co.uk
10 London park café destinations for food lovers
Discover London's cool clutch of park cafés for refuelling – the perfect excuse to linger a little longer in the city's leafy spaces
London’s plenteous leafy spaces have long been a sanctuary for city-dwellers, but in recent years the classic park café has undergone a transformation. Gone are the days of limp sandwiches and instant coffee in polystyrene cups. Across the capital, a new breed of park cafés is drawing Londoners and visitors with menus as first-class as their views. More than just a place to grab a flat white – these are foodie destinations in their own right, where you can expect specialty coffee, next-level bakes and a sense of community – all without leaving the park. Whether you’re seeking a post-run pastry, a peaceful lakeside brunch or a packed-out burrito, these spots are worth the detour. FINK'S, Clissold House North Londoners have even more reason to swoon over this beloved Hackney park thanks to newly opened Fink’s Clissold House. Breathing life into the park’s elegant Grade II listed Clissold House, expect straightforward fare with an emphasis on utilising local suppliers. Go for the coffee from Scenery Coffee Roasters and stay for the next-level toasties (pastrami, dill pickle and gruyère) and pastries coming fresh daily from Fink's Bakery in N4, such as the rosette apple, vanilla custard and pecan crumble danish. Cakes are made with seasonal fruit from Natoora & Shrub Provisions and Wildfarmed flour. Furrier friends are also catered for, with dog treats available for purchase in shop. Aside from the refrigerator stocked with locally made soft drinks, foodies can fill their totes on Fink's thoughtful selection of gourmet goods, from tinned fish and truffle crisps to wines and spirits. Come for a proper refuel before a stroll to spot the park’s roaming deer - a blissful afternoon. instagram.com/finks.london Bad Manners, Shoreditch Church Serving a pithy menu of burritos and Mexican-style snacks, this shiny silver trailer has become a cult favourite for East Londoners in the know. Following a successful stint at St John at Hackney Churchyard, this hip establishment is now parked at Shoreditch Church, drawing its burrito devotees – arrive early on weekends to bag a table and avoid disappointment. What to order? The slow-braised beef barbacoa burrito is a must, loaded with Mexican rice, lime crema, braised flor de mayo beans, pickles, onion, coriander and salsa verde. Everything is made to order, with no unnecessary fluff – just bold, full-on flavour. You can also refuel on speciality coffee from PLOT Roasting. instagram.com/badmanners.ldn Queen's Wood Café, Highgate Wood Londoners looking for a slice of woodland magic within commuting distance are in luck thanks to this charming Highgate café. Set amid ancient woodlands in a former wood keeper’s lodge dating back to 1898, this chalet-style café is a favourite for those seeking a fairytale escape from the city, complete with a sweet community garden and therapy cabin. You'll find simple, organic and veggie-focused dishes on the menu (think burrata salad and homemade quiche) and pastries baked fresh daily (cherry danish, cinnamon swirl). Art exhibitions regularly adorn the walls, marking a pretty backdrop to while away the hours. Order a coffee and slice of carrot cake, make a beeline for a seat on the fairy-lit terrace, then breathe in those cosy woodland views. It's a dog-friendly space, too, perfect for walkers in need of a restorative pit stop. queenswoodcafe.org Sons, St John at Hackney Courtyard A friendly kiosk in a leafy Hackney space, Sons has quickly become a foodie-fuelled community hub. Last month, each meatball marinara grilled cheese sandwich sold triggered a fresh loaf from local favourite e5 bakehouse to be donated to Lighthouse, a charity providing support to the homeless and vulnerable across Hackney. They also host run clubs, Pilates classes and pop-ups, adding to its neighbourhood appeal. The team particularly love working with local roasteries who focus on sourcing traceable, high-quality coffee and roasting with care (their latest guest roastery sponsored the weekly run club, with a post-run coffee on them). Silky flat whites aside, you can expect pastries from The Snapery East, grilled cheese sandwiches (including a salty, slow-roasted beef brisket) and tomato soup for just £2. You'll also find plenty of wooden bench seating, with an awning to keep you covered from wet weather. instagram.com/sons.hackney Bunhead, Brockwell Park Though technically not in the park, this humble bakery on the fringes of Brockwell Park is a blessing for the pastry-obsessed in south London. This Herne Hill neighbourhood spot opened just a year ago, when self-taught baker Sara Assad-Mannings took the plunge to move her home lockdown business to a permanent site to give customers a taste of her Palestinian flavours. It may be a bijou space, but the team's warmth and humour will always put a smile on your face. It's hard to choose from the tempting range of sweet and savoury buns – from rhubarb, rose and sumac to shatta and cheddar. bunheadbakery.com Blas, Victoria Park Blas is the new kid on the Victoria Park block, giving stalwart Pavilion a run for its money. The modest red-tiled hut, perfectly situated for runners finishing their routes, is rooted in local history, housed in a former chapel turned rangers’ hut. The serving hatch, finished in a pop of striking Rosewood Red, is a nod to the building’s past, while the modern line-up features all the big-hitters, from cinnamon buns and maritozzi to soft serve in the summer (think Estate Dairy cereal milk topped with cornflake crunch). Blas prides itself on spotlighting guest roasters, with a selection of retail coffees from each roaster, along with a rotating filter menu showcasing each coffee in its best form. instagram.com/blaslondon The Engine House Café, Walthamstow Wetlands This Grade II listed building – originally a sewage pumping station built in 1885 – now houses an elegant café where you can fill up on bagels and freshly roasted coffee by north London specialist roasters Liberty Coffee. Offering a peaceful escape from the city within the wetlands, there's seating within the exposed brick walls of the original Victorian building, or head out to the terrace for birdwatching and enviable reserve views to match. wildlondon.org.uk/cafes Pear Tree Cafe, Battersea Park (and Clapham Common and Lincoln's Inn Fields) This sun-dappled spot boasts a prime position overlooking Battersea Park’s pretty boating lake. Lakeside views aside, brunch is a popular occasion here, with a menu that refreshes the classics with bold, luxurious twists. Buttermilk pancakes are topped with apple and blackberry compote, whipped vanilla mascarpone and toasted almonds, sourdough is slathered in marmite and parmesan-flavoured Bold Beans and smashed avocado arrives heaped onto sourdough alongside feta, basil oil, chilli oil and watermelon radish – an olive favourite. At weekends, there's flaky pastries and coffee from Triple Roast. Since you're in the area, it would be remiss to skip a trip to Mahali & Co bakery, located on the park's perimeter – its creative pandan and coconut cruffins are not to be missed. Coal House Café, Woodberry Wetlands Housed in a stylish, Grade II listed former coal house, this waterside café is a local gem for those in the know. Boasting a rooftop patio, desirable waterside views and sizeable garden, it does a good job at enticing Londoners into leafy spaces before they've even looked for the menu. The rooftop patio and garden are superb spots for sunny London weekends, while the indoor space is cosy in the cooler months. The menu covers a satisfying selection of toasties, seasonal soups and freshly baked pastries. Coffee is freshly roasted in north London each week by Liberty Coffee. wildlondon.org.uk/cafes The Serpentine Lido Café, Hyde Park Hyde Park's iconic Serpentine Lido Café sits right by the water, making it one of central London's most picturesque coffee spots. It's an A1 position for ice cream in the warmer months, but you’ll also find a comforting menu of creamy burrata salads, club sandwiches and nduja poached eggs, perfect for catering to your foodie needs without having to leave the park. Families, locals and city explorers all make use of the café’s ample outdoor seating. Being in central, it can get busy on weekends, but the lakeside views and the hum of Hyde Park life are ample reward. Add it to your list for next time you're in the West End and need refuelling. royalparks.org.uk/serpentine-lido-cafe